close
1.

電子ブック
ＥＢ
1. Chemical catalysts for biomass upgrading / (: electronic bk)
edited by Mark Crocker, Eduardo Santillan-Jimenez
出版情報:   1 online resource
所蔵情報: loading…
目次情報: 続きを見る
Preface
Upgrading of Biomass via Catalytic Fast Pyrolysis (CFP) / Charles A. Mullen1：
Introduction / 1.1：
Catalytic Pyrolysis Over Zeolites / 1.1.1：
Catalytic Pyrolysis Over HZSM-5 / 1.1.1.1：
Deactivation of HZSM-5 During CFP / 1.1.1.2：
Modification of ZSM-5 with Metals / 1.1.1.3：
Modifications of ZSM-5 Pore Structure / 1.1.1.4：
CFP with Metal Oxide Catalysts / 1.1.2：
CFP to Produce Fine Chemicals / 1.1.3：
Outlook and Conclusions / 1.1.4：
References
The Upgrading of Bio-Oil via Hydrodeoxygenation / Adetoyese O. Oyedun and Madhumita Patel and Mayank Kumar and Amit Kumar2：
Hydrodeoxygenation (HDO) / 2.1：
Hydrodeoxygenation of Phenol as a Model Compound / 2.2.1：
HDO of Phenolic (Guaiacol) Model Compounds / 2.2.1.1：
HDO of Phenolic (Anisole) Model Compounds / 2.2.1.2：
HDO of Phenolic (Cresol) Model Compounds / 2.2.1.3：
Hydrodeoxygenation of Aldehyde Model Compounds / 2.2.2：
Hydrodeoxygenation of Carboxylic Acid Model Compounds / 2.2.3：
Hydrodeoxygenation of Alcohol Model Compounds / 2.2.4：
Hydrodeoxygenation of Carbohydrate Model Compounds / 2.2.5：
Chemical Catalysts for the HDO Reaction / 2.3：
Catalyst Promoters for HDO / 2.3.1：
Catalyst Supports for HDO / 2.3.2：
Catalyst Selectivity for HDO / 2.3.3：
Catalyst Deactivation During HDO / 2.3.4：
Research Gaps / 2.4：
Conclusions / 2.5：
Acknowledgments
Upgrading of Bio-oil via Fluid Catalytic Cracking / Idoia Hita and Jose Maria Arandes and Javier Bilbao3：
Bio-oil / 3.1：
Bio-oil Production via Fast Pyrolysis / 3.2.1：
General Characteristics, Composition, and Stabilization of Bio-oil / 3.2.2：
Adjustment of Bio-oil Composition Through Pyrolytic Strategies / 3.2.2.1：
Bio-oil Stabilization / 3.2.2.2：
Valorization Routes for Bio-oil / 3.2.3：
Hydroprocessing / 3.2.3.1：
Steam Reforming / 3.2.3.2：
Extraction of Valuable Components from Bio-oil / 3.2.3.3：
Catalytic Cracking of Bio-oil: Fundamental Aspects / 3.3：
The FCC Unit / 3.3.1：
Cracking Reactions and Mechanisms / 3.3.2：
Cracking of Oxygenated Compounds / 3.3.3：
Cracking of Bio-oil / 3.3.4：
Bio-oil Cracking in the FCC Unit / 3.4：
Cracking of Model Oxygenates / 3.4.1：
Coprocessing of Oxygenates and Their Mixtures with Vacuum Gas Oil (VGO) / 3.4.2：
Cracking of Bio-oil and Its Mixtures with VGO / 3.4.3：
Conclusions and Critical Discussion / 3.5：
Stabilization of Bio-oil via Esterification / Xun Hu4：
Reactions of the Main Components of Bio-Oil Under Esterification Conditions / 4.1：
Sugars / 4.2.1：
Carboxylic Acids / 4.2.2：
Furans / 4.2.3：
Aldehydes and Ketones / 4.2.4：
Phenolics / 4.2.5：
Other Components / 4.2.6：
Processes for Esterification of Bio-oil / 4.3：
Esterification of Bio-oil Under Subcritical or Supercritical Conditions / 4.3.1：
Removal of the Water in Bio-oil to Enhance Conversion of Carboxylic Acids / 4.3.2：
In-line Esterification of Bio-oil / 4.3.3：
Esterification Coupled with Oxidation / 4.3.4：
Esterification Coupled with Hydrogenation / 4.3.5：
Steric Hindrance in Bio-oil Esterification / 4.3.6：
Coking in Esterification of Bio-oil / 4.3.7：
Effects of Bio-oil Esterification on the Subsequent Hydrotreatment / 4.3.8：
Catalysts / 4.4：
Summary and Outlook / 4.5：
Catalytic Upgrading of Holocellulose-Derived C5 and C6 Sugars / Xingguang Zhang and Zhijun Tai and Amin Osatiashtiani and Lee Durndell and Adam F. Lee and Karen Wilson5：
Catalytic Transformation of C5-C6 Sugars / 5.1：
Isomerization Catalysts / 5.2.1：
Zeolites / 5.2.1.1：
Hydrotalcites / 5.2.1.2：
Other Solid Catalysts / 5.2.1.3：
Dehydration Catalysts / 5.2.2：
Zeolitic and Mesoporous Brønsted Solid Acids / 5.2.2.1：
Sulfonic Acid Functionalized Hybrid Organic-Inorganic Silicas / 5.2.2.2：
Metal-Organic Frameworks / 5.2.2.3：
Supported Ionic Liquids / 5.2.2.4：
Catalysts for Tandem Isomerization and Dehydration of C5-C6 Sugars / 5.2.3：
Bifunctional Zeolites and Mesoporous Solid Acids / 5.2.3.1：
Metal Oxides, Sulfates, and Phosphates / 5.2.3.2：
Catalysts for the Hydrogenation of C5-C6 Sugars / 5.2.3.3：
Ni Catalysts / 5.2.4.1：
Ru Catalysts / 5.2.4.2：
Pt Catalysts / 5.2.4.3：
Other Hydrogenation Catalysts / 5.2.4.4：
Hydrogenolysis Catalysts / 5.2.5：
Other Reactions / 5.2.6：
Conclusions and Future Perspectives / 5.3：
Chemistry of C-C Bond Formation Reactions Used in Biomass Upgrading: Reaction Mechanisms, Site Requirements, and Catalytic Materials / Tuong V. Bui and Nhung Duong and Felipe Anaya and Duong Ngo and Gap Warakunwit and Daniel E. Resasco6：
Mechanisms and Site Requirements of C-C Coupling Reactions / 6.1：
Aldol Condensation: Mechanism and Site Requirement / 6.2.1：
Base-Catalyzed Aldol Condensation / 6.2.1.1：
Acid-Catalyzed Aldol Condensation: Mechanism and Site Requirement / 6.2.1.2：
Alkylation: Mechanism and Site Requirement / 6.2.2：
Lewis Acid-Catalyzed Alkylation Mechanism / 6.2.2.1：
Brønsted Acid-Catalyzed Alkylation Mechanism / 6.2.2.2：
Base-Catalyzed Alkylation: Mechanism and Site Requirement / 6.2.2.3：
Hydroxyalkylation: Mechanism and Site Requirement / 6.2.3：
Brønsted Acid-Catalyzed Mechanism / 6.2.3.1：
Site Requirement / 6.2.3.2：
Acylation: Mechanism and Site Requirement / 6.2.4：
Mechanistic Aspects of Acylation Reactions / 6.2.4.1：
Role of Brønsted vs. Lewis Acid in Acylation Over Zeolites / 6.2.4.2：
Ketonization: Mechanism and Site Requirement / 6.2.5：
Mechanism of Surface Ketonization / 6.2.5.1：
Optimization and Design of Catalytic Materials for C-C Bond Forming Reactions / 6.2.5.2：
Oxides / 6.3.1：
Magnesia (MgO) / 6.3.1.1：
Zirconia (ZrO2) / 6.3.1.2：
ZSM-5 / 6.3.2：
HY / 6.3.2.2：
HBEA / 6.3.2.3：
Downstream Conversion of Biomass-Derived Oxygenates to Fine Chemicals / Michèle Besson and Stéphane Loridant and Noémie Perret and Catherine Pinel7：
Selective Catalytic Oxidation / 7.1：
Catalytic Oxidation of Glycerol / 7.2.1：
Glycerol to Glyceric Acid (GLYAC) / 7.2.2.1：
Glycerol to Tartronic Acid (TARAC) / 7.2.2.2：
Glycerol to Dihydroxyacetone (DHA) / 7.2.2.3：
Glycerol to Mesoxalic Acid (MESAC) / 7.2.2.4：
Glycerol to Glycolic Acid (GLYCAC) / 7.2.2.5：
Glycerol to Lactic Acid (LAC) / 7.2.2.6：
Oxidation of 5-HydroxymethylfurfuraI (HMF) / 7.2.3：
HMF to 2,5-Furandicarboxylic Acid (FDCA) / 7.2.3.1：
HMF to 2,5-Diformylfuran (DFF) / 7.2.3.2：
HMF to 5-Hydroxymethyl-2-furancarboxylic Acid (HMFCA) or 5-Formyl-2-furancarboxylic Acid (FFCA) / 7.2.3.3：
Hydrogenation/Hydrogenolysis / 7.3：
Hydrogenolysis of Polyols / 7.3.1：
Hydrodeoxygenation of Polyols / 7.3.2.1：
C-C Hydrogenolysis of Polyols / 7.3.2.2：
Hydrogenation of Carboxylic Acids / 7.3.3：
Levulinic Acid / 7.3.3.1：
Succinic Acid / 7.3.3.2：
Selective Hydrogenation of Furanic Compounds / 7.3.4：
Reductive Amination of Acids and Furans / 7.3.5：
Catalyst Design for the Dehydration of Biosourced Molecules / 7.4：
Glycerol to Acrolein / 7.4.1：
Lactic Acid to Acrylic Acid / 7.4.3：
Sorbitol to Isosorbide / 7.4.4：
Conclusions and Outlook / 7.5：
Conversion of Lignin to Value-added Chemicals via Oxidative Depolymerization / Justin K. Mobley8：
Cautionary Statements / 8.1：
Catalytic Systems for the Oxidative Depolymerization of Lignin / 8.2：
Enzymes and Bio-mimetic Catalysts / 8.2.1：
Cobalt Schiff Base Catalysts / 8.2.2：
Vanadium Catalysts / 8.2.3：
Methyltrioxorhenium (MTO) Catalysts / 8.2.4：
Commercial Products from Lignin / 8.3：
Stepwise Depolymerization of ß-O-4 Linkages / 8.4：
Benzylic Oxidation / 8.4.1：
Secondary Depolymerization / 8.4.2：
Heterogeneous Catalysts for Lignin Depolymerization / 8.5：
Outlook / 8.6：
Lignin Valorization via Reductive Depolymerization / Yang (Vanessa) Song9：
Late-stage Reductive Lignin Depolymerization / 9.1：
Mild Hydroprocessing / 9.2.1：
Harsh Hydroprocessing / 9.2.2：
Bifunctional Hydroprocessing / 9.2.3：
Liquid Phase Reforming / 9.2.4：
Reductive Lignin Depolymerization Using Hydrosilanes, Zinc, and Sodium / 9.2.5：
Reductive Catalytic Fractionation (RCF) / 9.3：
Reaction Conditions / 9.3.1：
Lignocellulose Source / 9.3.2：
Applied Catalyst / 9.3.3：
Acknowledgment / 9.4：
Conversion of Lipids to Biodiesel via Esterification and Transesterification / Amin Talebian-Kiakalaieh and Amin Nor Aishah Saidina10：
Different Feedstocks tor Biodiesel Production / 10.1：
Biodiesel Production / 10.3：
Algal Bio diesel Production / 10.3.1：
Nutrients for Microalgae Growth / 10.3.1.1：
Microalgae Cultivation System / 10.3.1.2：
Harvesting / 10.3.1.3：
Drying / 10.3.1.4：
Lipid Extraction / 10.3.1.5：
Catalytic Transesterification / 10.4：
Homogeneous Catalysts / 10.4.1：
Alkali Catalysts / 10.4.1.1：
Acid Catalysts / 10.4.1.2：
Two-step Esterification-Transesterification Reactions / 10.4.1.3：
Heterogeneous Catalysts / 10.4.2：
Solid Acid Catalysts / 10.4.2.1：
Solid Base Catalysts / 10.4.2.2：
Enzyme-Catalyzed Transesterification Reactions / 10.4.3：
Supercritical Transesterification Processes / 10.5：
Alternative Processes for Biodiesel Production / 10.6：
Ultrasonic Processes / 10.6.1：
Microwave-Assisted Processes / 10.6.2：
Summary / 10.7：
Upgrading of Lipids to Hydrocarbon Fuels via (Hydro)deoxygenation / David Kubicka11：
Feedstocks / 11.1：
Chemistry / 11.3：
Technologies / 11.4：
Sulfided Catalysts / 11.5：
Metallic Catalysts / 11.5.2：
Metal Carbide, Nitride, and Phosphide Catalysts / 11.5.3：
Upgrading of Lipids to Fuel-like Hydrocarbons and Terminal Olefins via Decarbonylation/Decarboxylation / Ryan Loe and Eduardo Santillan-Jimenez and Mark Crocker11.6：
Lipid Feeds / 12.1：
deCOx Catalysts: Active Phases / 12.3：
deCOx Catalysts: Support Materials / 12.4：
Reaction Mechanism / 12.5：
Catalyst Deactivation / 12.7：
Conversion of Terpenes to Chemicals and Related Products / Anne E. Harman-Ware12.8：
Terpene Biosynthesis and Structure / 13.1：
Sources of Terpenes / 13.3：
Conifers and Other Trees / 13.3.1：
Essential Oils and Other Extracts / 13.3.2：
Isolation of Terpenes / 13.4：
Tapping and Extraction / 13.4.1：
Terpenes as a By-product of Pulping Processes / 13.4.2：
Historical Uses of Raw Terpenes / 13.5：
Adhesives and Turpentine / 13.5.1：
Flavors, Fragrances, Therapeutics, and Pharmaceutical Applications / 13.5.2：
Catalytic Methods for Conversion of Terpenes to Fine Chemicals and Materials / 13.6：
Homogeneous Processes / 13.6.1：
Hydration and Oxidation Reactions / 13.6.1.1：
Homogeneous Catalysis for the Epoxidation of Monoterpenes / 13.6.1.2：
Isomerizations / 13.6.1.3：
Production of Terpene Carbonates from CO2 and Epoxides / 13.6.1.4：
Polymers and Other Materials from Terpenes / 13.6.1.5：
"Click Chemistry" Routes for the Production of Materials and Medicinal Compounds from Terpenes / 13.6.1.6：
Heterogeneous Processes / 13.6.2：
Isomerization and Hydration of ¿-Pinene / 13.6.2.1：
Heterogeneous Catalysts for the Epoxidation of Monoterpenes / 13.6.2.2：
Isomerization of ¿-Pinene Oxide / 13.6.2.3：
Vitamins from Terpenes / 13.6.2.4：
Dehydrogenation and Hydrogenation Reactions of Terpenes / 13.6.2.5：
Conversion of Terpenes to Fuels / 13.6.2.6：
Conversion of Chitin to Nitrogen-containing Chemicals / Xi Chen and Ning Yan14：
Waste Shell Biorefinery / 14.1：
Production of Amines and Amides from Chitin Biomass / 14.2：
Sugar Amines/Amides / 14.2.1：
Furanic Amines/Amides / 14.2.2：
Polyol Amines/Amides / 14.2.3：
Production of N-heterocyclic Compounds from Chitin Biomass / 14.3：
Production of Carbohydrates and Acetic Acid from Chitin Biomass / 14.4：
Production of Advanced Products from Chitin Biomass / 14.5：
Conclusion / 14.6：
Index / Eduardo Santillan-Jimenez and Mark Crocker15：
Preface
Upgrading of Biomass via Catalytic Fast Pyrolysis (CFP) / Charles A. Mullen1：
Introduction / 1.1：
2.

電子ブック
ＥＢ
2. Computational complexity : a conceptual perspective (: electronic bk)
Oded Goldreich
出版情報:   1 online resource (xxiv, 606 p.)
所蔵情報: loading…
目次情報: 続きを見る
Introduction and preliminaries / 1：
P, NP and NP-completeness / 2：
Variations on P and NP / 3：
More resources, more power? / 4：
Space complexity / 5：
Randomness and counting / 6：
The bright side of hardness / 7：
Pseudorandom generators / 8：
Probabilistic proof systems / 9：
Relaxing the requirements / 10：
Epilogue
Glossary of complexity classes / A：
On the quest for lower bounds / B：
On the foundations of modern cryptography / C：
Probabilistic preliminaries and advanced topics in randomization / D：
Explicit constructions / E：
Some omitted proofs / F：
Some computational problems / G：
List of Figures
Preface
Organization and Chapter Summaries
Acknowledgments
Introduction and Preliminaries
Introduction / 1.1：
A Brief Overview of Complexity Theory / 1.1.1：
Characteristics of Complexity Theory / 1.1.2：
Contents of This Book / 1.1.3：
Approach and Style of This Book / 1.1.4：
Standard Notations and Other Conventions / 1.1.5：
Computational Tasks and Models / 1.2：
Representation / 1.2.1：
Computational Tasks / 1.2.2：
Uniform Models (Algorithms) / 1.2.3：
Non-uniform Models (Circuits and Advice) / 1.2.4：
Complexity Classes / 1.2.5：
Chapter Notes
P, NP, and NP-Completeness
The P Versus NP Question / 2.1：
The Search Version: Finding Versus Checking / 2.1.1：
The Decision Version: Proving Versus Verifying / 2.1.2：
Equivalence of the Two Formulations / 2.1.3：
Two Technical Comments Regarding NP / 2.1.4：
The Traditional Definition of NP / 2.1.5：
In Support of P Different from NP / 2.1.6：
Philosophical Meditations / 2.1.7：
Polynomial-Time Reductions / 2.2：
The General Notion of a Reduction / 2.2.1：
Reducing Optimization Problems to Search Problems / 2.2.2：
Self-Reducibility of Search Problems / 2.2.3：
Digest and General Perspective / 2.2.4：
NP-Completeness / 2.3：
Definitions / 2.3.1：
The Existence of NP-Complete Problems / 2.3.2：
Some Natural NP-Complete Problems / 2.3.3：
NP Sets That Are Neither in P nor NP-Complete / 2.3.4：
Reflections on Complete Problems / 2.3.5：
Three Relatively Advanced Topics / 2.4：
Promise Problems / 2.4.1：
Optimal Search Algorithms for NP / 2.4.2：
The Class coNP and Its Intersection with NP / 2.4.3：
Exercises
Non-uniform Polynomial Time (P/poly) / 3.1：
Boolean Circuits / 3.1.1：
Machines That Take Advice / 3.1.2：
The Polynomial-Time Hierarchy (PH) / 3.2：
Alternation of Quantifiers / 3.2.1：
Non-deterministic Oracle Machines / 3.2.2：
The P/poly Versus NP Question and PH / 3.2.3：
More Resources, More Power?
Non-uniform Complexity Hierarchies / 4.1：
Time Hierarchies and Gaps / 4.2：
Time Hierarchies / 4.2.1：
Time Gaps and Speedup / 4.2.2：
Space Hierarchies and Gaps / 4.3：
Space Complexity
General Preliminaries and Issues / 5.1：
Important Conventions / 5.1.1：
On the Minimal Amount of Useful Computation Space / 5.1.2：
Time Versus Space / 5.1.3：
Circuit Evaluation / 5.1.4：
Logarithmic Space / 5.2：
The Class L / 5.2.1：
Log-Space Reductions / 5.2.2：
Log-Space Uniformity and Stronger Notions / 5.2.3：
Undirected Connectivity / 5.2.4：
Non-deterministic Space Complexity / 5.3：
Two Models / 5.3.1：
NL and Directed Connectivity / 5.3.2：
A Retrospective Discussion / 5.3.3：
PSPACE and Games / 5.4：
Randomness and Counting
Probabilistic Polynomial Time / 6.1：
Basic Modeling Issues / 6.1.1：
Two-Sided Error: The Complexity Class BPP / 6.1.2：
One-Sided Error: The Complexity Classes RP and coRP / 6.1.3：
Zero-Sided Error: The Complexity Class ZPP / 6.1.4：
Randomized Log-Space / 6.1.5：
Counting / 6.2：
Exact Counting / 6.2.1：
Approximate Counting / 6.2.2：
Searching for Unique Solutions / 6.2.3：
Uniform Generation of Solutions / 6.2.4：
The Bright Side of Hardness
One-Way Functions / 7.1：
Generating Hard Instances and One-Way Functions / 7.1.1：
Amplification of Weak One-Way Functions / 7.1.2：
Hard-Core Preicates / 7.1.3：
Reflections on Hardness Amplification / 7.1.4：
Hard Problems in E / 7.2：
Amplification with Respect to Polynomial-Size Circuits / 7.2.1：
Amplification with Respect to Exponential-Size Circuits / 7.2.2：
Pseudorandom Generators
The General Paradigm / 8.1：
General-Purpose Pseudorandom Generators / 8.2：
The Basic Definition / 8.2.1：
The Archetypical Application / 8.2.2：
Computational Indistinguishability / 8.2.3：
Amplifying the Stretch Function / 8.2.4：
Constructions / 8.2.5：
Non-uniformly Strong Pseudorandom Generators / 8.2.6：
Stronger Notions and Conceptual Reflections / 8.2.7：
Derandomization of Time-Complexity Classes / 8.3：
Defining Canonical Derandomizers / 8.3.1：
Constructing Canonical Derandomizers / 8.3.2：
Technical Variations and Conceptual Reflections / 8.3.3：
Space-Bounded Distinguishers / 8.4：
Definitional Issues / 8.4.1：
Two Constructions / 8.4.2：
Special-Purpose Generators / 8.5：
Pairwise Independence Generators / 8.5.1：
Small-Bias Generators / 8.5.2：
Random Walks on Expanders / 8.5.3：
Probabilistic Proof Systems
Interactive Proof Systems / 9.1：
Motivation and Perspective / 9.1.1：
Definition / 9.1.2：
The Power of Interactive Proofs / 9.1.3：
Variants and Finer Structure: An Overview / 9.1.4：
On Computationally Bounded Provers: An Overview / 9.1.5：
Zero-Knowledge Proof Systems / 9.2：
The Power of Zero-Knowledge / 9.2.1：
Proofs of Knowledge - A Parenthetical Subsection / 9.2.3：
Probabilistically Checkable Proof Systems / 9.3：
The Power of Probabilistically Checkable Proofs / 9.3.1：
PCP and Approximation / 9.3.3：
More on PCP Itself: An Overview / 9.3.4：
Relaxing the Requirements
Approximation / 10.1：
Search or Optimization / 10.1.1：
Decision or Property Testing / 10.1.2：
Average-Case Complexity / 10.2：
The Basic Theory / 10.2.1：
Ramifications / 10.2.2：
Glossary of Complexity Classes / Appendix A：
Preliminaries / A.1：
Algorithm-Based Classes / A.2：
Time Complexity Classes / A.2.1：
Space Complexity Classes / A.2.2：
Circuit-Based Classes / A.3：
On the Quest for Lower Bounds / Appendix B：
Boolean Circuit Complexity / B.1：
Basic Results and Questions / B.2.1：
Monotone Circuits / B.2.2：
Bounded-Depth Circuits / B.2.3：
Formula Size / B.2.4：
Arithmetic Circuits / B.3：
Univariate Polynomials / B.3.1：
Multivariate Polynomials / B.3.2：
Proof Complexity / B.4：
Logical Proof Systems / B.4.1：
Algebraic Proof Systems / B.4.2：
Geometric Proof Systems / B.4.3：
On the Foundations of Modern Cryptography / Appendix C：
The Underlying Principles / C.1：
The Computational Model / C.1.2：
Organization and Beyond / C.1.3：
Computational Difficulty / C.2：
Hard-Core Predicates / C.2.1：
Pseudorandomness / C.3：
Pseudorandom Functions / C.3.1：
Zero-Knowledge / C.4：
The Simulation Paradigm / C.4.1：
The Actual Definition / C.4.2：
A General Result and a Generic Application / C.4.3：
Definitional Variations and Related Notions / C.4.4：
Encryption Schemes / C.5：
Beyond Eavesdropping Security / C.5.1：
Signatures and Message Authentication / C.6：
General Cryptographic Protocols / C.6.1：
The Definitional Approach and Some Models / C.7.1：
Some Known Results / C.7.2：
Construction Paradigms and Two Simple Protocols / C.7.3：
Concluding Remarks / C.7.4：
Probabilistic Preliminaries and Advanced Topics in Randomization / Appendix D：
Probabilistic Preliminaries / D.1：
Notational Conventions / D.1.1：
Three Inequalities / D.1.2：
Hashing / D.2：
The Leftover Hash Lemma / D.2.1：
Sampling / D.3：
Formal Setting / D.3.1：
Known Results / D.3.2：
Hitters / D.3.3：
Randomnes Extractors / D.4：
Definitions and Various Perspectives / D.4.1：
Explicit Constructions / D.4.2：
Error-Correcting Codes / E.1：
Basic Notions / E.1.1：
A Few Popular Codes / E.1.2：
Two Additional Computational Problems / E.1.3：
A List-Decoding Bound / E.1.4：
Expander Graphs / E.2：
Definitions and Properties / E.2.1：
Some Omitted Proofs / E.2.2：
Proving That PH Reduces to #P / F.1：
Proving That IP(f) [characters not reproducible] AM(O(f)) [characters not reproducible] AM(f) / F.2：
Emulating General Interactive Proofs by AM-Games / F.2.1：
Linear Speedup for AM / F.2.2：
Some Computational Problems / Appendix G：
Graphs / G.1：
Boolean Formulae / G.2：
Finite Fields, Polynomials, and Vector Spaces / G.3：
The Determinant and the Permanent / G.4：
Primes and Composite Numbers / G.5：
Bibliography
Index
Introduction and preliminaries / 1：
P, NP and NP-completeness / 2：
Variations on P and NP / 3：
3.

電子ブック
ＥＢ
3. FinFETs and other multi-gate transistors (: electronic bk)
Jean-Pierre Colinge, editor
出版情報: [New York] : Springer, [20--]  1 online resource (xiii, 339 p.)
シリーズ名: Series on Integrated Circuits and Systems
所蔵情報: loading…
目次情報: 続きを見る
Preface
Table of Content
Contributors
The SOI MOSFET: from Single Gate to Multigate / 1：
MOSFET scaling and Moore's law / 1.1：
Short-Channel Effects / 1.2：
Gate Geometry and Electrostatic Integrity / 1.3：
A Brief History of Multiple-Gate MOSFETs / 1.4：
Single-gate SOI MOSFETs / 1.4.1：
Double-gate SOI MOSFETs / 1.4.2：
Triple-gate SOI MOSFETs / 1.4.3：
Surrounding-gate (quadruple-gate) SOI MOSFETs / 1.4.4：
Other multigate MOSFET structures / 1.4.5：
Multigate MOSFET memory devices / 1.4.6：
Multigate MOSFET Physics / 1.5：
Classical physics / 1.5.1：
Natural length and short-channel effects / 1.5.1.1：
Current drive / 1.5.1.2：
Corner effect / 1.5.1.3：
Quantum effects / 1.5.2：
Volume inversion / 1.5.2.1：
Mobility effects / 1.5.2.2：
Threshold voltage / 1.5.2.3：
Inter-subband scattering / 1.5.2.4：
References
Multigate MOSFET Technology / 2：
Introduction / 2.1：
Active Area: Fins / 2.2：
Fin Width / 2.2.1：
Fin Height and Fin Pitch / 2.2.2：
Fin Surface Crystal Orientation / 2.2.3：
Fin Surface Preparation / 2.2.4：
Fins on Bulk Silicon / 2.2.5：
Nano-wires and Self-Assembled Wires / 2.2.6：
Gate Stack / 2.3：
Gate Patterning / 2.3.1：
Threshold Voltage and Gate Workfunction Requirements / 2.3.2：
Polysilicon Gate / 2.3.2.1：
Metal Gate / 2.3.2.2：
Tunable Workfunction Metal Gate / 2.3.2.3：
Gate EWF and Gate Induced Drain Leakage (GIDL) / 2.3.3：
Independently Controlled Gates / 2.3.4：
Source/Drain Resistance and Capacitance / 2.4：
Doping the Thin Fins / 2.4.1：
Junction Depth / 2.4.2：
Parasitic Resistance/Capacitance and Raised Source and Drain Structure / 2.4.3：
Mobility and Strain Engineering / 2.5：
Wafer Bending Experiment / 2.5.1：
Nitride Stress Liners / 2.5.3：
Embedded SiGe and SiC Source and Drain / 2.5.4：
Local Strain from Gate Electrode / 2.5.5：
Substrate Strain: Strained Silicon on Insulator / 2.5.6：
Contacts to the Fins / 2.6：
Dumbbell source and drain contact / 2.6.1：
Saddle contact / 2.6.2：
Contact to merged fins / 2.6.3：
Acknowledgments
BSIM-CMG: A Compact Model for Multi-Gate Transistors / 3：
Framework for Multigate FET Modeling / 3.1：
Multigate Models: BSIM-CMG and BSIM-IMG / 3.3：
The BSIM-CMG Model / 3.3.1：
The BSIM-IMG Model / 3.3.2：
BSIM-CMG / 3.4：
Core Model / 3.4.1：
Surface Potential Model / 3.4.1.1：
I-V Model / 3.4.1.2：
C-V Model / 3.4.1.3：
Modeling Physical Effects of Real Devices / 3.4.2：
Quantum Mechanical Effects (QME) / 3.4.2.1：
Short-channel Effects (SCE) / 3.4.2.2：
Experimental Verification / 3.4.3：
Surface Potential of independent DG-FET / 3.5：
BSIM-IMG features / 3.5.2：
Summary / 3.6：
Physics of the Multigate MOS System / 4：
Device electrostatics / 4.1：
Double gate MOS system / 4.2：
Modeling assumptions / 4.2.1：
Gate voltage effect / 4.2.2：
Semiconductor thickness effect / 4.2.3：
Asymmetry effects / 4.2.4：
Oxide thickness effect / 4.2.5：
Electron tunnel current / 4.2.6：
Two-dimensional confinement / 4.3：
Mobility in Multigate MOSFETs / 5：
Double-Gate MOSFETs and FinFETs / 5.1：
Phonon-limited mobility / 5.2.1：
Confinement of acoustic phonons / 5.2.2：
Interface roughness scattering / 5.2.3：
Coulomb scattering / 5.2.4：
Temperature Dependence of Mobility / 5.2.5：
Symmetrical and Asymmetrical Operation of DGSOI FETs / 5.2.6：
Crystallographic orientation / 5.2.7：
High-k dielectrics / 5.2.8：
Strained DGSOI devices / 5.2.9：
Silicon multiple-gate nanowires / 5.2.10：
Electrostatic description of Si nanowires / 5.3.1：
Electron transport in Si nanowires / 5.3.3：
Surface roughness / 5.3.4：
Experimental results and conclusions / 5.3.5：
Radiation Effects in Advanced Single- and Multi-Gate SOI MOSFETs / 6：
A brief history of radiation effects in SOI / 6.1：
Total Ionizing Dose Effects / 6.2：
A brief overview of Total Ionizing Dose effects / 6.2.1：
Advanced Single-Gate FDSOI devices / 6.2.2：
Description of Advanced FDSOI Devices / 6.2.2.1：
Front-gate threshold voltage shift / 6.2.2.2：
Single-transistor latch / 6.2.2.3：
Advanced Multi-Gate devices / 6.2.3：
Devices and process description / 6.2.3.1：
Single-Event Effects / 6.2.3.2：
Background / 6.3.1：
Effect of ion track diameter in nanoscale devices / 6.3.2：
Transient measurements on single-gate and FinFET SOI transistors / 6.3.3：
Scaling effects / 6.3.4：
Multi-Gate MOSFET Circuit Design / 7：
Digital Circuit Design / 7.1：
Impact of device performance on digital circuit design / 7.2.1：
Large-scale digital circuits / 7.2.2：
Leakage-performance trade off and energy dissipation / 7.2.3：
Multi-V[subscript T] devices and mixed-V[subscript T] circuits / 7.2.4：
High-temperature circuit operation / 7.2.5：
SRAM design / 7.2.6：
Analog Circuit Design / 7.3：
Device figures of merit and technology related design issues / 7.3.1：
Transconductance / 7.3.1.1：
Intrinsic transistor gain / 7.3.1.2：
Matching behavior / 7.3.1.3：
Flicker noise / 7.3.1.4：
Transit and maximum oscillation frequency / 7.3.1.5：
Self-heating / 7.3.1.6：
Charge trapping in high-k dielectrics / 7.3.1.7：
Design of analog building blocks / 7.3.2：
V-[subscript T]-based current reference circuit / 7.3.2.1：
Bandgap voltage reference / 7.3.2.2：
Operational amplifier / 7.3.2.3：
Comparator / 7.3.2.4：
Mixed-signal aspects / 7.3.3：
Current steering DAC / 7.3.3.1：
Successive approximation ADC / 7.3.3.2：
RF circuit design / 7.3.4：
SoC Design and Technology Aspects / 7.4：
Index
Preface
Table of Content
Contributors
4.

電子ブック
ＥＢ
4. Fluid mechanics : a short course for physicists (: electronic bk)
Gregory Falkovich
出版情報:   1 online resource (xii, 167 p.)
所蔵情報: loading…
目次情報: 続きを見る
Basic equations and steady flows / 1：
Unsteady flows / 2：
Dispersive waves / 3：
Epilogue / 4：
Solutions / 5：
References
Index
Preface
Prologue
Definitions and basic equations / 1.1：
Definitions / 1.1.1：
Equations of motion for an ideal fluid / 1.1.2：
Hydrostatics / 1.1.3：
Isentropic motion / 1.1.4：
Conservation laws and potential flows / 1.2：
Kinematics / 1.2.1：
Kelvin's theorem / 1.2.2：
Energy and momentum fluxes / 1.2.3：
Irrotational and incompressible flows / 1.2.4：
Flow past a body / 1.3：
Incompressible potential flow past a body / 1.3.1：
Moving sphere / 1.3.2：
Moving body of an arbitrary shape / 1.3.3：
Quasi-momentum and induced mass / 1.3.4：
Viscosity / 1.4：
Reversibility paradox / 1.4.1：
Viscous stress tensor / 1.4.2：
Navier-Stokes equation / 1.4.3：
Law of similarity / 1.4.4：
Stokes flow and the wake / 1.5：
Slow motion / 1.5.1：
The boundary layer and the separation phenomenon / 1.5.2：
Flow transformations / 1.5.3：
Drag and lift with a wake / 1.5.4：
Exercises
Instabilities / 2.1：
Kelvin-Helmholtz instability / 2.1.1：
Energetic estimate of the stability threshold / 2.1.2：
Landau's law / 2.1.3：
Turbulence / 2.2：
Cascade / 2.2.1：
Turbulent river and wake / 2.2.2：
Acoustics / 2.3：
Sound / 2.3.1：
Riemann wave / 2.3.2：
Burgers equation / 2.3.3：
Acoustic turbulence / 2.3.4：
Mach number / 2.3.5：
Linear waves / 3.1：
Surface gravity waves / 3.1.1：
Viscous dissipation / 3.1.2：
Capillary waves / 3.1.3：
Phase and group velocity / 3.1.4：
Weakly non-linear waves / 3.2：
Hamiltonian description / 3.2.1：
Hamiltonian normal forms / 3.2.2：
Wave instabilities / 3.2.3：
Non-linear Schrödinger equation (NSE) / 3.3：
Derivation of NSE / 3.3.1：
Modulational instability / 3.3.2：
Soliton, collapse and turbulence / 3.3.3：
Korteveg-de-Vries (KdV) equation / 3.4：
Waves in shallow water / 3.4.1：
The KdV equation and the soliton / 3.4.2：
Inverse scattering transform / 3.4.3：
Solutions to exercises
Chapter 1
Chapter 2
Chapter 3
Notes
Basic equations and steady flows / 1：
Unsteady flows / 2：
Dispersive waves / 3：
5.

電子ブック
ＥＢ
5. Turbulent premixed flames (: electronic bk)
edited by Nedunchezhian Swaminathan, K.N.C. Bray
出版情報:   1 online resource (xvi, 421 p.)
所蔵情報: loading…
目次情報: 続きを見る
Fundamentals and challenges / N. Swaminathan ; K. N. C. Bray1：
Modelling Methods / Part I：
Laminar flamelets and the Bray, Moss, and Libby model / 2：
Flame surface density and the G equation / L. Vervisch ; V. Moureau ; P. Domingo ; D. Veynante3：
Scalar-dissipation-rate approach / N. Chakraborty ; M. Champion ; A. Mura4：
Transported probability density function methods for premixed turbulent flames / R. P. Lindstedt5：
Combustion Instabilities / Part II：
Instabilities in flames / D. Bradley6：
Control strategies for combustion instabilities / A. P. Dowling ; A. S. Morgans7：
Simulation of thermoacoustic instability / L. Gicquel ; F. Nicoud ; T. Poinsot8：
Lean Flames in Practice / Part III：
Application of lean flames in internal combustion engines / Y. Urata ; A. M. K. P. Taylor9：
Application of lean flames in aero gas turbines / B. Jones10：
Application of lean flames in stationary gas turbines / 11：
Future Directions / Part IV：
Utilization of hot burnt gas for better control of combustion and emissions / S. Hayashi ; Y. Mizobuchi12：
Future directions and applications of lean premixed combustion / J. F. Driscoll13：
Future directions in modeling / 14：
Preface
List of Contributors
Fundamentals and Challenges
Aims and Coverage / 1.1：
Background / 1.2：
Governing Equations / 1.3：
Chemical Reaction Rate / 1.3.1：
Mixture Fraction / 1.3.2：
Spray Combustion / 1.3.3：
Levels of Simulation / 1.4：
DNS / 1.4.1：
RANS / 1.4.2：
LES / 1.4.3：
Equations of Turbulent Flow / 1.5：
Combustion Regimes / 1.6：
Modelling Strategies / 1.7：
Turbulent Transport / 1.7.1：
Reaction-Rate Closures / 1.7.2：
Models for LES / 1.7.3：
Data for Model Validation / 1.8：
References
Laminar Flamelets and the Bray, Moss, and Libby Model / 2.1：
The BML Model / 2.1.1：
Application to Stagnating Flows / 2.1.2：
Gradient and Counter-Gradient Scalar Transport / 2.1.3：
Laminar Flamelets / 2.1.4：
A Simple Laminar Flamelet Model / 2.1.5：
Conclusions / 2.1.6：
Flame Surface Density and the G Equation / 2.2：
Flame Surface Density / 2.2.1：
The G Equation for Laminar and Corrugated Turbulent Flames / 2.2.2：
Detailed Chemistry Modelling with FSD / 2.2.3：
FSD as a PDF Ingredient / 2.2.4：
Conclusion / 2.2.5：
Scalar-Dissipation-Rate Approach / 2.3：
Interlinks among SDR, FSD, and Mean Reaction Rate / 2.3.1：
Transport Equation for the SDR / 2.3.2：
A Situation of Reference - Non-Reactive Scalars / 2.3.3：
SDR in Premixed Flames and Its Modelling / 2.3.4：
Algebraic Models / 2.3.5：
Predictions of Measurable Quantities / 2.3.6：
LES Modelling for the SDR Approach / 2.3.7：
Final Remarks / 2.3.8：
Transported Probability Density Function Methods for Premixed Turbulent Flames / 2.4：
Alternative PDF Transport Equations / 2.4.1：
Closures for the Velocity Field / 2.4.2：
Closures for the Scalar Dissipation Rate / 2.4.3：
Reaction and Diffusion Terms / 2.4.4：
Solution Methods / 2.4.5：
Freely Propagating Premixed Turbulent Flames / 2.4.6：
The Impact of Molecular-Mixing Terms / 2.4.7：
Closure of Pressure Terms / 2.4.8：
Premixed Flames at High Reynolds Numbers / 2.4.9：
Partially Premixed Flames / 2.4.10：
Scalar Transport at High Reynolds Numbers / 2.4.11：
Instabilities in Flames / 2.4.12：
Flame Instabilities / 3.1.1：
Turbulent Burning, Extinctions, Relights, and Acoustic Waves / 3.1.2：
Auto-Ignitive Burning / 3.1.3：
Control Strategies for Combustion Instabilities / 3.2：
Energy and Combustion Oscillations / 3.2.1：
Passive Control / 3.2.2：
Tuned Passive Control / 3.2.3：
Active Control / 3.2.4：
Simulation of Thermoacoustic Instability / 3.3：
Basic Equations and Levels of Description / 3.3.1：
LES of Compressible Reacting Flows / 3.3.2：
3D Helmholtz Solver / 3.3.3：
Upstream-Downstream Acoustic Conditions / 3.3.4：
Application to an Annular Combustor / 3.3.5：
Application of Lean Flames in Internal Combustion Engines / 3.3.6：
Legislation for Fuel Economy and for Emissions / 4.1.1：
Lean-Burn Combustion Concepts for IC Engines / 4.1.2：
Role of Experiments for Lean-Burn Combustion in IC Engines / 4.1.3：
Concluding Remarks / 4.1.4：
Application of Lean Flames in Aero Gas Turbines / 4.2：
Background to the Design of Current Aero Gas Turbine Combustors / 4.2.1：
Scoping the Low-Emissions Combustor Design Problem / 4.2.2：
Emissions Requirements / 4.2.3：
Engine Design Trend and Effect of Engine Cycle on Emissions / 4.2.4：
History of Emissions Research to C.E. 2000 / 4.2.5：
Operability / 4.2.6：
Performance Compromise after Concept Demonstration / 4.2.7：
Lean-Burn Options / 4.2.8：
Application of Lean Flames in Stationary Gas Turbines / 4.2.9：
Common Combustor Configurations / 4.3.1：
Fuels / 4.3.2：
Water Injection / 4.3.3：
Emissions Regulations / 4.3.4：
Lean Blowoff / 4.3.5：
Combustion Instability / 4.3.7：
Flashback / 4.3.8：
Auto-Ignition / 4.3.9：
External Aerodynamics / 4.3.10：
Combustion Research for Industrial Gas Turbines / 4.3.11：
Future Trends and Research Emphasis / 4.3.12：
Utilization of Hot Burnt Gas for Better Control of Combustion and Emissions / 5.1：
Axially Staged Lean-Mixture Injection / 5.1.1：
Application of the Concept to Gas Turbine Combustors / 5.1.2：
Numerical Simulation towards Design Optimization / 5.1.3：
Future Directions and Applications of Lean Premixed Combustion / 5.2：
LPP Combustors / 5.2.1：
Reliable Models that Can Predict Lift-Off and Blowout Limits of Flames in Co-Flows or Cross-Flows / 5.2.2：
New Technology in Measurement Techniques / 5.2.3：
Unresolved Fundamental Issues / 5.2.4：
Summary / 5.2.5：
Future Directions in Modelling / 5.3：
Modelling Requirements / 5.3.1：
Assessment of Models / 5.3.2：
Nomenclature / 5.3.3：
Index
Fundamentals and challenges / N. Swaminathan ; K. N. C. Bray1：
Modelling Methods / Part I：
Laminar flamelets and the Bray, Moss, and Libby model / 2：
6.

電子ブック
ＥＢ
6. Panel data econometrics with R (: electronic bk)
Yves Croissant, Giovanni Millo
出版情報: [S.l.] : Wiley Online Library, [20--]  1 online resource (xix, 301 p.)
所蔵情報: loading…
目次情報: 続きを見る
Preface
Acknowledgments
About the Companion Website
Introduction / 1：
Panel Data Econometrics: A Gentle Introduction / 1.1：
Eliminating Unobserved Components / 1.1.1：
Differencing Methods / 1.1.1.1：
LSDV Methods / 1.1.1.2：
Fixed Effects Methods / 1.1.1.3：
R for Econometric Computing / 1.2：
The Modus Operandi of R / 1.2.1：
Data Management / 1.2.2：
Outsourcing to Other Software / 1.2.2.1：
Data Management Through Formulae / 1.2.2.2：
plm for the Casual R User / 1.3：
R for the Matrix Language User / 1.3.1：
R for the User of Econometric Packages / 1.3.2：
plm for the Proficient R User / 1.4：
Reproducible Econometric Work / 1.4.1：
Object-orientation for the User / 1.4.2：
plm for the R Developer / 1.5：
Object-orientation for Development / 1.5.1：
Notations / 1.6：
General Notation / 1.6.1：
Maximum Likelihood Notations / 1.6.2：
Index / 1.6.3：
The Two-way Error Component Model / 1.6.4：
Transformation for the One-way Error Component Model / 1.6.5：
Transformation for the Two-ways Error Component Model / 1.6.6：
Groups and Nested Models / 1.6.7：
Instrumental Variables / 1.6.8：
Systems of Equations / 1.6.9：
Time Series / 1.6.10：
Limited Dependent and Count Variables / 1.6.11：
Spatial Panels / 1.6.12：
The Error Component Model / 2：
Notations and Hypotheses / 2.1：
Some Useful Transformations / 2.11：
Hypotheses Concerning the Errors / 2.1.3：
Ordinary Least Squares Estimators / 2.2：
Ordinary Least Squares on the Raw Data: The Pooling Model / 2.2.1：
The between Estimator / 2.2.2：
The within Estimator / 2.2.3：
The Generalized Least Squares Estimator / 2.3：
Presentation of the GLS Estimator / 2.3.1：
Estimation of the Variances of the Components of the Error / 2.3.2：
Comparison of the Estimators / 2.4：
Relations between the Estimators / 2.4.1：
Comparison of the Variances / 2.4.2：
Fixed vs Random Effects / 2.4.3：
Some Simple Linear Model Examples / 2.4.4：
The Two-ways Error Components Model / 2.5：
Error Components in the Two-ways Model / 2.5.1：
Fixed and Random Effects Models / 2.5.2：
Estimation of a Wage Equation / 2.6：
Advanced Error Components Models / 3：
Unbalanced Panels / 3.1：
Individual Effects Model / 3.1.1：
Two-ways Error Component Model / 3.1.2：
Fixed Effects Model / 3.1.2.1：
Random Effects Model / 3.1.2.2：
Estimation of the Components of the Error Variance / 3.1.3：
Seemingly Unrelated Regression / 3.2：
Constrained Least Squares / 3.2.1：
Inter-equations Correlation / 3.2.3：
Sur With Panel Data / 3.2.4：
The Maximum Likelihood Estimator / 3.3：
Derivation of the Likelihood Function / 3.3.1：
Computation of the Estimator / 3.3.2：
The Nested Error Components Model / 3.4：
Presentation of the Model / 3.4.1：
Estimation of the Variance of the Error Components / 3.4.2：
Tests on Error Component Models / 4：
Tests on Individual and/or Time Effects / 4.1：
F Tests / 4.1.1：
Breusch-Pagan Tests / 4.1.2：
Tests for Correlated Effects / 4.2：
The Mundlak Approach / 4.2.1：
Hausman Test / 4.2.2：
Chamberlain's Approach / 4.2.3：
Unconstrained Estimator / 4.2.3.1：
Constrained Estimator / 4.2.3.2：
Fixed Effects Models / 4.2.3.3：
Tests for Serial Correlation / 4.3：
Unobserved Effects Test / 4.3.1：
Score Test of Serial Correlation and/or Individual Effects / 4.3.2：
Likelihood Ratio Tests for AR(1) and Individual Effects / 4.3.3：
Applying Traditional Serial Correlation Tests to Panel Data / 4.3.4：
Wald Tests for Serial Correlation using within and First-differenced Estimators / 4.3.5：
Wooldridge's within-based Test / 4.3.5.1：
Wooldridge's First-difference-based Test / 4.3.5.2：
Tests for Cross-sectional Dependence / 4.4：
Pairwise Correlation Coefficients / 4.4.1：
CD-type Tests for Cross-sectional Dependence / 4.4.2：
Testing Cross-sectional Dependence in a pseries / 4.4.3：
Robust Inference and Estimation for Non-spherical Errors / 5：
Robust Inference / 5.1：
Robust Covariance Estimators / 5.1.1：
Cluster-robust Estimation in a Panel Setting / 5.1.1.1：
Double Clustering / 5.1.1.2：
Panel Newey-west and SCC / 5.1.1.3：
Generic Sandwich Estimators and Panel Models / 5.1.2：
Panel Corrected Standard Errors / 5.1.2.1：
Robust Testing of Linear Hypotheses / 5.1.3：
An Application: Robust Hausman Testing / 5.1.3.1：
Unrestricted Generalized Least Squares / 5.2：
General Feasible Generalized Least Squares / 5.2.1：
Pooled GGLS / 5.2.11：
Fixed Effects GLS / 5.2.12：
First Difference GLS / 5.2.13：
Applied Examples / 5.2.2：
Endogeneity / 6：
The Instrumental Variables Estimator / 6.1：
Generalities about the Instrumental Variables Estimator / 6.2.1：
The within Instrumental Variables Estimator / 6.2.2：
Error Components Instrumental Variables Estimator / 6.3：
The General Model / 6.3.1：
Special Cases of the General Model / 6.3.2：
The within Model / 6.3.2.1：
Error Components Two Stage Least Squares / 6.3.2.2：
The Hausman and Taylor Model / 6.3.2.3：
The Amemiya-Macurdy Estimator / 6.3.2.4：
The Breusch, Mizon and Schmidt's Estimator / 6.3.2.5：
Balestra and Varadharajan-Krishnakumar Estimator / 6.3.2.6：
Estimation of a System of Equations / 6.4：
The Three Stage Least Squares Estimator / 6.4.1：
The Error Components Three Stage Least Squares Estimator / 6.4.2：
More Empirical Examples / 6.5：
Estimation of a Dynamic Model / 7：
Dynamic Model and Endogeneity / 7.1：
The Bias of the OLS Estimator / 7.1.1：
Consistent Estimation Methods for Dynamic Models / 7.1.2：
GMM Estimation of the Differenced Model / 7.2：
Instrumental Variables and Generalized Method of Moments / 7.2.1：
One-step Estimator / 7.2.2：
Two-steps Estimator / 7.2.3：
The Proliferation of Instruments in the Generalized Method of Moments Difference Estimator / 7.2.4：
Generalized Method of Moments Estimator in Differences and Levels / 7.3：
Weak Instruments / 7.3.1：
Moment Conditions on the Levels Model / 7.3.2：
The System GMM Estimator / 7.3.3：
Inference / 7.4：
Robust Estimation of the Coefficients' Covariance / 7.4.1：
Overidentification Tests / 7.4.2：
Error Serial Correlation Test / 7.4.3：
Panel Time Series / 7.5：
Heterogeneous Coefficients / 8.1：
Fixed Coefficients / 8.2.1：
Random Coefficients / 8.2.2：
The Swamy Estimator / 8.2.2.1：
The Mean Groups Estimator / 8.2.2.2：
Testing for Poolability / 8.2.3：
Cross-sectional Dependence and Common Factors / 8.3：
The Common Factor Model / 8.3.1：
Common Correlated Effects Augmentation / 8.3.2：
CCE Mean Groups vs. CCE Pooled / 8.3.2.1：
Computing the CCEP Variance / 8.3.2.2：
Nonstationarity and Cointegration / 8.4：
Unit Root Testing: Generalities / 8.4.1：
First Generation Unit Root Testing / 8.4.2：
Preliminary Results / 8.4.2.1：
Levin-Lin-Chu Test / 8.4.2.2：
Im, Pesaran and Shin Test / 8.4.2.3：
The Maddala and Wu Test / 8.4.2.4：
Second Generation Unit Root Testing / 8.4.3：
Count Data and Limited Dependent Variables / 9：
Binomial and Ordinal Models / 9.1：
The Binomial Model / 9.1.1：
Ordered Models / 9.1.1.2：
The Random Effects Model / 9.1.2：
The Conditional Logit Model / 9.1.2.1：
Censored or Truncated Dependent Variable / 9.2：
The Ordinary Least Squares Estimator / 9.2.1：
The Symmetrical Trimmed Estimator / 9.2.3：
Truncated Sample / 9.2.3.1：
Censored Sample / 9.2.3.2：
Count Data / 9.2.4：
The Poisson Model / 9.3.1：
The NegBin Model / 9.3.1.2：
Negbin Model / 9.3.2：
Random Effects Models / 9.3.3：
Spatial Correlation / 9.3.3.1：
Visual Assessment / 10.1.1：
Testing for Spatial Dependence / 10.1.2：
CD P Tests for Local Cross-sectional Dependence / 10.1.2.1：
The Randomized W Test / 10.1.2.2：
Spatial Lags / 10.2：
Spatially Lagged Regressors / 10.2.1：
Spatially Lagged Dependent Variables / 10.2.2：
Spatial OLS / 10.2.2.1：
ML Estimation of the SAR Model / 10.2.2.2：
Spatially Correlated Errors / 10.2.3：
Individual Heterogeneity in Spatial Panels / 10.3：
Random versus Fixed Effects / 10.3.1：
Spatial Panel Models with Error Components / 10.3.2：
Spatial Panels with Independent Random Effects / 10.3.2.1：
Spatially Correlated Random Effects / 10.3.2.2：
Estimation / 10.3.3：
Spatial Models with a General Error Covariance / 10.3.3.1：
General Maximum Likelihood Framework / 10.3.3.2：
Generalized Moments Estimation / 10.3.3.3：
Testing / 10.3.4：
LM Tests for Random Effects and Spatial Errors / 10.3.4.1：
Testing for Spatial Lag vs Error / 10.3.4.2：
Serial and Spatial Correlation / 10.4：
Maximum Likelihood Estimation / 10.4.1：
Serial and Spatial Correlation in the Random Effects Model / 10.4.1.1：
Serial and Spatial Correlation with KKP-Type Effects / 10.4.1.2：
Tests for Random Effects, Spatial, and Serial Error Correlation / 10.4.2：
Spatial Lag vs Error in the Serially Correlated Model / 10.4.2.2：
Bibliography
Preface
Acknowledgments
About the Companion Website
7.

電子ブック
ＥＢ
7. Geological fluid dynamics : sub-surface flow and reactions (: electronic bk)
O.M. Phillips
出版情報:   1 online resource (xi, 285 p.)
所蔵情報: loading…
目次情報: 続きを見る
Preface
Introduction / 1：
The basic principles / 2：
Patterns of flow / 3：
Flows with buoyancy variations / 4：
Patterns of reaction with flow / 5：
Extensions and examples / 6：
References
Index
Pores and fractures / 2.1：
Geometrical characteristics / 2.2：
Porosity / 2.2.1：
Double porosity in a fracture-matrix medium / 2.2.2：
The transport velocity and mass conservation / 2.3：
Mass Conservation / 2.3.1：
The incompressibility condition / 2.3.2：
The stream function / 2.3.3：
Darcy's law / 2.4：
Hydrostatics / 2.4.1：
Interstitial flow through a uniform matrix / 2.4.2：
Permeability / 2.4.3：
Reduced pressure and buoyancy / 2.4.4：
Boundary conditions / 2.4.5：
Mechanical energy balances / 2.5：
Flow tubes and flow resistance / 2.5.1：
Energy balances / 2.5.2：
Two theorems / 2.6：
The uniqueness theorem / 2.6.1：
The minimum dissipation theorem / 2.6.2：
The thermal energy balance / 2.7：
Dissolved species balance / 2.8：
Rate-limiting steps and the solute source term / 2.8.1：
First-order reactions / 2.8.2：
Equations of state / 2.9：
Dispersion / 2.10：
Kinematics of dispersion / 2.10.1：
Dispersion in a steady plume / 2.10.2：
Flow in uniform permeable media / 3.1：
Flow constraints / 3.1.1：
Laplace's equation / 3.1.2：
Some local flow patterns / 3.1.3：
Two-dimensional surface aquifers / 3.1.4：
Three-dimensional surface aquifer flow / 3.2：
How do surface aquifers work? / 3.2.1：
Regional scale aquifer flow / 3.2.2：
An example: the aquifer in Kent County, Maryland / 3.2.3：
Scales of water table elevation; relaxation, emergence and recharge times / 3.2.4：
Groundwater age distribution in an aquifer / 3.2.5：
Dispersion and transport of marked fluid / 3.3：
Measurements of permeability variations in sandy aquifers / 3.3.1：
Measured dispersion of injected tracers over sub-kilometer scales / 3.3.2：
Flow through a spatially random permeability field / 3.3.3：
Layered media / 3.4：
Anisotropy produced by fine-scale layering / 3.4.1：
Flow across layering with scattered fracture bands or gaps / 3.4.2：
Confining layers in a surface aquifer / 3.4.3：
Mixing in more permeable lenses / 3.4.4：
Fracture-matrix or "crack and block" media / 3.5：
Reservoirs and conduits / 3.5.1：
Transport of passive solute in co-existing fracture and matrix block flows / 3.5.2：
A passive contaminant front in a fracture-matrix aquifer / 3.5.3：
Distributed solute entering across the water table / 3.5.4：
Flow transients / 3.6：
Diffusion of pressure / 3.6.1：
Pressure diffusion and de-gassing following seismic release / 3.6.2：
Diffusion of pressure in a fracture-matrix medium / 3.6.3：
The occurrence of thermally driven flows / 4.1：
Buoyancy and the rotation vector / 4.2：
General properties of buoyancy-driven flows / 4.3：
Heat advection versus matrix diffusion: the Peclet number / 4.3.1：
Thermally driven flows: the Rayleigh number / 4.3.2：
Steady low Rayleigh number circulations / 4.4：
Slope convection with large aspect ratio l/h / 4.4.1：
Circulation in isolated, sloping permeable strata / 4.4.2：
Compact layered platforms and reefs at low Rayleigh numbers / 4.4.3：
Two-dimensional reefs or banks / 4.4.4：
Intermediate and high Rayleigh number plumes / 4.5：
Two-dimensional numerical solutions / 4.5.1：
How do these flows work? / 4.5.2：
Scaling analysis for two-dimensional flows / 4.5.3：
Circular platforms / 4.5.4：
Similarity solutions-two-dimensional plumes / 4.5.5：
The axi-symmetrical plume in a semi-infinite region / 4.5.6：
Salinity-driven flows / 4.6：
Freshwater lenses / 4.6.1：
Gravity currents in porous media / 4.6.2：
Thermal instabilities / 4.7：
Rayleigh-Darcy instability / 4.7.1：
A physical discussion / 4.7.2：
Related configurations / 4.7.3：
Thermo-haline circulations / 4.8：
Temperature destabilizing, salinity stabilizing / 4.8.1：
Both temperature and salinity stabilizing / 4.8.2：
Both temperature and salinity destabilizing / 4.8.3：
Temperature stabilizing, salinity destabilizing / 4.8.4：
Brine invasion beneath hypersaline lagoons / 4.8.5：
Instability of fronts / 4.9：
Simple reaction types / 5.1：
Dissolution / 5.1.1：
Combination / 5.1.2：
Replacement / 5.1.3：
An outline of flow-controlled reaction scenarious / 5.2：
The equilibration or reaction length / 5.2.1：
The reaction front scenario / 5.2.2：
The gradient reaction scenario / 5.2.3：
Mixing zones / 5.2.4：
Leaching or deposition of a mineral constituent / 5.3：
Dissolution in a uniform flow / 5.3.1：
Leaching in aquifer flow with infiltration across the water table / 5.3.2：
Dissolution in a fracture-matrix medium / 5.3.3：
The depletion time / 5.3.4：
The isothermal reaction front scenario / 5.4：
The front propagation speed and the fluid-rock ratio / 5.4.1：
Profiles in the reaction front / 5.4.2：
Reaction fronts in fracture-matrix media / 5.4.3：
Sorbing contaminant plumes / 5.4.4：
Dissolution and deposition rates in gradient reactions / 5.5：
The rock alteration index / 5.5.2：
Enhancement and destruction of porosity / 5.5.3：
The mixing zone scenario / 5.6：
Isotherm-following reactions / 5.7：
The reaction zone / 5.7.1：
Dehydration / 5.7.2：
Paleo-convection and dolomite formation in the Latemar Massif / 5.8：
Distributions of mineral alteration in Mississippi Valley-type deposits / 5.9：
Extensions / 6.1：
Examples / 6.2：
Coastal salt wedges / 6.2.1：
Permeability variations and the rotation vector / 6.2.2：
Confined aquifers / 6.2.3：
An unconfined or surface aquifer with a locally fractured confining layer / 6.2.4：
The Hole-Shaw cell / 6.2.5：
Bibliography
Preface
Introduction / 1：
The basic principles / 2：
8.

電子ブック
ＥＢ
8. Quantum optics. 3rd rev. and extended ed (: electronic bk)
Werner Vogel and Dirk-Gunnar Welsch
出版情報: Wiley Online Library Online Books, 2006 , Weinheim : Wiley-VCH, c2006
所蔵情報: loading…
目次情報: 続きを見る
Preface
Introduction / 1：
From Einstein's hypothesis to photon anti-bunching / 1.1：
Nonclassical phenorrena / 1.2：
Source-attributed light / 1.3：
Medium-assisted electromagnetic fields / 1.4：
Measurement of light statistics / 1.5：
Determination and preparation of quantum states / 1.6：
Quantized motion of cold atoms / 1.7：
Elements of quantum electrodynamics / 2：
Basic classical equations / 2.1：
The free electromagnetic field / 2.2：
Canonical quantization / 2.2.1：
Monochromatic-mode expansion / 2.2.2：
Nonmonochromatic modes / 2.2.3：
Interaction with charged particles / 2.3：
Minimal coupling / 2.3.1：
Multipolar coupling / 2.3.2：
Dielectric background media / 2.4：
Nondispersing and nonabsorbing media / 2.4.1：
Dispersing and absorbing media / 2.4.2：
Approximate interaction Hamiltonians / 2.5：
The electric-dipole approximation / 2.5.1：
The rotating-wave approximation / 2.5.2：
Effective Hamiltonians / 2.5.3：
Source-quantity representation / 2.6：
Time-dependent commutation relations / 2.7：
Correlation functions of field operators / 2.8：
Quantum states of bosonic systems / 3：
Number states / 3.1：
Statistics of the number states / 3.1.1：
Multi-mode number states / 3.1.2：
Coherent states / 3.2：
Statistics of the coherent states / 3.2.1：
Multi-mode coherent states / 3.2.2：
Displaced number states / 3.2.3：
Squeezed states / 3.3：
Statistics of the squeezed states / 3.3.1：
Multi-mode squeezed states / 3.3.2：
Quadrature eigenstates / 3.4：
Phase states / 3.5：
The eigenvalue problem of V / 3.5.1：
Cosine and sine phase states / 3.5.2：
Bosonic systems in phase space / 4：
The statistical density operator / 4.1：
Phase-space functions / 4.2：
Normal ordering: The P function / 4.2.1：
Anti-normal and symmetric ordering: The Q and the W function / 4.2.2：
Parameterized phase-space functions / 4.2.3：
Operator expansion in phase space / 4.3：
Orthogonalization relations / 4.3.1：
The density operator in phase space / 4.3.2：
Some elementary examples / 4.3.3：
Quantum theory of damping / 5：
Quantum Langevin equations and one-time averages / 5.1：
Hamiltonian / 5.1.1：
Heisenberg equations of motion / 5.1.2：
Born and Markov approximations / 5.1.3：
Quantum Langevin equations / 5.1.4：
Master equations and related equations / 5.2：
Master equations / 5.2.1：
Fokker-Planck equations / 5.2.2：
Damped harmonic oscillator / 5.3：
Langevin equations / 5.3.1：
Radiationless dephasing / 5.3.2：
Damped two-level system / 5.4：
Basic equations / 5.4.1：
Optical Bloch equations / 5.4.2：
Quantum regression theorem / 5.5：
Photoelectric detection of light / 6：
Photoelectric counting / 6.1：
Quantum-mechanical transition probabilities / 6.1.1：
Photoelectric counting probabilities / 6.1.2：
Counting moments and correlations / 6.1.3：
Photoelectric counts and photons / 6.2：
Detection scheme / 6.2.1：
Mode expansion / 6.2.2：
Photon-number statistics / 6.2.3：
Nonperturbative corrections / 6.3：
Spectral detection / 6.4：
Radiation-field modes / 6.4.1：
Input-output relations / 6.4.2：
Spectral correlation functions / 6.4.3：
Homodyne detection / 6.5：
Fields combining through a nonabsorbing beam splitter / 6.5.1：
Fields combining through an absorbing beam splitter / 6.5.2：
Unbalanced four-port homodyning / 6.5.3：
Balanced four-port homodyning / 6.5.4：
Balanced eight-port homodyning / 6.5.5：
Homodyne correlation measurement / 6.5.6：
Normally ordered moments / 6.5.7：
Quantum-state reconstruction / 7：
Optical homodyne tomography / 7.1：
Quantum state and phase-rotated quadratures / 7.1.1：
Wigner function / 7.1.2：
Density matrix in phase-rotated quadrature basis / 7.2：
Density matrix in the number basis / 7.3：
Sampling from quadrature components / 7.3.1：
Reconstruction from displaced number states / 7.3.2：
Local reconstruction of phase-space functions / 7.4：
Canonical phase statistics / 7.5：
Nonclassicality and entanglement of bosonic systems / 8：
Quantum states with classical counterparts / 8.1：
Nonclassical light / 8.2：
Photon anti-bunching / 8.2.1：
Sub-Poissonian light / 8.2.2：
Squeezed light / 8.2.3：
Nonclassical characteristic functions / 8.3：
The Bochner theorem / 8.3.1：
First-order nonclassicality / 8.3.2：
Higher-order nonclassicality / 8.3.3：
Nonclassical moments / 8.4：
Reformulation of the Bochner condition / 8.4.1：
Criteria based on moments / 8.4.2：
Entanglement / 8.5：
Separable and nonseparable quantum states / 8.5.1：
Partial transposition and entanglement criteria / 8.5.2：
Leaky optical cavities / 9：
Solution of the Helmholtz equation / 9.1：
Cavity-response function / 9.1.2：
Internal field / 9.2：
Coarse-grained averaging / 9.3.1：
Nonmonochromatic modes and Langevin equations / 9.3.2：
External field / 9.4：
Commutation relations / 9.4.1：
Field correlation functions / 9.5.1：
Unwanted losses / 9.7：
Quantum-state extraction / 9.8：
Medium-assisted electromagnetic vacuum effects / 10：
Spontaneous emission / 10.1：
Weak atom-field coupling / 10.1.1：
Strong atom-field coupling / 10.1.2：
Vacuum forces / 10.2：
Force on an atom / 10.2.1：
The Casimir force / 10.2.2：
Resonance fluorescence / 11：
Two-level systems / 11.1：
Intensity / 11.2.1：
Intensity correlation and photon anti-bunching / 11.2.2：
Squeezing / 11.2.3：
Spectral properties / 11.2.4：
Multi-level effects / 11.3：
Dark resonances / 11.3.1：
Intermittent fluorescence / 11.3.2：
Vibronic coupling / 11.3.3：
A single atom in a high-Q cavity / 12：
The Jaynes-Cummings model / 12.1：
Electronic-state dynamics / 12.2：
Reduced density matrix / 12.2.1：
Collapse and revival / 12.2.2：
Quantum nature of the revivals / 12.2.3：
Coherent preparation / 12.2.4：
Field dynamics / 12.3：
Photon statistics / 12.3.1：
The Micromaser / 12.4：
Quantum-state preparation / 12.5：
Schrodinger-cat states / 12.5.1：
Einstein-Podolsky-Rosen pairs of atoms / 12.5.2：
Measurements of the cavity field / 12.6：
Quantum state endoscopy / 12.6.1：
QND measurement of the photon number / 12.6.2：
Determining arbitrary quantum states / 12.6.3：
Laser-driven quantized motion of a trapped atom / 13：
Quantized motion of an ion in a Paul trap / 13.1：
Interaction of a moving atom with light / 13.2：
Radio-frequency radiation / 13.2.1：
Optical radiation / 13.2.2：
Dynamics in the resolved sideband regime / 13.3：
Nonlinear Jaynes-Cummings model / 13.3.1：
Decoherence effects / 13.3.2：
Nonlinear motional dynamics / 13.3.3：
Preparing motional quantum states / 13.4：
Sideband laser-cooling / 13.4.1：
Coherent, number and squeezed states / 13.4.2：
Motional dark states / 13.4.3：
Measuring the quantum state / 13.5：
Tomographic methods / 13.5.1：
Local methods / 13.5.2：
Determination of entangled states / 13.5.3：
Appendix
The medium-assisted Green tensor / A：
Basic relations / A.1：
Asymptotic behavior / A.2：
Equal-time commutation relations / B：
Algebra of bosonic operators / C：
Exponential-operator disentangling / C.1：
Normal and anti-normal ordering / C.2：
Sampling function for the density matrix in the number basis / D：
Index
Preface
Introduction / 1：
From Einstein's hypothesis to photon anti-bunching / 1.1：
9.

電子ブック
ＥＢ
9. Anaerobic waste-wastewater treatment and biogas plants : a practical handbook (: electronic bk)
Joseph C. Akunna
出版情報: Taylor & Francis Group, 2018  1 online resource (137 p. ; 24 cm)
所蔵情報: loading…
目次情報: 続きを見る
Preface
Abbreviations
Author
Biological Treatment Processes / 1：
Process Fundamentals / 1.1：
Anaerobic Processes / 1.2：
Process Description / 1.2.1：
Biomass Production / 1.2.2：
Factors Affecting Process Efficiency / 1.2.3：
Start-Up Inoculum / 1.2.3.1：
Waste Organic Content and Biodegradability / 1.2.3.2：
Nutrient Availability / 1.2.3.3：
pH and Alkalinity / 1.2.3.4：
Temperature / 1.2.3.5：
Solids and Hydraulic Retention Times / 1.2.3.6：
Organic Loading Rate / 1.2.3.7：
Toxic Compounds / 1.2.3.8：
Treatment Configuration: Single- and Multi-Stage Systems / 1.2.3.9：
Applications, Benefits, and Drawbacks / 1.2.4：
Aerobic Processes / 1.3：
Wastewater Treatment / 1.3.1：
Aerobic Digestion or Composting / 1.3.3：
Aerobic versus Anaerobic Processes / 1.3.4：
Anoxic Processes / 1.4：
Anaerobic Wastewater Treatment / 2：
Applications and Limitations / 2.1：
Wastewater Biodegradability / 2.2：
Wastewater Pretreatment / 2.3：
Flow Equalization / 2.3.1：
pH Correction / 2.3.2：
Nutrient Balance / 2.3.3：
Temperature Control / 2.3.4：
Solids Reduction / 2.3.5：
Reduction of Toxic Compounds / 2.3.6：
Process Variations / 2.4：
System Configuration / 2.5：
Process Design and Operational Control / 2.6：
Hydraulic Retention Time (HRT) / 2.6.1：
Solids Retention Time (SRT) / 2.6.2：
Hydraulic Loading Rate (HLR) / 2.6.3：
Organic Loading Rate (OLR) / 2.6.4：
Food/Microorganism Ratio / 2.6.5：
Specific Biogas Yield / 2.6.6：
Specific Biogas Production Rate (BPR) / 2.6.7：
Treatment Efficiency / 2.6.8：
Performance and Process Monitoring Indicators / 2.6.9：
Foaming and Control / 2.8：
Anaerobic Digestion (AD) of Organic Solid Residues and Biosolids / 3：
Applications, Benefits, and Challenges / 3.1：
Mono- and Co-Digestion / 3.2：
Standard Rate Digestion / 3.3：
High-Rate Digestion / 3.3.2：
Low-Solids Digestion / 3.3.3：
High-Solids (or "Dry") Digestion / 3.3.4：
Combined Anaerobic-Aerobic System / 3.3.5：
Process Design, Performance, and Operational Control / 3.4：
Feedstock C/N Ratio / 3.4.1：
Retention Time (RT) / 3.4.2：
Solids Loading Rate (SLR) / 3.4.3：
Biogas Production and Operational Criteria / 3.5：
Modes of Operation / 3.6：
Batch Operation / 3.6.1：
Semi-Continuous Operation / 3.6.2：
Continuous Operation / 3.6.3：
Pretreatment in Anaerobic Treatment / 4：
Need for Pretreatment / 4.1：
Mechanical Pretreatment / 4.2：
Collection and Segregation / 4.2.1：
Size Reduction / 4.2.2：
Ultrasound (US) / 4.2.3：
Biological Pretreatment / 4.3：
Aerobic Composting or Digestion / 4.3.1：
Fungi / 4.3.3：
Enzymatic Hydrolysis / 4.3.4：
Bio-Augmentation / 4.3.5：
Bio-Supplementation / 4.3.6：
Chemical Pretreatment / 4.4：
Acid and Alkaline / 4.4.1：
Ozonation / 4.4.2：
Thermal / 4.5：
High Temperature / 4.5.1：
Wet Air Oxidation / 4.5.2：
Pyrolysis / 4.5.3：
Microwave (MW) Irradiation / 4.5.4：
Combined Processes / 4.6：
Thermochemical Pretreatment / 4.6.1：
Thermomechanical Pretreatment / 4.6.2：
Extrusion / 4.6.3：
Summary of Common Pretreatments / 4.7：
Assessing the Effects of Pretreatment / 4.8：
Chemical Analysis / 4.8.1：
Biochemical Methane Potential / 4.8.2：
Posttreatment, Reuse, and Management of Co-Products / 5：
Biogas / 5.1：
Biogas Utilization / 5.1.1：
Biogas Treatment / 5.1.2：
Moisture and Particulates Reduction / 5.1.2.1：
Biogas Upgrading / 5.1.2.2：
Hydrogen Sulfide Removal / 5.1.2.3：
Simultaneous Removal of CO2 and H2S / 5.1.2.4：
Siloxanes Occurrence and Removal / 5.1.2.5：
Health and Safety Considerations / 5.1.3：
Liquid Effluents / 5.2：
Digestate Management and Disposal / 5.3：
Characteristics and Management Options / 5.3.1：
Aerobic Composting / 5.3.2：
Disinfection / 5.3.3：
Applications in Warm Climates and Developing Countries / 6：
Characteristics of Warm Climatic Conditions / 6.1：
Characteristics of Developing Countries / 6.2：
Waste and Wastewater Characteristics / 6.3：
Large-Scale Systems / 6.4：
Micro-Scale Systems / 6.4.2：
Waste Stabilization Ponds / 6.4.3：
Solid Wastes and Slurries Treatment / 6.5：
Case Studies / 7：
Brewery Wastewater Treatment Using the Granular Bed Anaerobic Baffled Reactor (GRABBR) / 7.1：
Seaweed Anaerobic Digestion / 7.2：
Seaweed Anaerobic Co-Digestion / 7.3：
Worked Examples on Anaerobic Wastewater Treatment / Appendix A：
Worked Examples on Anaerobic Digestion of Solid Wastes and Biosolids / Appendix B：
References and Further Reading
Subject Index
Preface
Abbreviations
Author
10.

電子ブック
ＥＢ
10. Mathematical finance : theory, modeling, implementation (: electronic bk)
Christian Fries
出版情報: [S.l.] : Wiley Online Library, [20--]  1 online resource (xxii, 520 p.)
所蔵情報: loading…
目次情報: 続きを見る
Introduction / 1：
Theory, Modeling and Implementation / 1.1：
Interest Rate Models and Interest Rate Derivatives / 1.2：
How to Read this Book / 1.3：
Abridged Versions / 1.3.1：
Special Sections / 1.3.2：
Notation / 1.3.3：
Foundations / I：
Probability Theory / 2：
Stochastic Processes / 2.2：
Filtration / 2.3：
Brownian Motion / 2.4：
Wiener Measure, Canonical Setup / 2.5：
Itô Calculus / 2.6：
Itô Integral / 2.6.1：
Itô Process / 2.6.2：
Itô Lemma and Product Rule / 2.6.3：
Brownian Motion with Instantaneous Correlation / 2.7：
Martingales / 2.8：
Change of Measure (Girsanov, Cameron, Martin / 2.8.1 Martingale Representation Theorem：
Stochastic Integration / 2.10：
Partial Differential Equations (PDE / 2.11：
Feynman-Kac Theorem / 2.11.1：
List of Symbols / 2.12：
Replication / 3：
Replication Strategies / 3.1：
Replication in a discrete Model / 3.1.1：
Foundations: Equivalent Martingale Measure / 3.2：
Challenge and Solution Outline / 3.2.1：
Steps towards the Universal Pricing Theorem / 3.2.2：
Excursus: Relative Prices and Risk Neutral Measures / 3.3：
Why relative prices? / 3.3.1：
Risk Neutral Measure / 3.3.2：
First Applications / II：
Pricing of a European Stock Option under the Black-Scholes Model / 4：
Excursus: The Density of the Underlying of a European Call Option / 5：
Excursus: Interpolation of European Option Prices / 6：
No-Arbitrage Conditions for Interpolated Prices / 6.1：
Arbitrage Violations through Interpolation / 6.2：
Example (1): Interpolation of four Prices / 6.2.1：
Example (2): Interpolation of two Prices / 6.2.2：
Arbitrage-Free Interpolation of European Option Prices / 6.3：
Hedging in Continuous and Discrete Time and the Greeks / 7：
Deriving the Replications Strategy from Pricing Theory / 7.1：
Deriving the Replication Strategy under the Assumption of a Locally Riskless Product / 7.2.1：
The Black-Scholes Differential Equation / 7.2.2：
Example: Replication Portfolio and PDE under a Black-Scholes Model / 7.2.3：
Greeks / 7.3：
Greeks of a European Call-Option under the Black-Scholes model / 7.3.1：
Hedging in Discrete Time: Delta and Delta-Gamma Hedging / 7.4：
Delta Hedging / 7.4.1：
Error Propagation / 7.4.2：
Delta-Gamma Hedging / 7.4.3：
Vega Hedging / 7.4.4：
Hedging in Discrete Time: Minimizing the Residual Error (Bouchaud-Sornette Method / 7.5：
Minimizing the Residual Error at Maturity T / 7.5.1：
Minimizing the Residual Error in each Time Step / 7.5.2：
Interest Rate Structures, Interest Rate Products And Analytic Pricing Formulas / III：
Interest Rate Structures / Motivation and Overview：
Fixing Times and Tenor Times / 8.1：
Definitions / 8.2：
Interest Rate Curve Bootstrapping / 8.3：
Interpolation of Interest Rate Curves / 8.4：
Implementation / 8.5：
Simple Interest Rate Products / 9：
Interest Rate Products Part 1: Products without Optionality / 9.1：
Fix, Floating and Swap / 9.1.1：
Money-Market Account / 9.1.2：
Interest Rate Products Part 2: Simple Options / 9.2：
Cap, Floor, Swaption / 9.2.1：
Foreign Caplet, Quanto / 9.2.2：
The Black Model for a Caplet / 10：
Pricing of a Quanto Caplet / Modeling the FFX11：
Choice of Numéraire / 11.1：
Exotic Derivatives / 12：
Prototypical Product Properties / 12.1：
Interest Rate Products Part 3: Exotic Interest Rate Derivatives / 12.2：
Structured Bond, Structured Swap, Zero Structure / 12.2.1：
Bermudan Option / 12.2.2：
Bermudan Callable and Bermudan Cancelable / 12.2.3：
Compound Options / 12.2.4：
Trigger Products / 12.2.5：
Structured Coupons / 12.2.6：
Shout Options / 12.2.7：
Product Toolbox / 12.3：
Discretization And Numerical Valuation Methods / IV：
Discretization of time and state space / 13：
Discretization of Time: The Euler and the Milstein Scheme / 13.1：
Time-Discretization of a Lognormal Process / 13.1.1：
Discretization of Paths (Monte-Carlo Simulation) / 13.2：
Monte-Carlo Simulation / 13.2.1：
Weighted Monte-Carlo Simulation / 13.2.2：
Review / 13.2.3：
Discretization of State Space / 13.3：
Backward-Algorithm / 13.3.1：
Path Simulation through a Lattice: Two Layers / 13.3.3：
Numerical Methods for Partial Differential Equations / 14：
Pricing Bermudan Options in a Monte Carlo Simulation / 15：
Bermudan Options: Notation / 15.1：
Bermudan Callable / 15.2.1：
Relative Prices / 15.2.2：
Bermudan Option as Optimal Exercise Problem / 15.3：
Bermudan Option Value as single (unconditioned) Expectation: The Optimal Exercise Value / 15.3.1：
Bermudan Option Pricing - The Backward Algorithm / 15.4：
Re-simulation / 15.5：
Perfect Foresight / 15.6：
Conditional Expectation as Functional Dependence / 15.7：
Binning / 15.8：
Binning as a Least-Square Regression / 15.8.1：
Foresight Bias / 15.9：
Regression Methods - Least Square Monte-Carlo / 15.10：
Least Square Approximation of the Conditional Expectation / 15.10.1：
Example: Evaluation of a Bermudan Option on a Stock / Backward Algorithm with Conditional Expectation Estimator15.10.2：
Example: Evaluation of a Bermudan Callable / 15.10.3：
Binning as linear Least-Square Regression / 15.10.4：
Optimization Methods / 15.11：
Andersen Algorithm for Bermudan Swaptions / 15.11.1：
Review of the Threshold Optimization Method / 15.11.2：
Optimization of Exercise Strategy: A more general Formulation / 15.11.3：
Comparison of Optimization Method and Regression Method / 15.11.4：
Duality Method: Upper Bound for Bermudan Option Prices / 15.12：
American Option Evaluation as Optimal Stopping Problem / 15.12.1：
Primal-Dual Method: Upper and Lower Bound / 15.13：
Pricing Path-Dependent Options in a Backward Algorithm / 16：
Evaluation of a Snowball / Memory in a Backward Algorithm / 16.1：
Evaluation of a Flexi Cap in a Backward Algorithm / 16.2：
Sensitivities / Partial Derivatives) of Monte Carlo Prices17：
Problem Description / 17.1：
Pricing using Monte-Carlo Simulation / 17.2.1：
Sensitivities from Monte-Carlo Pricing / 17.2.2：
Example: The Linear and the Discontinuous Payout / 17.2.3：
Example: Trigger Products / 17.2.4：
Generic Sensitivities: Bumping the Model / 17.3：
Sensitivities by Finite Differences / 17.4：
Example: Finite Differences applied to Smooth and Discontinuous Payout / 17.4.1：
Sensitivities by Pathwise Differentiation / 17.5：
Example: Delta of a European Option under a Black-Scholes Model / 17.5.1：
Pathwise Differentiation for Discontinuous Payouts / 17.5.2：
Sensitivities by Likelihood Ratio Weighting / 17.6：
Example: Delta of a European Option under a Black-Scholes Model using Pathwise Derivative / 17.6.1：
Example: Variance Increase of the Sensitivity when using Likelihood Ratio Method for Smooth Payouts / 17.6.2：
Sensitivities by Malliavin Weighting / 17.7：
Proxy Simulation Scheme / 17.8：
Proxy Simulation Schemes for Monte Carlo Sensitivities and Importance Sampling / 18：
Full Proxy Simulation Scheme / 18.1：
Calculation of Monte-Carlo weights / 18.1.1：
Sensitivities by Finite Differences on a Proxy Simulation Scheme / 18.2：
Localization / 18.2.1：
Object-Oriented Design / 18.2.2：
Importance Sampling / 18.3：
Example / 18.3.1：
Partial Proxy Simulation Schemes / 18.4：
Linear Proxy Constraint / 18.4.1：
Comparison to Full Proxy Scheme Method / 18.4.2：
Non-Linear Proxy Constraint / 18.4.3：
Transition Probability from a Nonlinear Proxy Constraint / 18.4.4：
Sensitivity with respect to the Diffusion Coefficients - Vega / 18.4.5：
Example: LIBOR Target Redemption Note / 18.4.6：
Example: CMS Target Redemption Note / 18.4.7：
Pricing Models For Interest Rate Derivatives / V：
LIBOR Market Models / 19：
LIBOR Market Model / 19.1：
Derivation of the Drift Term / 19.1.1：
Discretization and (Monte-Carlo) Simulation / 19.1.2：
Calibration - Choice of the free Parameters / 19.1.4：
Interpolation of Forward Rates in the LIBOR Market Model / 19.1.5：
Object Oriented Design / 19.2：
Reuse of Implementation / 19.2.1：
Separation of Product and Model / 19.2.2：
Abstraction of Model Parameters / 19.2.3：
Abstraction of Calibration / 19.2.4：
Swap Rate Market Models (Jamshidian 1997 / 19.3：
The Swap Measure / 19.3.1：
Swap Rate Market Models / 19.3.2：
Terminal Correlation examined in a LIBOR Market Model Example / 20.1：
De-correlation in a One-Factor Model / 20.2.1：
Impact of the Time Structure of the Instantaneous Volatility on Caplet and Swaption Prices / 20.2.2：
The Swaption Value as a Function of Forward Rates / 20.2.3：
Terminal Correlation is dependent on the Equivalent Martingale Measure / 20.3：
Dependence of the Terminal Density on the Martingale Measure / 20.3.1：
Excursus: Instantaneous Correlation and Terminal Correlation / 21：
Short Rate Process in the HJM Framework / 21.1：
The HJM Drift Condition / 21.2：
Heath-Jarrow-Morton Framework: Foundations / 22：
The Market Price of Risk / 22.1：
Overview: Some Common Models / 22.3：
Implementations / 22.4：
Monte-Carlo Implementation of Short-Rate Models / 22.4.1：
Lattice Implementation of Short-Rate Models / 22.4.2：
Short-Rate Models / 23：
Short Rate Models in the HJM Framework / 23.1：
Example: The Ho-Lee Model in the HJM Framework / 23.1.1：
Example: The Hull-White Model in the HJM Framework / 23.1.2：
LIBOR Market Model in the HJM Framework / 23.2：
HJM Volatility Structure of the LIBOR Market Model / 23.2.1：
LIBOR Market Model Drift under the QB Measure / 23.2.2：
LIBOR Market Model as a Short Rate Model / 23.2.3：
Heath-Jarrow-Morton Framwork: Immersion of Short-Rate Models and LIBOR Market Model / 24：
Model / 24.1：
Interpretation of the Figures / 24.2：
Mean Reversion / 24.3：
Factors / 24.4：
Exponential Volatility Function / 24.5：
Instantaneous Correlation / 24.6：
Excursus: Shape of teh Interst Rate Curve under Mean Reversion and a Multifactor Model / 25：
Cheyette Model / 25.1：
Ritchken-Sakarasubramanian Framework: JHM with Low Markov Dimension / 26：
The Markov Functional Assumption / independent of the model considered)26.1：
Outline of this Chapter / 26.1.2：
Equity Markov Functional Model / 26.2：
Markov Functional Assumption / 26.2.1：
Example: The Black-Scholes Model / 26.2.2：
Numerical Calibration to a Full Two-Dimensional European Option Smile Surface / 26.2.3：
Interest Rates / 26.2.4：
Model Dynamics / 26.2.5：
LIBOR Markov Functional Model / 26.2.6：
LIBOR Markov Functional Model in Terminal Measure / 26.3.1：
LIBOR Markov Functional Model in Spot Measure / 26.3.2：
Remark on Implementation / 26.3.3：
Change of numéraire in a Markov-Functional Model / 26.3.4：
Implementation: Lattice / 26.4：
Convolution with the Normal Probability Density / 26.4.1：
State space discretization Markov Functional Models / 26.4.2：
Extended Models. / Part VI：
Introduction - Different Types of Spreads / 27.1：
Spread on a Coupon / 27.1.1：
Credit Spread / 27.1.2：
Defaultable Bonds / 27.2：
Integrating deterministic Credit Spread into a Pricing Model / 27.3：
Deterministic Credit Spread / 27.3.1：
Receiver's and Payer's Credit Spreads / 27.3.2：
Example: Defaultable Forward Starting Coupon Bond / 27.4.1：
Example: Option on a Defaultable Coupon Bond / 27.4.2：
Credit Spreads / 28：
Cross Currency LIBOR Market Model / 28.1：
Derivation of the Drift Term under Spot-Measure / 28.1.1：
Equity Hybrid LIBOR Market Model / 28.1.2：
Equity-Hybrid Cross-Currency LIBOR Market Model / 28.2.1：
Summary / 28.3.1：
Hybrid Models / 28.3.2：
Elements of Object Oriented Programming: Class and Objects / 29.1：
Example: Class of a Binomial Distributed Random Variable / 29.1.1：
Constructor / 29.1.2：
Methods: Getter, Setter, Static Methods / 29.1.3：
Principles of Object Oriented Programming / 29.2：
Encapsulation and Interfaces / 29.2.1：
Abstraction and Inheritance / 29.2.2：
Polymorphism / 29.2.3：
Example: A Class Structure for One Dimensional Root Finders / 29.3：
Root Finder for General Functions / 29.3.1：
Root Finder for Functions with Analytic Derivative: Newton Method / 29.3.2：
Root Finder for Functions with Derivative Estimation: Secant Method / 29.3.3：
Anatomy of a JavaÖ Class / 29.4：
Libraries / 29.5：
JavaÖ2 Platform, Standard Edition (j2se / 29.5.1：
JavaÖ2 Platform, Enterprise Edition (j2ee / 29.5.2：
Colt / 29.5.3：
Commons-Math: The Jakarta Mathematics Library / 29.5.4：
Some Final Remarks / 29.6：
Object Oriented Design (OOD) / Unified Modeling Language / 29.6.1：
Appendices / Part VII：
A small Collection of Common Misconceptions / A：
Tools (Selection / B：
Linear Regression / B.1：
Generation of Random Numbers / B.2：
Uniform Distributed Random Variables / B.2.1：
Transformation of the Random Number Distribution via the Inverse Distribution Function / B.2.2：
Normal Distributed Random Variables / B.2.3：
Poisson Distributed Random Variables / B.2.4：
Generation of Paths of an n-dimensional Brownian Motion / B.2.5：
Factor Decomposition - Generation of Correlated Brownian Motion / B.3：
Factor Reduction / B.4：
Optimization (one-dimensional): Golden Section Search / B.5：
Convolution with Normal Density / B.6：
Exercises / C：
JavaÖ Source Code (Selection / D：
JavaÖ Classes for Chapter 29 / E.1：
Introduction / 1：
Theory, Modeling and Implementation / 1.1：
Interest Rate Models and Interest Rate Derivatives / 1.2：
11.

電子ブック
ＥＢ
11. Solved problems in classical electromagnetism (: electronic bk)
Jerrold Franklin
出版情報: [S.l.] : EBSCOhost, [20--]  1 online resource
シリーズ名: Dover books on physics
所蔵情報: loading…
目次情報: 続きを見る
Preface
Electrostatics / 1：
Static fields and forces / 1.1：
Applications of Coulomb's law / 1.1.1：
Gauss's law / 1.1.2：
Vector differential operators / 1.1.3：
Dirac delta function / 1.1.4：
Electric dipole / 1.1.5：
Electric quadrupole / 1.1.6：
Image charges / 1.1.7：
Solutions of Laplace's equation / 1.2：
Cartesian coordinates / 1.2.1：
Spherical coordinates / 1.2.2：
Multipole expansion / 1.2.3：
Spherical harmonics / 1.2.4：
Cylindrical coordinates / 1.2.5：
Dielectrics / 1.3：
P,D,¿e,¿ / 1.3.1：
Images / 1.3.2：
Magnetostatics / 2：
Units of magnetostatics / 2.1：
Law of Biot-Savart / 2.2：
Current density / 2.3：
Ampere's law / 2.4：
Magnetic vector potential / 2.5：
Magnetic scalar potential / 2.6：
Magnetic moment / 2.7：
Magnetodynamics / 2.8：
Magnetization / 2.9：
Review of M, H, ¿, ¿ / 2.9.1：
Ferromagnetism / 2.10：
Electromagnetism / 3：
Maxwell's equations / 3.1：
EM energy and momentum / 3.1.1：
Maxwell stress tensor / 3.1.2：
Electromagnetic plane waves / 3.2：
EM wave equation / 3.2.1：
Wave energy and momentum / 3.2.2：
Fresnel relations / 3.2.3：
Wavt: propagation / 3.2.4：
EM radiation / 4：
Vector (A) and scalar (¿) potentials / 4.1：
Wave equation for A and ¿ / 4.1.1：
Gauge transformation / 4.1.2：
Radiation fields
Radiation zone / 4.2.1：
Electric dipole radiation / 4.3：
Atomic radiation / 4.3.1：
Larmor radiation / 4.4：
Relativistic electromagnetism / 5：
Lorentz transformation / 5.1：
Invariance of the speed of light / 5.2：
Doppler shift / 5.3：
Natural units / 5.4：
Covariant electromagnetism / 5.5：
Relativistic electrodynamics / 5.6：
Lorentz force / 5.6.1：
Covariant Lagrangian and Hamiltonian / 5.6.2：
Relativistic Larmor radiation / 5.6.3：
Preface
Electrostatics / 1：
Static fields and forces / 1.1：
12.

電子ブック
ＥＢ
12. Markets with transaction costs : mathematical theory (: electronic bk)
Yuri Kabanov, Mher Safarian
出版情報: [Berlin ; Heidelberg] : Springer, [201-]  1 online resource (xiv, 294 p.)
シリーズ名: Springer finance
所蔵情報: loading…
目次情報: 続きを見る
Approximative Hedging / 1：
Black-Scholes Formula Revisited / 1.1：
Pricing by Replication / 1.1.1：
Explicit Formulae / 1.1.2：
Discussion / 1.1.3：
Leland-Lott Theorem / 1.2：
Formulation and Comments / 1.2.1：
Proof / 1.2.2：
Constant Coefficient: Discripancy / 1.3：
Main Result / 1.3.1：
Pergamenshchikov Theorem / 1.3.2：
Rate of Convergence of the Replications Error / 1.4：
Formulation / 1.4.1：
Preparatory Manipulations / 1.4.2：
Convenient Representations, Explicit Formulae, and Useful Bounds / 1.4.3：
Tools / 1.4.4：
Analysis of the Principal Terms: Proof of Proposition 1.4.5 / 1.4.5：
Asymptotics of Gaussian Integrals / 1.4.6：
Functional Limit Theorem for ? = 1/2 / 1.5：
Limit Theorem for Semimartingale Scheme / 1.5.1：
Problem Reformulation / 1.5.3：
Tightness / 1.5.4：
Limit Measure / 1.5.5：
Identification of the Limit / 1.5.6：
Superhedging by Buy-and-Hold / 1.6：
Levental-Skorokhod Theorem / 1.6.1：
Extensions for One-Side Transaction Costs / 1.6.2：
Hedging of Vector-Valued Contingent Claims / 1.6.4：
Arbitrage Theory for Frictionless Markets / 2：
Models without Friction / 2.1：
DMW Theorem / 2.1.1：
Auxiliary Results: Measurable Subsequences and the Kreps-Yan Theorem / 2.1.2：
Proof of the DMW Theorem / 2.1.3：
Fast Proof of the DMW Theorem / 2.1.4：
NA and Conditional Distributions of Price Increments / 2.1.5：
Comment on Absolute Continuous Martingale Measures / 2.1.6：
Complete Markets and Replicable contingent Claims / 2.1.7：
DMW Theorem with Restricted Information / 2.1.8：
Hedging Theorem for American-Type Options / 2.1.9：
Stochastic Discounting Factors / 2.1.10：
Optional Decomposition Theorem / 2.1.11：
Martingale Measures with Bounded Densities / 2.1.13：
Utility Maximization and convex Duality / 2.1.14：
Discrete-Time Infinite-Horizon Model / 2.2：
Martingale Measures in Infinite-Horizon Model / 2.2.1：
No Free Lunch for Models with Infinite Time Horizon / 2.2.2：
No Free Lunch with Vanishing Risk / 2.2.3：
Example: "Retiring" Process / 2.2.4：
The Delbaen-Schachemayer Theory in Continuous Time / 2.2.5：
Arbitrage Theory under Transaction Costs / 3：
Models with Transaction Costs / 3.1：
Basic Model / 3.1.1：
Variants / 3.1.2：
No-arbitrage Problem: Abstract Approach / 3.1 3：
The Grigoriev Theorem / 3.2.1：
Counterexamples / 3.2.4：
A Complement: The Rásonyi Theorem / 3.2.5：
Arbitrage Opportunities of the Second Kind / 3.2.6：
Hedging of European Options / 3.3：
Hedging Theorem: Finite ? / 3.3.1：
Hedging Theorem: Discrete Time, Arbitrary ? / 3.3.2：
Hedging of American Options / 3.4：
American Options: Finite ? / 3.4.1：
American Options: Arbitrary ? / 3.4.2：
Complementary Results and Comments / 3.4.3：
Ramifications / 3.5：
Models with Incomplete Information / 3.5.1：
No Arbitrage Criteria: Finite ? / 3.5.2：
No Arbitrage Criteria: Arbitrary ? / 3.5.3：
Hedging Theorem / 3.5.4：
Hedging Theorems: Continuous Time / 3.6：
Introductory Comments / 3.6.1：
Model Specification / 3.6.2：
Hedging Theorem in Abstract Setting / 3.6.3：
Hedging Theorem: Proof / 3.6.4：
Rásonyi Counterexample / 3.6.5：
Campi-Schachermayer Model / 3.6.6：
Hedging Theorem for American Options / 3.6.7：
When Does a Consistent Price System Exits? / 3.6.8：
Asymptotic Arbitrage Opportunities of the Second Kind / 3.7：
Consumption-Investment Problems / 4：
Consumption-Investment without Friction / 4.1：
The Merton Problem / 4.1.1：
The HJB Equation and a Verification Theorem / 4.1.2：
Proof of the Merton Theorem / 4.1.3：
Robustness of the Merton Solution / 4.1.4：
Consumption-Investment under Transaction Costs / 4.2：
The Model / 4.2.1：
Goal Functionals / 4.2.2：
The Hamilton-Jacobi-Bellman Equation / 4.2.3：
Viscosity Solution / 4.2.4：
Ishii's Lemma / 4.2.5：
Uniqueness of the Solution and Lyapunov Functions / 4.3：
Uniqueness Theorem / 4.3.1：
Existence of Lyapunov Function and Classical Supersolutions / 4.3 2：
Supersolutions and Properties of the Bellman Function / 4.4：
When is W Finite on K? / 4.4.1：
Strict Local Supersolutions / 4.4.2：
Dynamic Programming Principle / 4.5：
The Bellman Function and the HJB Euation / 4.6：
Properties of the Bellman Function / 4.7：
The Subdifferential: Gneralities / 4.7.1：
The Bellman Function of the Two-Asset Model / 4.7.2：
Lower Bounds for the Bellman Function / 4.7.3：
The Davis-Norman Solution / 4.8：
Two-Asset Model: The Result / 4.8.1：
Structure of Bellman Function / 4.8.2：
Study of the Scalar Problem / 4.8.3：
Skorohod Problem / 4.8.4：
Optimal Strategy / 4.8.5：
Precisions on the No-Transaction Region / 4.8.6：
Liquidity Premium / 4.9：
Non-Robustness with Respect to Transaction Costs / 4.9.1：
First-Order Asymptotic Expansion / 4.9.2：
Exceptional Case: ? = 1 / 4.9.3：
Appendix / 5：
Facts from Convex Analysis / 5.1：
Césaro Convergence / 5.2：
Komló Theorem / 5.2.1：
Von Weizsäcker Theorem / 5.2.2：
Delbaen-Schachermayer Lemma / 5.2.4：
Facts from Probability / 5.3：
Essential Supremum / 5.3.1：
Generalized Martingales / 5.3.2：
Equivalent Probabilities / 5.3.3：
Snell Envelopes of Q-Martingales / 5.3.4：
Measurable Selection / 5.4：
Skorokhod Problem and SDE with Reflections / 5.5：
Deterministic Skorokhod Problem / 5.6.1：
Skorokhod Mapping / 5.6.2：
Stochastic Skorokhod Problem / 5.6.3：
Bibliographical Comments
References
Index
Approximative Hedging / 1：
Black-Scholes Formula Revisited / 1.1：
Pricing by Replication / 1.1.1：
13.

電子ブック
ＥＢ
13. Wave and scattering methods for numerical simulation (: electronic bk)
Stefan Bilbao
出版情報: Wiley Online Library, 2005  1 online resource (xvi, 364p.)
所蔵情報: loading…
目次情報: 続きを見る
Preface
Foreword
Introduction / 1：
An Overview of Scattering Methods / 1.1：
Remarks on Passivity / 1.1.1：
Case Study: The KellyâÇôLochbaum Digital Speech Synthesis Mode / 1.1.2：
Digital Waveguide Networks / 1.1.3：
A General Approach: Multidimensional Circuit Representations and Wave Digital Filters / 1.1.4：
Questions / 1.2：
Wave Digital Filters / 2：
Classical Network Theory / 2.1：
NâÇôports / 2.1.1：
Power and Passivity / 2.1.2：
KirchhoffâDzs Laws / 2.1.3：
Circuit Elements / 2.1.4：
Wave Digital Elements and Connections / 2.2：
The Bilinear Transform / 2.2.1：
Wave Variables / 2.2.2：
Pseudopower and Pseudopassivity / 2.2.3：
Wave Digital Elements / 2.2.4：
Adaptors / 2.2.5：
Signal and Coefficient Quantization / 2.2.6：
VectorWave Variables / 2.2.7：
Wave Digital Filters and Finite Differences / 2.3：
Multidimensional Wave Digital Filters / 3：
Symmetric Hyperbolic Systems / 3.1：
Coordinate Changes and Grid Generation / 3.2：
Structure of Coordinate Changes / 3.2.1：
Coordinate Changes in (1 +1)D / 3.2.2：
Coordinate Changes in Higher Dimensions / 3.2.3：
MDâÇôpassivity / 3.3：
MD Circuit Elements / 3.4：
The MD Inductor / 3.4.1：
OtherMD Elements / 3.4.2：
Discretization in the Spectral Domain / 3.4.3：
Other Spectral Mappings / 3.4.4：
The (1 +1)D Advection Equation / 3.5：
A Multidimensional Kirchhoff Circuit / 3.5.1：
Stability / 3.5.2：
An Upwind Form / 3.5.3：
The (1 +1)D Transmission Line / 3.6：
MDKC for the (1 + 1)D Transmission Line Equations / 3.6.1：
Digression: The Inductive Lattice TwoâÇôport / 3.6.2：
Energetic Interpretation / 3.6.3：
A MDWD Network for the (1 + 1)D Transmission Line / 3.6.4：
Simplified Networks / 3.6.5：
The (2 +1)D ParallelâÇôplate System / 3.7：
MDKC and MDWD Network / 3.7.1：
FiniteâÇôdifference Interpretation / 3.8：
MDWD Networks as Multistep Schemes / 3.8.1：
Numerical Phase Velocity and Parasitic Modes / 3.8.2：
Initial Conditions / 3.9：
Boundary Conditions / 3.10：
MDKC Modeling of Boundaries / 3.10.1：
Balanced Forms / 3.11：
HigherâÇôorder Accuracy / 3.12：
FDTD and TLM / 4：
Digital Waveguides / 4.2：
The Bidirectional Delay Line / 4.2.1：
Impedance / 4.2.2：
Wave Equation Interpretation / 4.2.3：
Note on the Different Definitions of Wave Quantities / 4.2.4：
Scattering Junctions / 4.2.5：
Vector Waveguides and Scattering Junctions / 4.2.6：
Transitional Note / 4.2.7：
FirstâÇôorder System and the Wave Equation / 4.3：
Centered Difference Schemes and Grid Decimation / 4.3.2：
A (1+1)D Waveguide Network / 4.3.3：
Waveguide Network and the Wave Equation / 4.3.4：
An Interleaved Waveguide Network / 4.3.5：
Varying Coefficients / 4.3.6：
Incorporating Losses and Sources / 4.3.7：
Numerical Phase Velocity and Dispersion / 4.3.8：
Defining Equations and Centered Differences / 4.3.9：
The Waveguide Mesh / 4.4.2：
Reduced Computational Complexity and Memory Requirements in the Standard Form of the Waveguide Mesh / 4.4.3：
Music and Audio Applications of Digital Waveguides / 4.4.4：
Extensions of Digital Waveguide Networks / 5：
Alternative Grids in (2 +1)D / 5.1：
Hexagonal and Triangular Grids / 5.1.1：
The Waveguide Mesh in Radial Coordinates / 5.1.2：
The (3 + 1)D Wave Equation and Waveguide Meshes / 5.2：
The Waveguide Mesh in General Curvilinear Coordinates / 5.3：
Interfaces between Grids / 5.4：
Doubled Grid Density Across an Interface / 5.4.1：
Progressive Grid Density Doubling / 5.4.2：
Grid Density Quadrupling / 5.4.3：
Connecting Rectilinear and Radial Grids / 5.4.4：
Grid Density Doubling in (3 +1)D / 5.4.5：
Note / 5.4.6：
Incorporating the DWN into the MDWD Framework / 6：
The (1 +1)D Transmission Line Revisited / 6.1：
Multidimensional Unit Elements / 6.1.1：
Hybrid Form of the Multidimensional Unit Element / 6.1.2：
Alternative MDKC for the (1+1)D Transmission Line / 6.1.3：
Alternative MDKC for the (2 + 1)D ParallelâÇôplate System / 6.2：
HigherâÇôorder Accuracy Revisited / 6.3：
MaxwellâDzs Equations / 6.4：
Applications to Vibrating Systems / 7：
Beam Dynamics / 7.1：
MDKC and MDWDF for TimoshenkoâDzs System / 7.1.1：
Waveguide Network for TimoshenkoâDzs System / 7.1.2：
Boundary Conditions in the DWN / 7.1.3：
Simulation: TimoshenkoâDzs System for Beams of Uniform and Varying CrossâÇôsectional Areas / 7.1.4：
Improved MDKC for TimoshenkoâDzs System via Balancing / 7.1.5：
Plates / 7.2：
MDKCs and Scattering Networks for MindlinâDzs System / 7.2.1：
Boundary Termination of the Mindlin Plate / 7.2.2：
Simulation: MindlinâDzs System for Plates of Uniform and Varying Thickness / 7.2.3：
Cylindrical Shells / 7.3：
The Membrane Shell / 7.3.1：
The NaghdiâÇôCooper System II Formulation / 7.3.2：
Elastic Solids / 7.4：
Scattering Networks for the Navier System / 7.4.1：
TimeâÇôvarying and Nonlinear Systems / 7.4.2：
TimeâÇôvarying and Nonlinear Circuit Elements / 8.1：
Lumped Elements / 8.1.1：
Distributed Elements / 8.1.2：
Linear TimeâÇôvarying Distributed Systems / 8.2：
A TimeâÇôvarying Transmission Line Model / 8.2.1：
Lumped Nonlinear Systems in Musical Acoustics / 8.3：
Piano Hammers / 8.3.1：
The Single Reed / 8.3.2：
From Wave Digital Principles to Relativity Theory / 8.4：
Origin of the Challenge / 8.4.1：
The Principle of Newtonian Limit / 8.4.2：
NewtonâDzs Second Law / 8.4.3：
NewtonâDzs Third Law and Some Consequences / 8.4.4：
Moving Electromagnetic Field / 8.4.5：
The Bertozzi Experiment / 8.4.6：
BurgerâDzs Equation / 8.5：
The Gas Dynamics Equations / 8.6：
MDKC and MDWDF for the Gas Dynamics Equations / 8.6.1：
An Alternate MDKC and Scattering Network / 8.6.2：
Entropy Variables / 8.6.3：
Concluding Remarks / 9：
Answers / 9.1：
Finite Difference Schemes for the Wave Equation / 9.2：
Von Neumann Analysis of Difference Schemes / A.1：
OneâÇôstep Schemes / A.1.1：
Multistep Schemes / A.1.2：
Vector Schemes / A.1.3：
Numerical Phase Velocity / A.1.4：
Finite Difference Schemes for the (2 + 1)D Wave Equation / A.2：
The Rectilinear Scheme / A.2.1：
The Interpolated Rectilinear Scheme / A.2.2：
The Triangular Scheme / A.2.3：
The Hexagonal Scheme / A.2.4：
Note on HigherâÇôorder Accuracy / A.2.5：
Finite Difference Schemes for the (3 + 1)D Wave Equation / A.3：
The Cubic Rectilinear Scheme / A.3.1：
The Octahedral Scheme / A.3.2：
The (3 + 1)D Interpolated Rectilinear Scheme / A.3.3：
The Tetrahedral Scheme / A.3.4：
Eigenvalue and Steady State Problems / B：
Abstract Time Domain Models / B.1：
Typical Eigenvalue Distribution of a Discretized PDE / B.3：
Excitation and Filtering / B.4：
Partial Similarity Transform / B.5：
Steady State Problems / B.6：
Generalization to Multiple Eigenvalues / B.7：
Numerical Example / B.8：
Bibliography
Index
Preface
Foreword
Introduction / 1：
14.

電子ブック
ＥＢ
14. Negative binomial regression /. Second edition ((ebook))
Joseph M. Hilbe
出版情報:   1 online resource (xviii, 553 pages)
所蔵情報: loading…
目次情報: 続きを見る
Preface
Introduction / 1：
The concept of risk / 2：
Overview of count response models / 3：
Methods of estimation and assessment / 4：
Assessment of count models / 5：
Poisson regression / 6：
Overdispersion / 7：
Negative binomial regression / 8：
Negative binomial regression: modeling / 9：
Alternative variance parameterizations / 10：
Problems with zero counts / 11：
Censored and truncated count models / 12：
Handling endogeneity and latent class models / 13：
Count panel models / 14：
Bayesian negative binomial models / 15：
Constructing and interpreting interactions / Appendix A：
Data sets and Stata files / Appendix B：
References
Index
Preface to the second edition
What is a negative binomial model? / 1.1：
A brief history of the negative binomial / 1.2：
Overview of the book / 1.3：
Risk and 2x2 tables / 2.1：
Risk and 2xk tables / 2.2：
Risk ratio confidence intervals / 2.3：
Risk difference / 2.4：
The relationship of risk to odds ratios / 2.5：
Marginal probabilities: joint and conditional / 2.6：
Varieties of count response model / 3.1：
Estimation / 3.2：
Fit considerations / 3.3：
Methods of estimation
Derivation of the IRLS algorithm / 4.1：
Solving for ?£ or U - the gradient / 4.1.1：
The IRLS fitting algorithm / 4.1.2：
Newton-Raphson algorithms / 4.2：
Derivation of the Newton-Raphson / 4.2.1：
GLM with OIM / 4.2.2：
Parameterizing from ? to x' ? / 4.2.3：
Maximum likelihood estimators / 4.2.4：
Residuals for count response models / 5.1：
Model fit tests / 5.2：
Traditional fit tests / 5.2.1：
Information criteria fit tests / 5.2.2：
Validation models / 5.3：
Derivation of the Poisson model / 6.1：
Derivation of the Poisson from the binomial distribution / 6.1.1：
Synthetic Poisson models / 6.1.2：
Construction of synthetic models / 6.2.1：
Changing response and predictor values / 6.2.2：
Changing multivariable predictor values / 6.2.3：
Example: Poisson model / 6.3：
Coefficient parameterization / 6.3.1：
Incidence rate ratio parameterization / 6.3.2：
Predicted counts / 6.4：
Effects plots / 6.5：
Marginal effects, elasticities, and discrete change / 6.6：
Marginal effects for Poisson and negative binomial effects models / 6.6.1：
Discrete change for Poisson and negative binomial models / 6.6.2：
Parameterization as a rate model / 6.7：
Exposure in time and area / 6.7.1：
Synthetic Poisson with offset / 6.7.2：
Example / 6.7.3：
What is overdispersion? / 7.1：
Handling apparent overdispersion / 7.2：
Creation of a simulated base Poisson model / 7.2.1：
Delete a predictor / 7.2.2：
Outliers in data / 7.2.3：
Creation of interaction / 7.2.4：
Testing the predictor scale / 7.2.5：
Testing the link / 7.2.6：
Methods of handling real overdispersion / 7.3：
Scaling of standard errors / quasi-Poisson / 7.3.1：
Quasi-likelihood variance multipliers / 7.3.2：
Robust variance estimators / 7.3.3：
Bootstrapped and jackknifed standard errors / 7.3.4：
Tests of overdispersion / 7.4：
Score and Lagrange multiplier tests / 7.4.1：
Boundary likelihood ratio test / 7.4.2：
Negative binomial overdispersion / 7.4.3：
Varieties of negative binomial / 8.1：
Derivation of the negative binomial / 8.2：
Poisson-gamma mixture model / 8.2.1：
Derivation of the GLM negative binomial / 8.2.2：
Negative binomial distributions / 8.3：
Negative binomial algorithms / 8.4：
NB-C: canonical negative binomial / 8.4.1：
NB2: expected information matrix / 8.4.2：
NB2: observed information matrix / 8.4.3：
NB2: R maximum likelihood function / 8.4.4：
Poisson versus negative binomial / 9.1：
Synthetic negative binomial / 9.2：
Marginal effects and discrete change / 9.3：
Binomial versus count models / 9.4：
Examples: negative binomial regression / 9.5：
Modeling number of marital affairs / Example 1：
Heart procedures / Example 2：
Titanic survival data / Example 3：
Health reform data / Example 4：
Geometric regression: NB ? = 1 / 10.1：
Derivation of the geometric / 10.1.1：
Synthetic geometric models / 10.1.2：
Using the geometric model / 10.1.3：
The canonical geometric model / 10.1.4：
NB 1: The linear negative binomial model / 10.2：
NB 1 as QL-Poisson / 10.2.1：
Derivation of NB 1 / 10.2.2：
Modeling with NB 1 / 10.2.3：
NB 1: R maximum likelihood function / 10.2.4：
NB-C: Canonical negative binomial regression / 10.3：
NB-C overview and formulae / 10.3.1：
Synthetic NB-C models / 10.3.2：
NB-C models / 10.3.3：
NB-H: Heterogeneous negative binomial regression / 10.4：
The NB-P model: generalized negative binomial / 10.5：
Generalized Waring regression / 10.6：
Bivariate negative binomial / 10.7：
Generalized Poisson regression / 10.8：
Poisson inverse Gaussian regression (PIG) / 10.9：
Other count models / 10.10：
Zero-truncated count models / 11.1：
Hurdle models / 11.2：
Theory and formulae for hurdle models / 11.2.1：
Synthetic hurdle models / 11.2.2：
Applications / 11.2.3：
Marginal effects / 11.2.4：
Zero-inflated negative binomial models / 11.3：
Overview of ZIP/ZINB models / 11.3.1：
ZINB algorithms / 11.3.2：
Zero-altered negative binomial / 11.3.3：
Tests of comparative fit / 11.3.5：
ZINB marginal effects / 11.3.6：
Comparison of models / 11.4：
Censored and truncated models - econometric parameterization / 12.1：
Truncation / 12.1.1：
Censored models / 12.1.2：
Censored Poisson and NB2 models - survival parameterization / 12.2：
Finite mixture models / 13.1：
Basics of finite mixture modeling / 13.1.1：
Synthetic finite mixture models / 13.1.2：
Dealing with endogeneity and latent class models / 13.2：
Problems related to endogeneity / 13.2.1：
Two-stage instrumental variables approach / 13.2.2：
Generalized method of moments (GMM) / 13.2.3：
NB2 with an endogenous multinomial treatment variable / 13.2.4：
Endogeneity resulting from measurement error / 13.2.5：
Sample selection and stratification / 13.3：
Negative binomial with endogenous stratification / 13.3.1：
Sample selection models / 13.3.2：
Endogenous switching models / 13.3.3：
Quantile count models / 13.4：
Overview of count panel models / 14.1：
Generalized estimating equations: negative binomial / 14.2：
The GEE algorithm / 14.2.1：
GEE correlation structures / 14.2.2：
Negative binomial GEE models / 14.2.3：
GEE goodness-of-fit / 14.2.4：
GEE marginal effects / 14.2.5：
Unconditional fixed-effects negative binomial model / 14.3：
Conditional fixed-effects negative binomial model / 14.4：
Random-effects negative binomial / 14.5：
Mixed-effects negative binomial models / 14.6：
Random-intercept negative binomial models / 14.6.1：
Non-parametric random-intercept negative binomial / 14.6.2：
Random-coefficient negative binomial models / 14.6.3：
Multilevel models / 14.7：
Bayesian versus frequentist methodology / 15.1：
The logic of Bayesian regression estimation / 15.2：
Constructing and interpreting interaction terms / 15.3：
Data sets, commands, fiinctions
References and further reading
Preface
Introduction / 1：
The concept of risk / 2：
15.

電子ブック
ＥＢ
15. Computational lithography (: electronic bk)
Xu Ma and Gonzalo R. Arce
出版情報: [Hoboken, N.J.] : Wiley Online Library, 2010  1 online resource (xv, 226 p.)
シリーズ名: Wiley series in pure and applied optics ;
所蔵情報: loading…
目次情報: 続きを見る
Preface
Acknowledgments
Acronyms
Introduction / 1：
Optical Lithography / 1.1：
Optical Lithography and Integrated Circuits / 1.1.1：
Brief History of Optical Lithography Systems / 1.1.2：
Rayleigh's Resolution / 1.2：
Resist Processes and Characteristics / 1.3：
Techniques in Computational Lithography / 1.4：
Optical Proximity Correction / 1.4.1：
Phase-Shifting Masks / 1.4.2：
Off-Axis Illumination / 1.4.3：
Second-Generation RETs / 1.4.4：
Outline / 1.5：
Optical Lithography Systems / 2：
Partially Coherent Imaging Systems / 2.1：
Abbe's Model / 2.1.1：
Hopkins Diffraction Model / 2.1.2：
Coherent and Incoherent Imaging Systems / 2.1.3：
Approximation Models / 2.2：
Fourier Series Expansion Model / 2.2.1：
Singular Value Decomposition Model / 2.2.2：
Average Coherent Approximation Model / 2.2.3：
Discussion and Comparison / 2.2.4：
Summary / 2.3：
Rule-Based Resolution Enhancement Techniques / 3：
RET Types / 3.1：
Rule-Based RETs / 3.1.1：
Model-Based RETs / 3.1.2：
Hybrid RETs / 3.1.3：
Rule-Based OPC / 3.2：
Catastrophic OPC / 3.2.1：
One-Dimensional OPC / 3.2.2：
Line-Shortening Reduction OPC / 3.2.3：
Two-Dimensional OPC / 3.2.4：
Rule-Based PSM / 3.3：
Dark-Field Application / 3.3.1：
Light-Field Application / 3.3.2：
Rule-Based OAI / 3.4：
Fundamentals of Optimization / 3.5：
Definition and Classification / 4.1：
Definitions in the Optimization Problem / 4.1.1：
Classification of Optimization Problems / 4.1.2：
Unconstrained Optimization / 4.2：
Solution of Unconstrained Optimization Problem / 4.2.1：
Unconstrained Optimization Algorithms / 4.2.2：
Computational Lithography with Coherent Illumination / 4.3：
Problem Formulation / 5.1：
OPC Optimization / 5.2：
OPC Design Algorithm / 5.2.1：
Simulations / 5.2.2：
Two-Phase PSM Optimization / 5.3：
Two-Phase PSM Design Algorithm / 5.3.1：
Generalized PSM Optimization / 5.3.2：
Generalized PSM Design Algorithm / 5.4.1：
Resist Modeling Effects / 5.4.2：
Regularization Framework / 5.6：
Discretization Penalty / 6.1：
Discretization Penalty for OPC Optimization / 6.1.1：
Discretization Penalty for Two-Phase PSM Optimization / 6.1.2：
Discretization Penalty for Generalized PSM Optimization / 6.1.3：
Complexity Penalty / 6.2：
Total Variation Penalty / 6.2.1：
Global Wavelet Penalty / 6.2.2：
Localized Wavelet Penalty / 6.2.3：
Computational Lithography with Partially Coherent Illumination / 6.3：
OPC Design Algorithm Using the Fourier Series Expansion Model / 7.1：
Simulations Using the Fourier Series Expansion Model / 7.1.2：
OPC Design Algorithm Using the Average Coherent Approximation Model / 7.1.3：
Simulations Using the Average Coherent Approximation Model / 7.1.4：
PSM Optimization / 7.1.5：
PSM Design Algorithm Using the Singular Value Decomposition Model / 7.2.1：
Discretization Regularization for PSM Design Algorithm / 7.2.2：
Other RET Optimization Techniques / 7.2.3：
Double-Patterning Method / 8.1：
Post-Processing Based on 2D DCT / 8.2：
Photoresist Tone Reversing Method / 8.3：
Source and Mask Optimization / 8.4：
Lithography Preliminaries / 9.1：
Topological Constraint / 9.2：
Source-Mask Optimization Algorithm / 9.3：
Coherent Thick-Mask Optimization / 9.4：
Kirchhoff Boundary Conditions / 10.1：
Boundary Layer Model / 10.2：
Boundary Layer Model in Coherent Imaging Systems / 10.2.1：
Boundary Layer Model in Partially Coherent Imaging Systems / 10.2.2：
OPC Optimization Algorithm Based on BL Model Under Coherent Illumination / 10.3：
PSM Optimization Algorithm Based on BL Model Under Coherent Illumination / 10.4.3：
Conclusions and New Directions of Computational Lithography / 10.5.3：
Conclusion / 11.1：
New Directions of Computational Lithography / 11.2：
OPC Optimization for the Next-Generation Lithography Technologies / 11.2.1：
Initialization Approach for the Inverse Lithography Optimization / 11.2.2：
Double Patterning and Double Exposure Methods in Partially Coherent Imaging System / 11.2.3：
OPC and PSM Optimizations for Inverse Lithography Based on Rigorous Mask Models in Partially Coherent Imaging System / 11.2.4：
Simultaneous Source and Mask Optimization for Inverse Lithography Based on Rigorous Mask Models / 11.2.5：
Investigation of Factors Influencing the Complexity of the OPC and PSM Optimization Algorithms / 11.2.6：
Formula Derivation in Chapter 5 / Appendix A：
Manhattan Geometry / Appendix B：
Formula Derivation in Chapter 6 / Appendix C：
Formula Derivation in Chapter 7 / Appendix D：
Formula Derivation in Chapter 8 / Appendix E：
Formula Derivation in Chapter 9 / Appendix F：
Formula Derivation in Chapter 10 / Appendix G：
Software Guide / Appendix H：
References
Index
Preface
Acknowledgments
Acronyms
16.

電子ブック
ＥＢ
16. Nuclear and particle physics (: electronic bk)
B.R. Martin
出版情報: [Hoboken, N.J.] : Wiley Online Library, 2006  1 online resource (xv, 411 p.)
所蔵情報: loading…
目次情報: 続きを見る
Preface
Notes
Physical Constants and Conversion Factors
Basic Concepts / 1：
History / 1.1：
The origins of nuclear physics / 1.1.1：
The emergence of particle physics: the standard model and hadrons / 1.1.2：
Relativity and antiparticles / 1.2：
Symmetries and conservation laws / 1.3：
Parity / 1.3.1：
Charge conjugation / 1.3.2：
Interactions and Feynman diagrams / 1.4：
Interactions / 1.4.1：
Feynman diagrams / 1.4.2：
Particle exchange: forces and potentials / 1.5：
Range of forces / 1.5.1：
The Yukawa potential / 1.5.2：
Observable quantities: cross sections and decay rates / 1.6：
Amplitudes / 1.6.1：
Cross-sections / 1.6.2：
Unstable states / 1.6.3：
Units: length, mass and energy / 1.7：
Problems
Nuclear Phenomenology / 2：
Mass spectroscopy and binding energies / 2.1：
Nuclear shapes and sizes / 2.2：
Charge distribution / 2.2.1：
Matter distribution / 2.2.2：
Nuclear instability / 2.3：
Radioactive decay / 2.4：
Semi-empirical mass formula: the liquid drop model / 2.5：
[Beta]-decay phenomenology / 2.6：
Odd-mass nuclei / 2.6.1：
Even-mass nuclei / 2.6.2：
Fission / 2.7：
[gamma]-decays / 2.8：
Nuclear reactions / 2.9：
Particle Phenomenology / 3：
Leptons / 3.1：
Lepton multiplets and lepton numbers / 3.1.1：
Neutrinos / 3.1.2：
Neutrino mixing and oscillations / 3.1.3：
Neutrino masses / 3.1.4：
Universal lepton interactions - the number of neutrinos / 3.1.5：
Quarks / 3.2：
Evidence for quarks / 3.2.1：
Quark generations and quark numbers / 3.2.2：
Hadrons / 3.3：
Flavour independence and charge multiplets / 3.3.1：
Quark model spectroscopy / 3.3.2：
Hadron masses and magnetic moments / 3.3.3：
Experimental Methods / 4：
Overview / 4.1：
Accelerators and beams / 4.2：
DC accelerators / 4.2.1：
AC accelerators / 4.2.2：
Neutral and unstable particle beams / 4.2.3：
Particle interactions with matter / 4.3：
Short-range interactions with nuclei / 4.3.1：
Ionization energy losses / 4.3.2：
Radiation energy losses / 4.3.3：
Interactions of photons in matter / 4.3.4：
Particle detectors / 4.4：
Gas detectors / 4.4.1：
Scintillation counters / 4.4.2：
Semiconductor detectors / 4.4.3：
Particle identification / 4.4.4：
Calorimeters / 4.4.5：
Layered detectors / 4.5：
Quark Dynamics: the Strong Interaction / 5：
Colour / 5.1：
Quantum chromodynamics (QCD) / 5.2：
Heavy quark bound states / 5.3：
The strong coupling constant and asymptotic freedom / 5.4：
Jets and gluons / 5.5：
Colour counting / 5.6：
Deep inelastic scattering and nucleon structure / 5.7：
Electroweak Interactions / 6：
Charged and neutral currents / 6.1：
Symmetries of the weak interaction / 6.2：
Spin structure of the weak interactions / 6.3：
Particles with mass: chirality / 6.3.1：
W[superscript plusmn] and Z[superscript 0] bosons / 6.4：
Weak interactions of hadrons / 6.5：
Semileptonic decays / 6.5.1：
Neutrino scattering / 6.5.2：
Neutral meson decays / 6.6：
CP violation / 6.6.1：
Flavour oscillations / 6.6.2：
Neutral currents and the unified theory / 6.7：
Models and Theories of Nuclear Physics / 7：
The nucleon - nucleon potential / 7.1：
Fermi gas model / 7.2：
Shell model / 7.3：
Shell structure of atoms / 7.3.1：
Nuclear magic numbers / 7.3.2：
Spins, parities and magnetic dipole moments / 7.3.3：
Excited states / 7.3.4：
Non-spherical nuclei / 7.4：
Electric quadrupole moments / 7.4.1：
Collective model / 7.4.2：
Summary of nuclear structure models / 7.5：
[Alpha]-decay / 7.6：
[Beta]-decay / 7.7：
Fermi theory / 7.7.1：
Electron momentum distribution / 7.7.2：
Kurie plots and the neutrino mass / 7.7.3：
[gamma]-emission and internal conversion / 7.8：
Selection rules / 7.8.1：
Transition rates / 7.8.2：
Applications of Nuclear Physics / 8：
Induced fission - fissile materials / 8.1：
Fission chain reactions / 8.1.2：
Nuclear power reactors / 8.1.3：
Fusion / 8.2：
Coulomb barrier / 8.2.1：
Stellar fusion / 8.2.2：
Fusion reaction rates / 8.2.3：
Fusion reactors / 8.2.4：
Biomedical applications / 8.3：
Biological effects of radiation: radiation therapy / 8.3.1：
Medical imaging using radiation / 8.3.2：
Magnetic resonance imaging / 8.3.3：
Outstanding Questions and Future Prospects / 9：
Particle physics / 9.1：
The Higgs boson / 9.1.1：
Grand unification / 9.1.2：
Supersymmetry / 9.1.3：
Particle astrophysics / 9.1.4：
Nuclear physics / 9.2：
The structure of hadrons and nuclei / 9.2.1：
Quark-gluon plasma, astrophysics and cosmology / 9.2.2：
Symmetries and the standard model / 9.2.3：
Nuclear medicine / 9.2.4：
Power production and nuclear waste / 9.2.5：
Some Results in Quantum Mechanics / Appendix A：
Barrier penetration / A.1：
Density of states / A.2：
Perturbation theory and the Second Golden Rule / A.3：
Relativistic Kinematics / Appendix B：
Lorentz transformations and four-vectors / B.1：
Frames of reference / B.2：
Invariants / B.3：
Rutherford Scattering / Appendix C：
Classical physics / C.1：
Quantum mechanics / C.2：
Solutions to Problems / Appendix D：
References
Bibliography
Index
Preface
Notes
Physical Constants and Conversion Factors
17.

電子ブック
ＥＢ
17. Cosmic rays and particle physics. 2nd ed (: electronic bk)
Thomas K. Gaisser, Ralph Engel, Elisa Resconi
出版情報:   1 online resource (xiv, 444 p.)
所蔵情報: loading…
目次情報: 続きを見る
List of tables
Preface
Cosmic rays / 1：
What are cosmic rays? / 1.1：
Objective of this book / 1.2：
Types of cosmic ray experiment / 1.3：
Composition / 1.4：
Energy spectra / 1.5：
Energy density of cosmic rays / 1.6：
Particle physics / 2：
Beta-decay, a helpful example / 2.1：
Unity of forces among elementary particles / 2.2：
Dynamical evidence for pointlike quarks / 2.3：
Phenomenology of strong interactions / 2.4：
Cascade equations / 3：
Transport equation for nucleons / 3.1：
Boundary conditions / 3.2：
Elementary solutions / 3.2.1：
Approximation A / 3.2.2：
Fluxes of neutrons and protons / 3.3：
Coupled cascade equations / 3.4：
The atmosphere / 3.5：
Meson fluxes / 3.6：
Hadrons and photons / 4：
Meson decay / 4.1：
Fluxes of hadrons and photons / 4.2：
Emulsion chambers / 4.3：
Direct measurements / 4.3.1：
Large emulsion chambers / 4.3.2：
Accelerator data / 5：
Hadronic cross sections / 5.1：
Nuclear cross sections / 5.2：
Inclusive cross sections / 5.3：
Minijet model / 5.4：
Spectrum weighted moments / 5.5：
Inelasticity / 5.6：
Muons / 6：
Muons in the atmosphere / 6.1：
Relation to primary energy / 6.2：
Muon charge ratio / 6.3：
Passage of muons through matter / 6.4：
Muons underground / 6.5：
Depth-intensity relation / 6.5.1：
Energy spectrum underground / 6.5.2：
Prompt muons / 6.5.3：
Neutrinos / 7：
Fluxes / 7.1：
Neutrinos from pions and kaons / 7.1.1：
Neutrinos from decay of muons / 7.1.2：
Flux of neutrinos from [pi] --] [mu] --] [nu] / 7.1.3：
Atmospheric neutrinos / 7.2：
Calculated fluxes / 7.2.1：
Contained events / 7.2.2：
Neutrino ratios and oscillations / 7.2.3：
Neutrino-induced muons / 8：
Calculation of rates / 8.1：
Muons from atmospheric neutrinos / 8.2：
Astrophysical neutrinos / 8.3：
Propagation / 9：
Transport equation / 9.1：
The Galaxy / 9.2：
Models of propagation / 9.3：
Leaky box model / 9.3.1：
Nested leaky box model / 9.3.2：
Closed galaxy model / 9.3.3：
Diffusion models / 9.3.4：
Gamma rays and antiprotons / 10：
Overview / 10.1：
Source functions / 10.1.1：
Kinematics / 10.1.2：
Diffuse gamma rays and neutrinos / 10.2：
Bremsstrahlung / 10.2.1：
Nuclear interactions / 10.2.2：
Observations / 10.2.3：
Antiprotons / 10.3：
Secondary antiprotons and observations / 10.3.1：
Models with enhanced p flux / 10.3.2：
Acceleration / 11：
Power / 11.1：
Shock acceleration / 11.2：
Fermi mechanism / 11.2.1：
1st and 2nd order Fermi acceleration / 11.2.2：
Magnetic field geometry / 11.2.3：
Supernova blast waves / 11.3：
Maximum energy / 11.3.1：
Maximum energy for electrons / 11.3.2：
Composition and spectral shape / 11.3.3：
Acceleration to ] 100 TeV / 12：
Diffuse sources / 12.1：
Point sources / 12.2：
Power required for ] 100 TeV / 12.3：
New supernova remnants / 12.4：
Binary stars as cosmic accelerators / 12.5：
Shock in accretion flow / 12.5.1：
Disk dynamo / 12.5.2：
Pulsar wind shock / 12.5.3：
Turbulent reconnection / 12.5.4：
Hercules X-1 and Cygnus X-3 / 12.5.5：
Astrophysical beam dumps / 13：
Nature of the data / 13.1：
X-ray binaries / 13.1.1：
A very young supernova / 13.1.2：
Possible beam dump configurations / 13.2：
Luminosity at the source / 13.3：
Production and absorption of neutrinos / 13.4：
Ratio of [nu] to [gamma] / 13.5：
High energy [nu]-astronomy / 13.6：
Neutron astronomy / 13.7：
Air showers / 14：
Particle content / 14.1：
Types of experiment / 14.2：
Air Cherenkov experiments / 14.2.1：
Classic air shower experiments / 14.2.2：
Signal to noise for point sources / 14.2.3：
Fly's Eye experiment / 14.2.4：
Basic features of cascades / 14.3：
General form of solution / 14.3.1：
Toy model / 14.3.2：
Nuclear primaries / 14.4：
Coincident multiple energetic muons / 14.5：
Number of high energy muons / 14.5.1：
Muon bundles underground / 14.5.2：
Sensitivity to composition / 14.5.3：
Electromagnetic cascades / 15：
Pair production and bremsstrahlung / 15.1：
Power law solutions / 15.2：
Electromagnetic air showers / 15.2.2：
Approximations for total number of particles / 15.2.3：
Fluctuations / 15.3：
Lateral spread / 15.4：
Cosmic ray showers / 16：
Muons in air showers / 16.1：
Total N[subscript [mu]] above 1 GeV / 16.1.1：
Lateral distributions of muons / 16.1.2：
Relation of N[subscript e] to E[subscript 0] / 16.2：
Lateral distribution of charged particles / 16.2.1：
Method of constant intensity cuts / 16.2.2：
Relation between size at maximum and E[subscript 0] / 16.2.3：
Primary spectrum 10[superscript 15]-10[superscript 18] eV / 16.3：
Primary composition 10[superscript 15]-10[superscript 18] eV / 16.4：
Muons in electromagnetic cascades / 16.5：
Conventional expectation / 16.5.1：
Enhancing the muon content / 16.5.2：
Simulation techniques / 17：
Monte Carlo showers / 17.1：
UNICAS--a cascade algorithm / 17.1.1：
Nuclear fragmentation / 17.1.2：
Splitting algorithm for hadronic interactions / 17.1.3：
Acceptance of an air shower array / 17.2：
Cross section at air shower energies / 17.3：
References
Index
List of tables
Preface
Cosmic rays / 1：
18.

電子ブック
ＥＢ
18. Nickel catalysis in organic synthesis : methods and reactions (: electronic bk)
edited by Sensuke Ogoshi
出版情報: [S.l.] : Wiley Online Library, [20--]  1 online resource (xii, 335 p.)
所蔵情報: loading…
目次情報: 続きを見る
Preface
Reactions via Nickelacycles / Part I：
Formation of Nickelacycles and Reaction with Carbon Monoxide / Sensuke Ogoshi1：
Introduction / 1.1：
Formation of Hetero-nickelacycles from Nickel(O) / 1.2：
Stoichiometric Reaction of Hetero-nickelacycles with Carbon Monoxide / 1.3：
References
Transformation of Aldehydes via Nickelacycles / Yoichi Hashimoto2：
Introduction and Scope of This Chapter / 2.1：
Catalytic Transformation of Aldehydes Through Three-Membered Oxanickelacycle Complexes / 2.2：
Catalytic Transformation of Aldehydes Through Five-Membered Oxanickelacycle Complexes / 2.3：
Catalytic Transformation of Aldehydes Through Seven-Membered Oxanickelacycle Complexes / 2.4：
Conclusion and Outlook / 2.5：
Transformation of Imines via Nickelacycles / Masato Ohashi3：
[2 + 2 + 1] Carbonylative Cycloaddition of an Imine and Either an Alkyne or an Alkene Leading to ¿-Lactams / 3.1：
[2 + 2 + 2] Cycloaddition Reaction of an Imine with Two Alkynes: Formation of 1,2-Dihydropyridine Derivatives / 3.3：
Three-Component Coupling and Cyclocondensation Reactions of an Imine, an Alkyne, and Alkylmetal Reagents / 3.4：
Asymmetric C-C Bond Formation Reactions via Nickelacycles / Ravindra Kumar and Sensuke Ogoshi4：
Enantioselective Reactions Involving Nickelacycles / 4.1：
Nickel-Catalyzed Asymmetric Coupling of Alkynes and Aldehydes / 4.2.1：
Nickel-Catalyzed Asymmetric Reductive Coupling of Alkynes and Aldehydes / 4.2.1.1：
Nickel-Catalyzed Asymmetric Alkylative Coupling of Alkynes and Aldehydes / 4.2.1.2：
Nickel-Catalyzed Asymmetric Coupling of Alkynes and Imines / 4.2.2：
Nickel-Catalyzed Asymmetric Coupling of 1,3-Enynes and Aldehydes / 4.2.3：
Nickel-Catalyzed Asymmetric Coupling of 1,3-Enynes and Ketones / 4.2.4：
Nickel-Catalyzed Asymmetric Coupling of 1,3-Dienes and Aldehydes / 4.2.5：
Nickel-Catalyzed Asymmetric Coupling of Enones and Alkynes / 4.2.6：
Nickel-Catalyzed Asymmetric Alkylative Coupling of Enones and Alkynes / 4.2.6.1：
Nickel-Catalyzed Asymmetric Coupling of Arylenoates and Alkynes / 4.2.6.2：
Nickel-Catalyzed Asymmetric Coupling of Diynes with Ketenes / 4.2.8：
Nickel-Catalyzed Asymmetric Coupling of Allenes, Aldehydes, and Silanes / 4.2.9：
Nickel-Catalyzed Asymmetric Coupling of Allenes and Isocyanates / 4.2.10：
Nickel-Catalyzed Asymmetric Coupling of Alkenes, Aldehydes, and Silanes / 4.2.11：
Nickel-Catalyzed Asymmetric Coupling of Formamide and Alkene / 4.2.12：
Nickel-Catalyzed Asymmetric Coupling of Alkynes and Cyclopropyl Carboxamide / 4.2.13：
Miscellaneous / 4.3：
Nickel-Catalyzed Asymmetric Annulation of Pyridones via Hydroarylation to Alkenes / 4.3.1：
Nickel-Catalyzed Asymmetric Synthesis of Benzoxasilole / 4.3.2：
Overview and Future Perspective / 4.4：
Functionalization of Unreactive Bonds / Part II：
Recent Advances in Ni-Catalyzed Chelation-Assisted Direct Functionalization of Inert C-H Bonds / Yon-Hua Liu and Fang Hu and Bing-Feng Shi5：
Ni-Catalyzed Functionalization of Inert C-H Bonds Assisted by Bidentate Directing Groups / 5.1：
Arylation / 5.2.1：
Alkylation / 5.2.2：
Alkenylation / 5.2.3：
Alkynylation / 5.2.4：
Other C-C Bond Formation Reactions Directed by Bidentate Directing Group / 5.2.5：
C-N Bond Formation / 5.2.6：
C-Chalcogen (Chalcogen = O, S, Se) Bond Formation / 5.2.7：
C-Halogen Bond Formation / 5.2.8：
Ni-Catalyzed Functionalization of Inert C-H Bonds Assisted by Monodentate Directing Groups / 5.3：
C-Calcogen Bond Formation / 5.3.1：
Summary / 5.4：
C-C Bond Functionalization / Yoshiaki Nakao6：
C-C Bond Functionalization of Three-Membered Rings / 6.1：
C-C Bond Functionalization of Four- and Five-Membered Rings / 6.3：
C-C Bond Functionalization of Less Strained Molecules / 6.4：
C-CN Bond Functionalization / 6.5：
Summary and Outlook / 6.6：
C-O Bond Transformations / Mamoru Tobisu7：
C(aryl)-O Bond Cleavage / 7.1：
Aryl Esters, Carbamates, and Carbonates / 7.2.1：
Aryl Ethers / 7.2.2：
Arenols / 7.2.3：
C(benzyl)-O Bond Cleavage / 7.3：
Benzyl Esters and Carbamates / 7.3.1：
Benzyl Ethers / 7.3.2：
C(acyl)-O Bond Cleavage / 7.4：
Coupling Reactions via Ni(I) and/or Ni(III) / 7.5：
Photo-Assisted Nickel-Catalyzed Cross-Coupling Processes / Christophe Lévéque and Cyril Ollivier and Louis Fensterbank8：
Development of Visible-Light Photoredox/Nickel Dual Catalysis / 8.1：
For the Formation of Carbon-Carbon Bonds / 8.2.1：
Starting from Organotrifluoroborates / 8.2.1.1：
Starting from Carboxylates or Keto Acids or from Methylanilines / 8.2.1.2：
Starting from Alkylsilicates / 8.2.1.3：
Starting from 1,4-Dihydropyridines / 8.2.1.4：
Starting from Alkylsulfinates / 8.2.1.5：
Starting from Alkyl Bromides / 8.2.1.6：
Starting from Xanthates / 8.2.1.7：
Starting from Sp3 CH Bonds / 8.2.1.8：
For the Formation of Carbon-Heteroatom Bonds / 8.2.2：
Formation of C-O Bond / 8.2.2.1：
Formation of C-P Bond / 8.2.2.2：
Formation of C-S Bond / 8.2.2.3：
Energy-Transfer-Mediated Nickel Catalysis / 8.3：
Conclusion / 8.4：
Cross-Electrophile Coupling: Principles and New Reactions / Matthew M. Goldfogel and Liangbin Huang and Daniel J. Weix9：
Mechanistic Discussion of Cross-Electrophile Coupling / 9.1：
C(sp2)-C(sp3) Bond Formation / 9.3：
Cross-Electrophile Coupling of Aryl-X and Alkyl-X / 9.3.1：
Cross-Electrophile Coupling of ArX and Bn-X / 9.3.2：
Cross-Electrophile Coupling of ArX and Allyl-X / 9.3.3：
Vinyl-X with R-X / 9.3.4：
Acyl-X with Alkyl-X / 9.3.5：
C(sp2)-C(sp2) Coupling / 9.4：
Aryl-X/Vinyl-X + Aryl-X/Vinyl-X / 9.4.1：
Aryl-X + Acyl-X / 9.4.2：
C(sp3)-C(sp3) Coupling / 9.5：
C(sp)-C(sp3) Coupling / 9.6：
Multicomponent Reactions / 9.7：
Future of the Field / 9.8：
Organometallic Chemistry of High-Valent Ni(III) and Ni(IV) Complexes / Liviu M. Mirica and Sofia M. Smith and Leonel Griego10：
Organometallic Ni(III) Complexes / 10.1：
Organometallic Ni(IV) Complexes / 10.3：
Other High-Valent Ni Complexes / 10.4：
Additional NiIII Complexes / 10.4.1：
Additional NiIV Complexes / 10.4.2：
Conclusions and Outlook / 10.5：
Carbon Dioxide Fixation / Part IV：
Carbon Dioxide Fixation via Nickelacycle / Ryohei Doi and Yoshihiro Sato11：
Introduction: Carbon Dioxide as a C1 Building Block / 11.1：
Formation, Structure, and Reactivity of Nickelalactone / 11.2：
Formation and Characterization of Nickelalactone via Oxidative Cyclization with CO2 / 11.2.1：
Reaction with Alkene / 11.2.1.1：
Reaction with Allene / 11.2.1.2：
Reaction with Diene / 11.2.1.3：
Reaction with Alkyne / 11.2.1.4：
Other Related Reactions / 11.2.1.5：
Generation of Nickelalactone Without CO2 / 11.2.1.6：
Reactivity of Nickelalactone / 11.2.2：
Transmetalation with Organometallic Reagent / 11.2.2.1：
ß-Hydride Elimination / 11.2.2.2：
Insertion of Another Unsaturated Molecule / 11.2.2.3：
Retro-cyclization / 11.2.2.4：
Nucleophilic Attack / 11.2.2.5：
Oxidation / 11.2.2.6：
Ligand Exchange / 11.2.2.7：
Catalytic Transformation via Nickelalactone 1: Reactions of Alkynes / 11.3：
Synthesis of Pyrone / 11.3.1：
Initial Finding / 11.3.1.1：
Reaction of Diynes with CO2 / 11.3.1.2：
Synthesis of ¿,ß-Unsaturated Ester / 11.3.2：
Electrochemical Reactions / 11.3.2.1：
Reduction with Organometallic Reagents / 11.3.2.2：
Catalytic Transformation via Nickelalactone 2: Reactions of Alkenes and Related Molecules / 11.4：
Transformation of Diene, Allene, and Substituted Alkene / 11.4.1：
Coupling of Diene with CO2 / 11.4.1.1：
Electrochemical Process / 11.4.1.2：
Use of Reductant / 11.4.1.3：
Synthesis of Acrylic Acid from Ethylene and CO2 / 11.4.2：
Before the Dawn / 11.4.2.1：
Development of Catalytic Reaction / 11.4.2.2：
Concluding Remarks / 11.5：
Relevance of Ni(I) in Catalytic Carboxylation Reactions / Rosie J. Somerville and Ruben Martin12：
Mechanistic Building Blocks / 12.1：
Additives / 12.2.1：
Coordination of CO2 / 12.2.2：
Insertion/C-C Bond Formation / 12.2.3：
Ligand Effects / 12.2.4：
Oxidative Addition / 12.2.5：
Oxidation State / 12.2.6：
Single Electron Transfer (SET) / 12.2.7：
Electrocarboxylation / 12.2.8：
Phosphine Ligands / 12.3.1：
Bipyridine and Related ¿-Diimine Ligands / 12.3.3：
Salen Ligands / 12.3.4：
Non-electrochemical Methods / 12.3.5：
Aryl Halides / 12.4.1：
Benzyl Electrophiles / 12.4.2：
Carboxylation of Unactivated Alkyl Electrophiles / 12.4.3：
Carboxylation of Allyl Electrophiles / 12.4.4：
Unsaturated Systems / 12.4.5：
Conclusions / 12.5：
Index
Preface
Reactions via Nickelacycles / Part I：
Formation of Nickelacycles and Reaction with Carbon Monoxide / Sensuke Ogoshi1：
19.

電子ブック
ＥＢ
19. Quantum theory of optical coherence : selected papers and lectures (: electronic bk)
Roy J. Glauber
出版情報: [S.l.] : Wiley Online Library, [20--]  1 online resource (xv, 639 p.)
所蔵情報: loading…
目次情報: 続きを見る
The Quantum Theory of Optical Coherence / 1：
Introduction / 1.1：
Elements of Field Theory / 1.2：
Field Correlations / 1.3：
Coherence / 1.4：
Coherence and Polarization / 1.5：
Optical Coherence and Photon Statistics / 2：
Classical Theory / 2.1：
Interference Experiments / 2.2：
Introduction of Quantum Theory / 2.3：
The One-Atom Photon Detector / 2.4：
The n-Atom Photon Detector / 2.5：
Properties of the Correlation Functions / 2.6：
Space and Time Dependence of the Correlation Functions / 2.6.1：
Diffraction and Interference / 2.7：
Some General Remarks on Interference / 2.7.1：
First-Order Coherence / 2.7.2：
Fringe Contrast and Factorization / 2.7.3：
Interpretation of Intensity Interferometer Experiments / 2.8：
Higher Order Coherence and Photon Coincidences / 2.8.1：
Further Discussion of Higher Order Coherence / 2.8.2：
Treatment of Arbitrary Polarizations / 2.8.3：
Coherent and Incoherent States of the Radiation Field / 2.9：
Field-Theoretical Background / 2.9.1：
Coherent States of a Single Mode / 2.9.3：
Expansion of Arbitrary States in Terms of Coherent States / 2.9.4：
Expansion of Operators in Terms of Coherent State Vectors / 2.9.5：
General Properties of the Density Operator / 2.9.6：
The P Representation of the Density Operator / 2.9.7：
The Gaussian Density Operator / 2.9.8：
Density Operators for the Field / 2.9.9：
Correlation and Coherence Properties of the Field / 2.9.10：
Radiation by a Predetermined Charge-Current Distribution / 2.10：
Phase-Space Distributions for the Field / 2.11：
The P Representation and the Moment Problem / 2.11.1：
A Positive-Definite "Phase Space Density" / 2.11.2：
Wigner's "Phase Space Density" / 2.11.3：
Correlation Functions and Quasiprobability Distributions / 2.12：
First Order Correlation Functions for Stationary Fields / 2.12.1：
Correlation Functions for Chaotic Fields / 2.12.2：
Quasiprobability Distribution for the Field Amplitude / 2.12.3：
Quasiprobability Distribution for the Field Amplitudes at Two Space-Time Points / 2.12.4：
Elementary Models of Light Beams / 2.13：
Model for Ideal Laser Fields / 2.13.1：
Model of a Laser Field With Finite Bandwidth / 2.13.2：
Interference of Independent Light Beams / 2.14：
Photon Counting Experiments. References / 2.15：
Correlation Functions for Coherent Fields / 3：
Correlation Functions and Coherence Conditions / 3.1：
Correlation Functions as Scalar Products / 3.3：
Application to Higher Order Correlation Functions / 3.4：
Fields With Positive-Definite P Functions. References / 3.5：
Density Operators for Coherent Fields / 4：
Evaluation of the Density Operator / 4.1：
Fully Coherent Fields / 4.3：
Unique Properties of the Annihilation Operator Eigenstates / 4.4：
Classical Behavior of Systems of Quantum Oscillators / 5：
Quantum Theory of Parametric Amplification I / 6：
The Coherent States and the P Representation / 6.1：
Model of the Parametric Amplifier / 6.3：
Reduced Density Operator for the A Mode / 6.4：
Initially Coherent State: P Representation for the A Mode / 6.5：
Initially Coherent State; Moments, Matrix Elements, and Explicit Representation for pA(t) / 6.6：
Solutions for an Initially Chaotic B Mode / 6.7：
Solution for Initial n-Quantum State of A Mode; B Mode Chaotic / 6.8：
General Discussion of Amplification With B Mode Initially Chaotic / 6.9：
Discussion of P Representation: Characteristic Functions Initially Gaussian / 6.10：
Some Gene / 6.11：
Photon Counting Experiments
References
Fields With Positive-Definite P Functions
The Quantum Theory of Optical Coherence / 1：
Introduction / 1.1：
Elements of Field Theory / 1.2：
20.

電子ブック
ＥＢ
20. Electrons in molecules : : from basic principles to molecular electronics. Revised edition ((ebook) :)
Jean-Pierre Launay and Michel Verdaguer
出版情報:   1 online resource
シリーズ名: Oxford scholarship online ;
所蔵情報: loading…
目次情報: 続きを見る
Abbreviations and symbols
Basic concepts / 1：
Electron: an old, complex and exciting story / 1.1：
Electrons in atoms / 1.2：
The electron in the simplest atom: hydrogen / 1.2.1：
The hydrogenoïd ion / 1.2.2：
Helium and other atoms / 1.2.3：
Electrons in molecules / 1.3：
Dihydrogen molecule, H2 / 1.3.1：
AB molecules / 1.3.2：
Dioxygen molecule, O2 / 1.3.3：
Water molecule, H20 / 1.3.4：
Organic molecular systems / 1.3.5：
Coordination complexes / 1.3.6：
Influence of the electronic structure on the geometric structure: Jahn-Teller effect / 1.3.7：
Electrons in molecular solids / 1.4：
From molecular rings to infinite linear chains / 1.4.1：
Brillouin zone, energy dispersion curve, Fermi level, density of states / 1.4.2：
Peierls distortion / 1.4.3：
Crystal orbitals: more than one orbital per cell / 1.4.4：
Towards 3D systems / 1.4.5：
Effects of interelectronic repulsion / 1.5：
Position of the problem / 1.5.1：
The quantitative Molecular Orbital (MO) method / 1.5.2：
Valence Bond (VB) model: comparison with MO model / 1.5.3：
Density functional theory (DFT) methods / 1.5.4：
A fundamental quantum effect: tunnelling / 1.6：
References
The localized electron: magnetic properties / 2：
Introduction / 2.1：
Localization, delocalization, electron transfer / 2.1.1：
A new look at the electron / 2.2：
Orbital and spin angular momenta of the electron / 2.2.1：
Magnetic properties of one electron in an atom / 2.2.2：
The total angular momentum / 2.2.3：
Physical quantities, definitions, units, measurements / 2.3：
Physical quantities and definitions / 2.3.1：
Units in magnetism / 2.3.2：
Magnetic measurements / 2.3.3：
Understanding the susceptibilities: from Langevin to Van Vleck's formula / 2.3.4：
Many-electron atoms, mononuclear complexes and spin cross-over / 2.4：
Many-electron atoms / 2.4.1：
Mononuclear complexes, electronic structure / 2.4.2：
Spin cross-over: phenomenon and models / 2.4.3：
Spin Hamiltonian (SH) approach / 2.5：
One-centre spin Hamiltonian / 2.5.1：
Two-centre spin Hamiltonians with spin operators S1 and S2 / 2.5.2：
More than two centres / 2.5.3：
Orbital interactions and exchange / 2.6：
Basic theoretical background / 2.6.1：
From hydrogen to transition metal complexes / 2.6.2：
Other models: from the pioneers to modern computations / 2.6.3：
Ferromagnetic and antiferromagnetic coupling in dinuclear complexes with one spin per centre / 2.6.4：
Complexes with several spins per centre / 2.6.5：
Extended molecular magnetic systems / 2.7：
The one-dimensional world: a Hamiltonian and synthesis factory / 2.7.1：
Bimetallic ferrimagnetic chains: an improbable route to 3D magnets / 2.7.2：
Three-dimensional frameworks, Prussian Blue analogues / 2.7.3：
Magnetic anisotropy and slow relaxation of the magnetization / 2.8：
Single-molecule magnets (SMM) / 2.8.1：
Single-chain magnets (SCM) / 2.8.2：
Single-ion magnets (SIM) / 2.8.3：
The moving electron: electrical properties / 3：
Basic parameters controlling electron transfer / 3.1：
The electronic interaction between neighbouring sites: the Vab parameter / 3.1.1：
The structural change of the surrounding: the λ parameter / 3.1.2：
The interelectronic repulsion: the U parameter / 3.1.3：
The interplay of parameters / 3.1.4：
Electron transfer in discrete molecular systems / 3.2：
Intermolecular transfer / 3.2.1：
Intramolecular transfer: mixed valence compounds / 3.2.2：
Electron transfer in proteins / 3.2.3：
Conductivity in extended molecular solids / 3.3：
Conductivity: definitions, models and significant parameters / 3.3.1：
Extended metallic molecular systems and band theory / 3.3.2：
Peierls instability in 1D: electron-phonon interactions / 3.3.3：
Beyond the one-electron description: narrow-band systems or no band at all / 3.3.4：
The excited electron: photophysical properties / 4：
Fundamentals in photophysics: absorption, emission and excited states / 4.1：
Energy levels / 4.2.1：
Transition probabilities / 4.2.2：
Nuclear relaxation after excitation / 4.2.3：
A simple photochemical process / 4.2.4：
Electron transfer in the excited state / 4.3：
Properties of the excited state: the example of [Ru(bpy)3]2+* / 4.3.1：
Molecular photodiodes / 4.3.2：
Light Emitting Diodes (LEDs) / 4.3.3：
Photovoltaic devices / 4.3.4：
Harnessing chemical energy: towards water photolysis / 4.3.5：
Ultrafast electron transfer / 4.3.6：
Energy transfer / 4.4：
Theoretical treatment of energy transfer / 4.4.1：
Some examples / 4.4.2：
Photomagnetism / 4.5：
Photomagnetism in spin cross-over systems / 4.5.1：
Photomagnetism originating from metal-metal charge transfer / 4.5.3：
The mastered electron: molecular electronics and spintronics, molecular machines / 5：
Molecular electronics, a historical account / 5.1：
Molecular spintronics, a historical account / 5.1.2：
Molecular machines, a short historical account / 5.1.3：
Hybrid molecular electronics / 5.2：
Realization of metal-molecule-metal connections / 5.2.1：
Principles of electrical conduction in nanosystems / 5.2.2：
Molecular wires / 5.2.3：
Molecular diode (rectifier) / 5.2.4：
Memory effect and negative differential resistance in two-terminal devices / 5.2.5：
Two-terminal devices under constraint (pressure, light) / 5.2.6：
Three-terminal devices: field-effect transistor (FET) / 5.2.7：
Nanotubes, graphene and devices / 5.2.8：
Molecular spintronics / 5.3：
Basics of spintronics / 5.3.1：
Molecular spintronics: why molecules? / 5.3.2：
Recent realizations in molecular spintronics / 5.3.3：
Molecular resources for molecular electronics / 5.4：
Systems studied in solution / 5.4.1：
Systems studied in the solid state / 5.4.2：
Molecular approaches to quantum computing / 5.5：
Standard quantum computing / 5.5.1：
Quantum Hamiltonian computing / 5.5.2：
Molecular machines / 5.6：
Introduction and definition / 5.6.1：
Machines based on interlocked molecules / 5.6.2：
Machines based on non-interlocked molecules / 5.6.3：
The problem of motion directionality / 5.6.4：
Conclusion and perspectives / 5.7：
Index
Abbreviations and symbols
Basic concepts / 1：
Electron: an old, complex and exciting story / 1.1：
21.

電子ブック
ＥＢ
21. Solid oxide fuel cells : : from electrolyte-based to electrolyte-free devices (: electronic bk)
edited by Bin Zhu, Rizwan Raza, Liangdong Fan, Chunwen Sun
出版情報: Weinheim : Wiley-VCH, 2020  1 online resource (488 pages)
所蔵情報: loading…
目次情報: 続きを見る
Preface
Solid Oxide Fuel Cell with Ionic Conducting Electrolyte / Part I：
Introduction / Bin Zhu and Peter D. Lund1：
An Introduction to the Principles of Fuel Cells / 1.1：
Materials and Technologies / 1.2：
New Electrolyte Developments on LTSOFC / 1.3：
Beyond the State of the Art: The Electrolyte-Free Fuel Cell (EFFC) / 1.4：
Fundamental Issues / 1.4.1：
Beyond the SOFC / 1.5：
References
Solid-state Electrolytes for SOFC / Liangdong Fan2：
Single-Phase SOFC Electrolytes / 2.1：
Oxygen Ionic Conducting Electrolyte / 2.2.1：
Stabilized Zirconia / 2.2.1.1：
Doped Ceria / 2.2.1.2：
SrO- and MgO-Doped Lanthanum Gallates (LSGM) / 2.2.1.3：
Proton-Conducting Electrolyte and Mixed Ionic Conducting Electrolyte / 2.2.2：
Alternative New Electrolytes and Research Interests / 2.2.3：
Ion Conduction/Transportation in Electrolytes / 2.3：
Composite Electrolytes / 2.4：
Oxide-Oxide Electrolyte / 2.4.1：
Oxide-Carbonate Composite / 2.4.2：
Materials Fabrication / 2.4.2.1：
Performance and Stability Optimization / 2.4.2.2：
Other Oxide-Salt Composite Electrolytes / 2.4.3：
Ionic Conduction Mechanism Studies of Ceria-Carbonate Composite / 2.4.4：
NANOCOFC and Material Design Principle / 2.5：
Concluding Remarks / 2.6：
Acknowledgments
Cathodes for Solid Oxide Fuel Cell / Tianmin He and Qingjun Zhou and Fangjun Jin3：
Overview of Cathode Reaction Mechanism / 3.1：
Development of Cathode Materials / 3.3：
Perovskite Cathode Materials / 3.3.1：
Mn-Based Perovskite Cathodes / 3.3.1.1：
Co-Based Perovskite Cathodes / 3.3.1.2：
Fe-Based Perovskite Cathodes / 3.3.1.3：
Ni-Based Perovskite Cathodes / 3.3.1.4：
Double Perovskite Cathode Materials / 3.3.2：
Microstructure Optimization of Cathode Materials / 3.4：
Nanostructured Cathodes / 3.4.1：
Composite Cathodes / 3.4.2：
Summary / 3.5：
Anodes for Solid Oxide Fuel Cell / Chunwen Sun4：
Overview of Anode Reaction Mechanism / 4.1：
Basic Operating Principles of a SOFC / 4.2.1：
The Anode Three-Phase Boundary / 4.2.1.1：
Development of Anode Materials / 4.3：
Ni-YSZ Cermet Anode Materials / 4.3.1：
Alternative Anode Materials / 4.3.2：
Fluorite Anode Materials / 4.3.2.1：
Perovskite Anode Materials / 4.3.2.2：
Sulfur-Tolerant Anode Materials / 4.3.3：
Development of Kinetics, Reaction Mechanism, and Model of the Anode / 4.4：
Summary and Outlook / 4.5：
Design and Development of SOFC Stacks / Wanting Guan5：
Change of Cell Output Performance Under 2D Interface Contact / 5.1：
Design of 2D Interface Contact Mode / 5.2.1：
Variations of Cell Output Performance Under 2D Contact Mode / 5.2.2：
2D Interface Structure Improvements and Enhancement of Cell Output Performance / 5.2.3：
Contributions of 3D Contact in 2D Interface Contact / 5.2.4：
Mechanism of Performance Enhancement After the Transition from 2D to 3D Interface / 5.2.5：
Control Design of Transition from 2D to 3D Interface Contact and Their Quantitative Contribution Differentiation / 5.3：
Control Design of 2D and 3D Interface Contact / 5.3.1：
Quantitative Effects of 2D Contact on the Transient Output Performance of a Cell / 5.3.2：
Quantitative Effects of 2D Contact on the Steady-State Output Performance of the Cell / 5.3.3：
Quantitative Effects of 3D Contact on Cell Transient Performance / 5.3.4：
Quantitative Effects of 3D Contact on the Steady-State Performance of a Cell / 5.3.5：
Differences Between 2D and 3D Interface Contacts / 5.3.6：
Conclusions / 5.4：
Electrolyte-Free Fuel Cells: Materials, Technologies, and Working Principles / Part II：
Electrolyte-Free SOFCs: Materials, Technologies, and Working Principles / Bin Zhu and Liangdong Fan and Jung-Sik Kim and Peter D. Lund6：
Concept of the Electrolyte-Free Fuel Cell / 6.1：
SLFC Using the Ionic Conductor-based Electrolyte / 6.2：
Developments on Advanced SLFC / 6.3：
From SLFCs to Semiconductor-Ionic Fuel Cells (SIFCs) / 6.4：
The SLFC Working Principle / 6.5：
Remarks / 6.6：
Ceria Fluorite Electrolytes from Ionic to Mixed Electronic and Ionic Membranes / Baoyuan Wang and Liangdong Fan and Yanyan Liu and Bin Zhu7：
Doped Ceria as the Electrolyte for Intermediate Temperature SOFCs / 7.1：
Surface Doping for Low Temperature SOFCs / 7.3：
Non-doped Ceria for Advanced Low Temperature SOFCs / 7.4：
Charge Transfer in Oxide Solid Fuel Cells / Jing Shi and Sining Yun8：
Oxygen Diffusion in Perovskite Oxides / 8.1：
Oxygen Vacancy Formation / 8.1.1：
Oxygen Diffusion Mechanisms / 8.1.2：
Anisotropy Oxygen Transport in Layered Perovskites / 8.1.3：
Oxygen Transport in Ruddlesden-Popper (RP) Perovskites / 8.1.3.1：
Oxygen Transport in A-Site Ordered Double Perovskites / 8.1.3.2：
Oxygen Ion Diffusion at Grain Boundary / 8.1.4：
Factors Controlling Oxygen Migration Barriers in Perovskites / 8.1.5：
Proton Diffusion in Perovskite-Type Oxides / 8.2：
Proton Diffusion Mechanisms / 8.2.1：
Proton-Dopant Interaction / 8.2.2：
Influence of Dopants in A-site / 8.2.2.1：
Influence of Dopants in B-Stte / 8.2.2.2：
Long-range Proton Conduction Pathways in Perovskites / 8.2.3：
Hydrogen-Induced Insulation
Enhanced Ion Conductivity in Oxide Heterostructures / 8.3：
Enhanced Ionic Conduction by Strain / 8.3.1：
Enhanced Ionic Conductivity by Band Bending / 8.3.2：
Surface State-induced Band Bending / 8.3.2.1：
Band Bending in p-n Heterojunctions / 8.3.2.2：
p-n Hetero junction Structures in SOFC / 8.3.2.3：
Material Development II: Natural Material-based Composites for Electrolyte Layer-free Fuel Cells / Chen Xia and Yanyan Liu8.4：
Materials Development for EFFCs / 9.1：
Natural Materials as Potential Electrolytes / 9.1.2：
Industrial-grade Rare Earth for EFFCs / 9.2：
Rare-earth Oxide LCP / 9.2.1：
Semiconducting-Ionic Composite Based on LCP / 9.2.2：
LCP-LSCF / 9.2.2.1：
LCP-ZnO / 9.2.2.2：
Stability Operation and Schottky Junction of EFFC / 9.2.3：
Performance Stability / 9.2.3.1：
In Situ Schottky Junction Effect / 9.2.3.2：
Natural Hematite for EFFCs / 9.2.4：
Natural Hematite / 9.3.1：
Semiconducting-Ionic Composite Based on Hematite / 9.3.2：
Hematite-LSCF / 9.3.2.1：
Hematite/LCP-LSCF / 9.3.2.2：
Natural CuFe Oxide Minerals for EFFCs / 9.3.3：
Natural CuFe2O4 Mineral for EFFC / 9.4.1：
Natural Delafossite CuFeO2 for EFFC / 9.4.2：
Bio-derived Calcite for EFFC / 9.4.3：
Charge Transfer, Transportation, and Simulation / Muhammad Afzal and Mustafa Anwar and Muhammad I. Asghar and Peter D. Lund and Naveed Jhamat and Rizwan Raza and Bin Zhu9.5.1：
Physical Aspects / 10.1：
Electrochemical Aspects / 10.2：
Ionic Conduction Enhancement in Heterostructure Composites / 10.3：
Charge Transportation Mechanism and Coupling Effects / 10.4：
Surface and Interfacial State-Induced Superionic Conduction and Transportation / 10.5：
Ionic Transport Number Measurements / 10.6：
Determination of Electron and Ionic Conductivities in EFFCs / 10.7：
EIS Analysis / 10.8：
Semiconductor Band Effects on the Ionic Conduction Device Performance / 10.9：
Simulations / 10.10：
Electrolyte-Free Fuel Cell: Principles and Crosslink Research / Yan Wu and Liangdong Fan and Naveed Mushtaq and Bin Zhu and Muhammad Afzal and Muhammad Sajid and Rizwan Raza and Jung-Sik Kim and Wen-Feng Lin and Peter D. Lund11：
Fundamental Considerations of Fuel Cell Semiconductor Electrochemistry / 11.1：
Physics and Electrochemistry at Interfaces / 11.2.1：
Electrochemistry vs. Semiconductor Physics / 11.2.2：
Working Principle of Semiconductor-Based Fuel Cells and Crossing Link Sciences / 11.3：
Extending Applications by Coupling Devices / 11.4：
Final Remarks / 11.5：
Fuel Cells: From Technology to Applications / Part III：
Scaling Up Materials and Technology for SLFC / Kang Yuan and Zhigang Zhu and Muhammad Afzal and Bin Zhu12：
Single-Layer Fuel Cell (SLFC) Engineering Materials / 12.1：
Scaling Up Single-Layer Fuel Cell Devices: Tape Casting and Hot Pressing / 12.2：
Scaling Up Single-Layer Fuel Cell Devices: Thermal Spray Coating Technology / 12.3：
Traditional Plasma Spray Coating Technology / 12.3.1：
New Developed Low-Pressure Plasma Spray (LPPS) Coating Technology / 12.3.2：
Short Stack / 12.4：
SLFC Cells / 12.4.1：
Bipolar Plate Design / 12.4.2：
Sealing and Sealant-Free Short Stack / 12.4.3：
Tests and Evaluations / 12.5：
Durability Testing / 12.6：
A Case Study for the Cell Degradation Mechanism / 12.7：
Continuous Efforts and Future Developments / 12.8：
Planar SOFC Stack Design and Development / Shaorong Wang and Yixiang Shi and Naveed Mushtaq and Bin Zhu12.9：
Internal Manifold and External Manifold / 13.1：
Interface Between an Interconnect Plate and a Single Cell / 13.2：
Antioxidation Coating of the Interconnect Plate / 13.3：
Design the Flow Field of Interconnect Plate / 13.4：
Mathematical Simulation / 13.4.1：
Effect of Co-flow, Crossflow, and Counterflow / 13.4.2：
Air Flow Distribution Between Layers in a Stack / 13.4.3：
The Importance of Sealing / 13.5：
Thermal Cycling of the Sealing / 13.5.1：
Durability of Sealing / 13.5.2：
The Life of the Stack: The Chemical Problems on the Interface / 13.6：
Toward Market Products / 13.7：
Energy System Integration and Future Perspectives / Ghazanfar Abbas and Muhammad Ali Babar and Fida Hussain and Rizwan Raza13.8：
Solar Cell and Fuel Cell / 14.1：
Fuel Cell-Solar Cell Integration / 14.2：
Solar Electrolysis-Fuel Cell Integration / 14.3：
Fuel Cell-Biomass Integration / 14.4：
The Fuel Cell System Modeling Using Biogas / 14.5：
Activation Loss / 14.5.1：
Ohmic Loss / 14.5.2：
Concentration Voltage Loss / 14.5.3：
The Fuel Cell System Efficiency (Heating and Electrical) / 14.6：
The Effect of Different Temperatures on System Efficiency / 14.6.1：
The Fuel Utilization Factor and Efficiencies of the System / 14.6.2：
The System Efficiencies and Operating Pressure / 14.6.3：
Integrated New Clean Energy System / 14.7：
Index / 14.8：
Preface
Solid Oxide Fuel Cell with Ionic Conducting Electrolyte / Part I：
Introduction / Bin Zhu and Peter D. Lund1：
22.

電子ブック
ＥＢ
22. The theory of open quantum systems ((ebook) :)
Heinz-Peter Breuer, Francesco Petruccione
出版情報: Oxford : Clarendon, 2007  1 online resource (xxi, 613 p.)
所蔵情報: loading…
目次情報: 続きを見る
Probability in Classical and Quantum Physics / I：
Classical probability theory and stochastic processes / 1：
The probability space / 1.1：
The [sigma]-algebra of events / 1.1.1：
Probability measures and Kolmogorov axioms / 1.1.2：
Conditional probabilities and independence / 1.1.3：
Random variables / 1.2：
Definition of random variables / 1.2.1：
Transformation of random variables / 1.2.2：
Expectation values and characteristic function / 1.2.3：
Stochastic processes / 1.3：
Formal definition of a stochastic process / 1.3.1：
The hierarchy of joint probability distributions / 1.3.2：
Markov processes / 1.4：
The Chapman-Kolmogorov equation / 1.4.1：
Differential Chapman-Kolmogorov equation / 1.4.2：
Deterministic processes and Liouville equation / 1.4.3：
Jump processes and the master equation / 1.4.4：
Diffusion processes and Fokker-Planck equation / 1.4.5：
Piecewise deterministic processes / 1.5：
The Liouville master equation / 1.5.1：
Waiting time distribution and sample paths / 1.5.2：
Path integral representation of PDPs / 1.5.3：
Stochastic calculus for PDPs / 1.5.4：
Levy processes / 1.6：
Translation invariant processes / 1.6.1：
The Levy-Khintchine formula / 1.6.2：
Stable Levy processes / 1.6.3：
References
Quantum probability / 2：
The statistical interpretation of quantum mechanics / 2.1：
Self-adjoint operators and the spectral theorem / 2.1.1：
Observables and random variables / 2.1.2：
Pure states and statistical mixtures / 2.1.3：
Joint probabilities in quantum mechanics / 2.1.4：
Composite quantum systems / 2.2：
Tensor product / 2.2.1：
Schmidt decomposition and entanglement / 2.2.2：
Quantum entropies / 2.3：
Von Neumann entropy / 2.3.1：
Relative entropy / 2.3.2：
Linear entropy / 2.3.3：
The theory of quantum measurement / 2.4：
Ideal quantum measurements / 2.4.1：
Operations and effects / 2.4.2：
Representation theorem for quantum operations / 2.4.3：
Quantum measurement and entropy / 2.4.4：
Approximate measurements / 2.4.5：
Indirect quantum measurements / 2.4.6：
Quantum non-demolition measurements / 2.4.7：
Density Matrix Theory / II：
Quantum master equations / 3：
Closed and open quantum systems / 3.1：
The Liouville-von Neumann equation / 3.1.1：
Heisenberg and interaction picture / 3.1.2：
Dynamics of open systems / 3.1.3：
Quantum Markov processes / 3.2：
Quantum dynamical semigroups / 3.2.1：
The Markovian quantum master equation / 3.2.2：
The adjoint quantum master equation / 3.2.3：
Multi-time correlation functions / 3.2.4：
Irreversibility and entropy production / 3.2.5：
Microscopic derivations / 3.3：
Weak-coupling limit / 3.3.1：
Relaxation to equilibrium / 3.3.2：
Singular-coupling limit / 3.3.3：
Low-density limit / 3.3.4：
The quantum optical master equation / 3.4：
Matter in quantized radiation fields / 3.4.1：
Decay of a two-level system / 3.4.2：
Decay into a squeezed field vacuum / 3.4.3：
More general reservoirs / 3.4.4：
Resonance fluorescence / 3.4.5：
The damped harmonic oscillator / 3.4.6：
Non-selective, continuous measurements / 3.5：
The quantum Zeno effect / 3.5.1：
Density matrix equation / 3.5.2：
Quantum Brownian motion / 3.6：
The Caldeira-Leggett model / 3.6.1：
High-temperature master equation / 3.6.2：
The exact Heisenberg equations of motion / 3.6.3：
The influence functional / 3.6.4：
Non-linear quantum master equations / 3.7：
Quantum Boltzmann equation / 3.7.1：
Mean field master equations / 3.7.2：
Mean field laser equations / 3.7.3：
Non-linear Schrodinger equation / 3.7.4：
Super-radiance / 3.7.5：
Decoherence / 4：
The decoherence function / 4.1：
An exactly solvable model / 4.2：
Time evolution of the total system / 4.2.1：
Decay of coherences and the decoherence factor / 4.2.2：
Coherent subspaces and system-size dependence / 4.2.3：
Markovian mechanisms of decoherence / 4.3：
The decoherence rate / 4.3.1：
Internal degrees of freedom / 4.3.2：
Scattering of particles / 4.3.4：
Vacuum decoherence / 4.4：
Thermal noise / 4.4.2：
Electromagnetic field states / 4.5：
Atoms interacting with a cavity field mode / 4.5.1：
Schrodinger cat states / 4.5.2：
Caldeira-Leggett model / 4.6：
General decoherence formula / 4.6.1：
Ohmic environments / 4.6.2：
Decoherence and quantum measurement / 4.7：
Dynamical selection of a pointer basis / 4.7.1：
Dynamical model for a quantum measurement / 4.7.2：
Stochastic Processes in Hilbert Space / III：
Probability distributions on Hilbert space / 5：
The state vector as a random variable in Hilbert space / 5.1：
A new type of quantum mechanical ensemble / 5.1.1：
Stern-Gerlach experiment / 5.1.2：
Probability density functionals on Hilbert space / 5.2：
Probability measures on Hilbert space / 5.2.1：
Distributions on projective Hilbert space / 5.2.2：
Expectation values / 5.2.3：
Ensembles of mixtures / 5.3：
Probability density functionals on state space / 5.3.1：
Description of selective quantum measurements / 5.3.2：
Stochastic dynamics in Hilbert space / 6：
Dynamical semigroups and PDPs in Hilbert space / 6.1：
Reduced system dynamics as a PDP / 6.1.1：
The Hilbert space path integral / 6.1.2：
Diffusion approximation / 6.1.3：
Stochastic representation of continuous measurements / 6.1.4：
Stochastic time evolution of [epsilon subscript P]-ensembles / 6.2.1：
Short-time behaviour of the propagator / 6.2.2：
Direct photodetection / 6.3：
Derivation of the PDP / 6.3.1：
Path integral solution / 6.3.2：
Homodyne photodetection / 6.4：
Derivation of the PDP for homodyne detection / 6.4.1：
Stochastic Schrodinger equation / 6.4.2：
Heterodyne photodetection / 6.5：
Stochastic collapse models / 6.5.1：
Stochastic density matrix equations / 6.6：
Photodetection on a field mode / 6.7：
The photocounting formula / 6.7.1：
QND measurement of a field mode / 6.7.2：
The stochastic simulation method / 7：
Numerical simulation algorithms for PDPs / 7.1：
Estimation of expectation values / 7.1.1：
Generation of realizations of the process / 7.1.2：
Determination of the waiting time / 7.1.3：
Selection of the jumps / 7.1.4：
Algorithms for stochastic Schrodinger equations / 7.2：
General remarks on convergence / 7.2.1：
The Euler scheme / 7.2.2：
The Heun scheme / 7.2.3：
The fourth-order Runge-Kutta scheme / 7.2.4：
A second-order weak scheme / 7.2.5：
Examples / 7.3：
The driven two-level system / 7.3.1：
A case study on numerical performance / 7.4：
Numerical efficiency and scaling laws / 7.4.1：
The damped driven Morse oscillator / 7.4.2：
Applications to quantum optical systems / 8：
Continuous measurements in QED / 8.1：
Constructing the microscopic Hamiltonian / 8.1.1：
Determination of the QED operation / 8.1.2：
Stochastic dynamics of multipole radiation / 8.1.3：
Representation of incomplete measurements / 8.1.4：
Dark state resonances / 8.2：
Waiting time distribution and trapping state / 8.2.1：
Measurement schemes and stochastic evolution / 8.2.2：
Laser cooling and Levy processes / 8.3：
Dynamics of the atomic wave function / 8.3.1：
Coherent population trapping / 8.3.2：
Waiting times and momentum distributions / 8.3.3：
Strong field interaction and the Floquet picture / 8.4：
Floquet theory / 8.4.1：
Stochastic dynamics in the Floquet picture / 8.4.2：
Spectral detection and the dressed atom / 8.4.3：
Non-Markovian Quantum Processes / IV：
Projection operator techniques / 9：
The Nakajima-Zwanzig projection operator technique / 9.1：
Projection operators / 9.1.1：
The Nakajima-Zwanzig equation / 9.1.2：
The time-convolutionless projection operator method / 9.2：
The time-local master equation / 9.2.1：
Perturbation expansion of the TCL generator / 9.2.2：
The cumulant expansion / 9.2.3：
Perturbation expansion of the inhomogeneity / 9.2.4：
Error analysis / 9.2.5：
Stochastic unravelling in the doubled Hilbert space / 9.3：
Non-Markovian dynamics in physical systems / 10：
Spontaneous decay of a two-level system / 10.1：
Exact master equation and TCL generator / 10.1.1：
Jaynes-Cummings model on resonance / 10.1.2：
Jaynes-Cummings model with detuning / 10.1.3：
Spontaneous decay into a photonic band gap / 10.1.4：
The model and frequency renormalization / 10.2：
Factorizing initial conditions / 10.2.2：
The stationary state / 10.2.3：
Non-factorizing initial conditions / 10.2.4：
Disregarding the inhomogeneity / 10.2.5：
The spin-boson system / 10.3：
Microscopic model / 10.3.1：
Relaxation of an initially factorizing state / 10.3.2：
Equilibrium correlation functions / 10.3.3：
Transition from coherent to incoherent motion / 10.3.4：
Relativistic Quantum Processes / V：
Measurements in relativistic quantum mechanics / 11：
The Schwinger-Tomonaga equation / 11.1：
States as functionals of spacelike hypersurfaces / 11.1.1：
Foliations of space-time / 11.1.2：
The measurement of local observables / 11.2：
The operation for a local measurement / 11.2.1：
Relativistic state reduction / 11.2.2：
Multivalued space-time amplitudes / 11.2.3：
The consistent hierarchy of joint probabilities / 11.2.4：
EPR correlations / 11.2.5：
Continuous measurements / 11.2.6：
Non-local measurements and causality / 11.3：
Entangled quantum probes / 11.3.1：
Non-local measurement by EPR probes / 11.3.2：
Quantum state verification / 11.3.3：
Non-local operations and the causality principle / 11.3.4：
Restrictions on the measurability of operators / 11.3.5：
QND verification of non-local states / 11.3.6：
Preparation of non-local states / 11.3.7：
Exchange measurements / 11.3.8：
Quantum teleportation / 11.4：
Coherent transfer of quantum states / 11.4.1：
Teleportation and Bell-state measurement / 11.4.2：
Experimental realization / 11.4.3：
Open quantum electrodynamics / 12：
Density matrix theory for QED / 12.1：
Field equations and correlation functions / 12.1.1：
The reduced density matrix / 12.1.2：
The influence functional of QED / 12.2：
Elimination of the radiation degrees of freedom / 12.2.1：
Vacuum-to-vacuum amplitude / 12.2.2：
Second-order equation of motion / 12.2.3：
Decoherence by emission of bremsstrahlung / 12.3：
Introducing the decoherence functional / 12.3.1：
Physical interpretation / 12.3.2：
Evaluation of the decoherence functional / 12.3.3：
Path integral approach / 12.3.4：
Decoherence of many-particle states / 12.4：
Index
Probability in Classical and Quantum Physics / I：
Classical probability theory and stochastic processes / 1：
The probability space / 1.1：
23.

電子ブック
ＥＢ
23. Flexible and wearable electronics for smart clothing (: electronic bk)
edited by Gang Wang, Chengyi Hou, Hongzhi Wang
出版情報: [S.l.] : Wiley Online Library, [20--]  1 online resource (xiv, 346 p.）
所蔵情報: loading…
目次情報: 続きを見る
Preface
Sensing / Part I：
Wearable Organic Nano-sensors / Wei Huong and Liangwen Feng and Gang Wang and Elsa Reichmanis1：
Introduction / 1.1：
Wearable Organic Sensors Based on Different Device Architectures / 1.2：
Resistor-Based Sensors / 1.2.1：
Definitions and Important Parameters / 1.2.1.1：
Materials and Applications / 1.2.1.2：
Organic Field-Effect Transistor Based Sensors / 1.2.2：
Strategy and Applications / 1.2.2.1：
Electrochemical Sensors / 1.2.3：
Diode-Based Sensors / 1.2.3.1：
Other Devices and System Integration / 1.2.4.1：
Summary and Perspective / 1.3：
References
Stimuli-Responsive Electronic Skins / Zhouyue Lei and Peiyi Wu2：
Materials for Electronic Skins / 2.1：
Liquid Metals / 2.2.1：
Hydrogels / 2.2.2：
Ionogels / 2.2.3：
Elastomers / 2.2.4：
Conductive Polymers / 2.2.5：
Inorganic Materials / 2.2.6：
Stimuli-Responsive Behaviors / 2.3：
Electrical Signals in Response to Environmental Stimuli / 2.3.1：
Stimuli-Responsive Self-healing / 2.3.2：
Stimuli-Responsive Optical Appearances / 2.3.3：
Stimuli-Responsive Actuations / 2.3.4：
Improved Processability Based on Stimuli-Responsive Behaviors / 2.3.5：
Understanding the Mechanism of Stimuli-Responsive Materials Applied for Electronic Skins / 2.4：
Conclusion / 2.5：
Flexible Thermoelectrics and Thermoelectric Textiles / Fei Jiao3：
Thermoelectricity and Thermoelectric Materials / 3.1：
Thermoelectric Generators / 3.3：
Wearable Thermoelectric Generators for Smart Clothing / 3.4：
Flexible Thermoelectrics / 3.4.1：
Inorganic Thermoelectric Materials Related / 3.4.1.1：
Organic Thermoelectric Materials Related / 3.4.1.2：
Carbon-Based Thermoelectric Materials Related / 3.4.1.3：
Fiber and Textile Related Thermoelectrics / 3.4.2：
Prospects and Challenges / 3.5：
Energy / Part II：
Textile Triboelectric Nanogenerators for Energy Harvesting / Xiong Pu4：
Fundamentals of Triboelectric Nanogenerators (TENGs) / 4.1：
Theoretical Origin of TENGs / 4.2.1：
Four Working Modes / 4.2.2：
Materials for TENGs / 4.2.3：
Progresses in Textile TENGs / 4.3：
Materials for Textile TENGs / 4.3.1：
Fabrication Processes for Textile TENGs / 4.3.2：
Structures of Textile TENGs / 4.3.3：
ID Fiber TENGs / 4.3.3.1：
2D Fabric TENGs / 4.3.3.2：
3D Fabric TENGs / 4.3.3.3：
Washing Capability / 4.3.4：
Self-charging Power Textiles / 4.3.5：
Conclusions and Perspectives / 4.4：
Flexible and Wearable Solar Cells and Supercapacitors / Kai Yuan and Ting Hu and Yiwang Chen5：
Flexible and Wearable Solar Cells / 5.1：
Flexible and Wearable Dye-Sensitized Solar Cells / 5.2.1：
Flexible and Wearable Polymer Solar Cells / 5.2.2：
Flexible and Wearable Perovskite Solar Cells / 5.2.3：
Flexible and Wearable Supercapacitors / 5.2.4：
Flexible and Wearable Electric Double-Layer Capacitors (EDLCs) / 5.2.5：
Flexible and Wearable Pseudocapacitor / 5.2.6：
Integrated Solar Cells and Supercapacitors / 5.2.7：
Conclusions and Outlook / 5.3：
Acknowledgments
Flexible and Wearable Lithium-Ion Batteries / Zhiwei Zhang and Peng Wang and Xianguang Miao and Peng Zhang and Longwei Yin6：
Typical Lithium-Ion Batteries / 6.1：
Electrode Materials for Flexible Lithium-Ion Batteries / 6.3：
Three-Dimensional (3D) Electrodes / 6.3.1：
Two-Dimensional (2D) Electrodes / 6.3.2：
Conductive Substrate-Based Electrodes / 6.3.2.1：
Freestanding Film-Based Electrodes / 6.3.2.2：
Graphene Papers / 6.3.2.3：
CNT Papers / 6.3.2.4：
Fabrication of Carbon Films by Vacuum Filtration Process / 6.3.2.5：
Fabrication of Carbon Nanofiber Films by Electrospinning / 6.3.2.6：
Fabrication of Carbon Films by Vapor-Phase Polymerization / 6.3.2.7：
One-Dimensional (1D) Electrodes / 6.3.3：
Flexible Lithium-Ion Batteries Based on Electrolytes / 6.4：
Liquid-State Electrolytes / 6.4.1：
Aprotic Organic Solvent / 6.4.1.1：
Lithium Salts / 6.4.1.2：
Additives / 6.4.1.3：
Solid-State Electrolytes / 6.4.2：
Inorganic Electrolytes / 6.4.2.1：
Organic Electrolytes / 6.4.2.2：
Organic/Inorganic Hybrid Electrolytes / 6.4.2.3：
Inactive Materials and Components of Flexible LIBs / 6.5：
Separators / 6.5.1：
Types of Separators / 6.5.1.1：
Physical and Chemical Properties of Separators / 6.5.1.2：
Manufacture of Separators / 6.5.1.3：
Casing/Packaging / 6.5.2：
Casing/Package Components / 6.5.2.1：
Casing/Packaging Structure / 6.5.2.2：
Current Collectors / 6.5.3：
Electrode Additive Materials / 6.5.4：
Binders / 6.5.4.1：
Conductive Additives / 6.5.4.2：
Conclusions and Prospects / 6.6：
Interacting / Part III：
Thermal and Humidity Management for Next-Generation Textiles / Junxing Meng and Chengyi Hou and Chenhong Zhang and Qinghong Zhang and Yaogang Li and Hongzhi Wang7：
Passive Smart Materials / 7.1：
Energy-Harvesting Materials / 7.3：
Active Smart Materials / 7.4：
Functionalization of Fiber Materials for Washable Smart Wearable Textiles / Yunjie Yin and Yan Xu and Chaoxia Wang7.5：
Conductive Textiles / 8.1：
Waterproof Conductive Textiles / 8.1.2：
Washable Conductive Textiles / 8.1.3：
Evaluation of Washable Conductive Textiles / 8.1.4：
Fiber Materials Functionalization for Conductivity / 8.2：
Conductive Fiber Substrates Based on Polymer Materials / 8.2.1：
Dip Coating / 8.2.1.1：
Graft Modification / 8.2.1.2：
In Situ Chemical Polymerization / 8.2.1.3：
Electrochemical Polymerization / 8.2.1.4：
In Situ Vapor Phase Polymerization / 8.2.1.5：
Conductive Fiber Substrates Based on Metal Materials / 8.2.2：
Electroless Plating / 8.2.2.1：
Metal Conductive Ink Printing / 8.2.2.2：
Conductive Fiber Substrates Based on Carbon Material / 8.2.3：
Vacuum Filtration / 8.2.3.1：
Printing / 8.2.3.2：
Dyeing / 8.2.3.4：
Ultrasonic Depositing / 8.2.3.5：
Brushing Coating / 8.2.3.6：
Conductive Fiber Substrates Based on Graphene Composite Materials / 8.2.4：
In Situ Polymerization / 8.2.4.1：
Waterproof Modification for Conductive Fiber Substrates / 8.3：
Dip-Coating Method / 8.3.1：
Sol-Gel Method / 8.3.2：
Chemical Vapor Deposition / 8.3.3：
Washing Evaluations of Conductive Textiles / 8.4：
Conclusions / 8.5：
Flexible Microfluidics for Wearable Electronics / Dachao Li and Haixia Yu and Zhihua Pu and Xiaochen Lai and Chengtao Sun and Hao Wu and Xingguo Zhang9：
Materials / 9.1：
Fabrication Technologies / 9.3：
Layer Transfer and Lamination / 9.3.1：
Soft Lithography / 9.3.2：
Inkjet Printing / 9.3.3：
3D Printing / 9.3.4：
3D Printing Sacrificial Structures / 9.3.4.1：
3D Printing Templates / 9.3.4.2：
Fabrication of Open-Surface Microfluidics / 9.3.5：
Fabrication of Paper-Based Microfluidic Device / 9.3.5.1：
Fabrication of Textile-Based Microfluidic Device / 9.3.5.2：
Applications / 9.4：
Wearable Microfluidics for Sweat-Based Biosensing / 9.4.1：
Wearable Microfluidics for ISF-Based Biosensing / 9.4.2：
Wearable Microfluidics for Motion Sensing / 9.4.3：
Other Flexible Microfluidics / 9.4.4：
Soft Robotics / 9.4.4.1：
Drug Delivery / 9.4.4.2：
Implantable Devices / 9.4.4.3：
Flexible Display / 9.4.4.4：
Challenges / 9.5：
Integrating and Connecting / Part IV：
Piezoelectric Materials and Devices Based Flexible Bio-integrated Electronics / Xinge Yu10：
Piezoelectric Materials / 10.1：
Piezoelectric Devices for Biomedical Applications / 10.3：
Flexible and Printed Electronics for Smart Clothes / Yu Jiang and Nan Zhu10.4：
Printing Technology / 11.1：
Non-template Printing / 11.2.1：
Template-Based Printing / 11.2.2：
Flexible Substrates / 11.3：
Commercially Available Polymers / 11.3.1：
Polyethylene Terephthalate (PET) / 11.3.1.1：
Polydimethylsiloxane (PDMS) / 11.3.1.2：
Polyimide (PI) / 11.3.1.3：
Polyurethane (PU) / 11.3.1.4：
Others / 11.3.1.5：
Printing Papers / 11.3.2：
Tattoo Papers / 11.3.3：
Fiber Textiles / 11.3.4：
Application / 11.3.5：
Wearable Sensors/Biosensors / 11.4.1：
Noninvasive Biofuel Cells / 11.4.2：
Wearable Energy Storage Devices / 11.4.3：
Prospects / 11.5：
Flexible and Wearable Electronics: from Lab to Fab / Yuanyuan Bai and Xianqing Yang and Lianhui Li and Tie Li and Ting Zhang12：
Substrates / 12.1：
Functional Materials / 12.2.2：
Printing Technologies / 12.3：
Jet Printing / 12.3.1：
Aerosol Jet Printing / 12.3.1.1：
Electrohydrodynamic Jet (e-Jet) Printing / 12.3.1.3：
Screen Printing / 12.3.2：
Other Printing Techniques / 12.3.3：
Flexible and Wearable Electronic Products / 12.4：
Flexible Force Sensors / 12.4.1：
Paper Battery / 12.4.2：
Flexible Solar Cell / 12.4.3：
Strategy Toward Smart Clothing / 12.4.4：
Materials and Processes for Stretchable and Wearable e-Textile Devices / Binghao Wang and Antonio Facchetti12.6：
Materials for e-Textiles / 13.1：
Conducting Materials / 13.2.1：
Metal Nanomaterials / 13.2.1.1：
Carbon Nanomaterials / 13.2.1.2：
Conducting Polymers / 13.2.1.3：
Passive Textile Materials / 13.2.2：
Device Applications / 13.3：
Interconnects and Electrodes / 13.3.1：
Strain Sensors / 13.3.2：
Heaters / 13.3.3：
Supercapacitors / 13.3.4：
Energy Generators / 13.3.5：
Triboelectric Generators / 13.3.5.1：
Summary and Perspectives / 13.4：
Index
Preface
Sensing / Part I：
Wearable Organic Nano-sensors / Wei Huong and Liangwen Feng and Gang Wang and Elsa Reichmanis1：
24.

電子ブック
ＥＢ
24. Semiconductor electrochemistry. 2nd ed (: electronic bk)
Rüdiger Memming
出版情報: Wiley Online Library Online Books, 2015 , Weinheim : Wiley-VCH, c2015
所蔵情報: loading…
目次情報: 続きを見る
Principles of Semiconductor Physics / 1：
Crystal Structure / 1.1：
Energy Levels in Solids / 1.2：
Optical Properties / 1.3：
Density of States and Carrier Concentrations / 1.4：
Intrinsic Semiconductors / 1.4.1：
Doped Semiconductors / 1.4.2：
Carrier Transport Phenomena / 1.5：
Excitation and Recombination of Charge Carriers / 1.6：
Fermi Levels under Non-Equilibrium Conditions / 1.7：
Semiconductor Surfaces and Solid-Solid Junctions / 2：
Metal and Semiconductor Surfaces in a Vacuum / 2.1：
Metal-Semiconductor Contacts (Schottky Junctions) / 2.2：
Barrier Heights / 2.2.1：
Majority Carrier Transfer Processes / 2.2.2：
Minority Carrier Transfer Processes / 2.2.3：
p-n Junctions / 2.3：
Ohmic Contacts / 2.4：
Photovoltages and Photocurrents / 2.5：
Surface Recombination / 2.6：
Electrochemical Systems / 3：
Electrolytes / 3.1：
Ion Transport in Solutions / 3.1.1：
Interaction between Ions and Solvent / 3.1.2：
Potentials and Thermodynamics of Electrochemical Cells / 3.2：
Chemical and Electrochemical Potentials / 3.2.1：
Cell Voltages / 3.2.2：
Reference Potentials / 3.2.3：
Standard Potential and Fermi Level of Redox Systems / 3.2.4：
Experimental Techniques / 4：
Electrode Preparation / 4.1：
Current-Voltage Measurements / 4.2：
Voltametry / 4.2.1：
Photocurrent Measurements / 4.2.2：
Rotating Ring Disc Electrodes / 4.2.3：
Scanning Electrochemical Microscopy (SECM) / 4.2.4：
Measurements of Surface Recombination and Minority Carrier Injection / 4.3：
Impedance Measurements / 4.4：
Basic Rules and Techniques / 4.4.1：
Evaluation of Impedance Spectra / 4.4.2：
Intensity-Modulated Photocurrent Spectroscopy (IMPS) / 4.5：
Flash Photolysis Investigations / 4.6：
Surface Science Techniques / 4.7：
Spectroscopic Methods / 4.7.1：
In Situ Surface Microscopy (STM and AFM) / 4.7.2：
Solid-Liquid Interface / 5：
Structure of the Interface and Adsorption / 5.1：
Charge and Potential Distribution at the Interface / 5.2：
The Helmholtz Double Layer / 5.2.1：
The Gouy Layer in the Electrolyte / 5.2.2：
The Space Charge Layer in the Semiconductor / 5.2.3：
Charge Distribution in Surface States / 5.2.4：
Analysis of the Potential Distribution / 5.3：
Germanium Electrodes / 5.3.1：
Silicon Electrodes / 5.3.2：
Compound Semiconductor Electrodes / 5.3.3：
Flatband Potential and Position of Energy Bands at the Interface / 5.3.4：
Unpinning of Energy Bands during Illumination / 5.3.5：
Electron Transfer Theories / 6：
The Theory of Marcus / 6.1：
Electron Transfer in Homogeneous Solutions / 6.1.1：
The Reorganization Energy / 6.1.2：
Adiabatic and Non-adiabatic Reactions / 6.1.3：
Electron Transfer Processes at Electrodes / 6.1.4：
The Gerischer Model / 6.2：
Energy States in Solution / 6.2.1：
Electron Transfer / 6.2.2：
Quantum Mechanical Treatments of Electron Transfer Processes / 6.3：
Introductory Comments / 6.3.1：
Non-adiabatic Reactions / 6.3.2：
Adiabatic Reactions / 6.3.3：
The Problem of Deriving Rate Constants / 6.4：
Comparison of Theories / 6.5：
Charge Transfer Processes at the Semiconductor-Liquid Interface / 7：
Charge Transfer Processes at Metal Electrodes / 7.1：
Kinetics of Electron Transfer at the Metal-Liquid Interface / 7.1.1：
Diffusion-controlled Processes / 7.1.2：
Investigations of Redox Reactions by Linear Sweep Voltametry / 7.1.3：
Criteria for Reversible and Irreversible Reactions / 7.1.4：
Qualitative Description of Current-Potential Curves at Semiconductor Electrodes / 7.2：
One-step Redox Reactions / 7.3：
The Energetics of Charge Transfer Processes / 7.3.1：
Quantitative Derivation of Current-Potential Curves / 7.3.2：
Light-induced Processes / 7.3.3：
Majority Carrier Reactions / 7.3.4：
Minority Carrier Reactions / 7.3.5：
Electron Transfer in the 'Inverted Region' / 7.3.6：
The Quasi-Fermi Level Concept / 7.4：
Basic Model / 7.4.1：
Application of the Concept to Photocurrents / 7.4.2：
Consequences for the Relation between Impedance and IMPS Spectra / 7.4.3：
Quasi-Fermi Level Positions under High Level Injections / 7.4.4：
Determination of the Reorganization Energy / 7.5：
Two-step Redox Processes / 7.6：
Photoluminescence and Electroluminescence / 7.7：
Kinetic Studies by Photoluminescence Measurement / 7.7.1：
Electroluminescence Induced by Minority Carrier Injection / 7.7.2：
Hot Carrier Processes / 7.8：
Catalysis of Electrode Reactions / 7.9：
Electrochemical Decomposition of Semiconductors / 8：
Anodic Dissolution Reactions / 8.1：
Germanium / 8.1.1：
Silicon / 8.1.2：
Anodic Formation of Amorphous (Porous) Silicon / 8.1.3：
Compound Semiconductors / 8.1.4：
Cathodic Decomposition / 8.2：
Dissolution under Open Circuit Conditions / 8.3：
Energetics and Thermodynamics of Corrosion / 8.4：
Competition between Redox Reaction and Anodic Dissolution / 8.5：
Photoreactions at Semiconductor Particles / 9：
Quantum Size Effects / 9.1：
Quantum Dots / 9.1.1：
Single Crystalline Quantum Films and Superlattices / 9.1.2：
Size Quantized Nanocrystalline Films / 9.1.3：
Charge Transfer Processes at Semiconductor Particles / 9.2：
Reactions in Suspensions and Colloidal Solutions / 9.2.1：
Photoelectron Emission / 9.2.2：
Comparison between Reactions at Semiconductor Particles and at Compact Electrodes / 9.2.3：
The Role of Surface Chemistry / 9.2.4：
Enhanced Redox Chemistry in Quantized Colloids / 9.2.5：
Reaction Routes at Small and Big Particles / 9.2.6：
Sandwich Formation between Different Particles and between Particle and Electrode / 9.2.7：
Charge Transfer Processes at Quantum Well Electrodes (MQW, SQW) / 9.3：
Photoelectrochemical Reactions at Nanocrystalline Semiconductor Layers / 9.4：
Electron Transfer Processes between Excited Molecules and Semiconductor Electrodes / 10：
Energy Levels of Excited Molecules / 10.1：
Reactions at Semiconductor Electrodes / 10.2：
Spectra of Sensitized Photocurrents / 10.2.1：
Dye Molecules Adsorbed on the Electrode and in Solution / 10.2.2：
Potential Dependence of Sensitization Currents / 10.2.3：
Sensitization Processes at Semiconductor Surfaces Modified by Dye Monolayers / 10.2.4：
Quantum Efficiencies, Regeneration and Supersensitization / 10.2.5：
Kinetics of Electron Transfer between Dye and Semiconductor Electrode / 10.2.6：
Sensitization Processes at Nanocrystalline Semiconductor Electrodes / 10.2.7：
Comparison with Reactions at Metal Electrodes / 10.3：
Production of Excited Molecules by Electron Transfer / 10.4：
Applications / 11：
Photoelectrochemical Solar Energy Conversion / 11.1：
Electrochemical Photovoltaic Cells / 11.1.1：
Analysis of Systems / 11.1.1.1：
Dye-Sensitized Solar Cells / 11.1.1.2：
Conversion Efficiencies / 11.1.1.3：
Photoelectrolysis / 11.1.2：
Two-Electrode Configurations / 11.1.2.1：
Photochemical Diodes / 11.1.2.2：
Photoelectrolysis Driven by Photovoltaics / 11.1.2.3：
Efficiency / 11.1.2.4：
Production of Other Fuels / 11.1.3：
Photoelectrolysis of H[subscript 2]S / 11.1.3.1：
Photoelectrolysis of Halides / 11.1.3.2：
Photoreduction of CO[subscript 2] / 11.1.4：
Photocatalytic Reactions / 11.2：
Photodegradation of Pollutants / 11.2.1：
Light-Induced Chemical Reactions / 11.2.2：
Etching of Semiconductors / 11.3：
Light-Induced Metal Deposition / 11.4：
Appendices
References
Subject Index
Principles of Semiconductor Physics / 1：
Crystal Structure / 1.1：
Energy Levels in Solids / 1.2：
25.

電子ブック
ＥＢ
25. Thermal properties measurement of materials / (: electronic bk)
Yves Jannot, Alain Degiovanni
出版情報:   1 online resource
所蔵情報: loading…
目次情報: 続きを見る
Preface
Nomenclature
Modeling of Heat Transfer / Chapter 1：
The different modes of heat transfer / 1.1：
Introduction and definitions / 1.1.1：
Conduction / 1.1.2：
Convection / 1.1.3：
Radiation / 1.1.4：
Heat storage / 1.1.5：
Modeling heat transfer by conduction / 1.2：
The heat equation / 1.2.1：
Steady-state conduction / 1.2.2：
Conduction in unsteady state / 1.2.3：
The quadrupole method / 1.2.4：
The thermal properties of a material / 1.3：
Thermal conductivity / 1.3.1：
Thermal diffusivity / 1.3.2：
Volumetric heat capacity / 1.3.3：
Thermal effusivity / 1.3.4：
Conclusion / 1.3.5：
Tools and Methods for Thermal Characterization / Chapter 2：
Measurement of temperature / 2.1：
Liquid column thermometer / 2.1.1：
Thermocouple / 2.1.2：
Thermistor / 2.1.3：
Platinum resistance / 2.1.4：
IR detector / 2.1.5：
IR camera / 2.1.6：
Choice of a measurement method / 2.1.7：
Data filtering / 2.1.8：
Tools for parameter estimation / 2.2：
Introduction / 2.2.1：
Quadrupole modeling / 2.2.2：
Dimensional analysis / 2.2.3：
Study of reduced sensitivity / 2.2.4：
Method for estimating parameters / 2.2.5：
Evaluation of the estimation error due La the measurement noise / 2.2.6：
Other sources of error / 2.2.7：
Validity domain of a model and estimation time interval / 2.2.8：
Choice of the temperature's origin / 2.2.9：
Steady-state Methods / 2.2.10：
Guarded hot plate / 3.1：
Principle / 3.2.1：
Hypotheses and model / 3.2.2：
Experimental design / 3.2.3：
Practice of the measurement / 3.2.4：
Center hot plate / 3.3：
Experimental set-up / 3.3.1：
Hot strip / 3.3.4：
Hot rube / 3.4.1：
Cut bar / 3.5.1：
Flux/Temperature Transient Methods / 3.6.1：
Infinite hot plate / 4.1：
Asymmetric setup / 4.2.1：
Asymmetric hot plate / 4.3：
Measuring temperature / 4.3.1：
Measurement of two temperatures / 4.3.2：
Hot wire / 4.4：
Experimental setup / 4.4.1：
Flash ID / 4.4.4：
Hypotheses and models / 4.5.1：
Methods for the estimation of diffusivity / 4.5.3：
Experimental setups / 4.5.4：
Flash 3D / 4.6：
Principle and history / 4.6.1：
Identification method / 4.6.2：
Example of an experimental setup / 4.6.4：
Hot disc / 4.6.5：
Experimental study / 4.7.1：
3ω Method / 4.8：
Calorimetry / 4.9.1：
Differentia! calorimeter / 4.10.1：
Drop calorimeter / 4.10.2：
Transient Temperature/Temperature Methods / Chapter 5：
Planar three-layer / 5.1：
Practice of the method / 5.2.1：
Cylindrical three-layer / 5.3：
Experimental practice / 5.3.1：
Transient fin method / 5.4：
Choice of an Adapted Method / 5.4.1：
Measurement advice / 6.1：
How many measurements? / 6.1.1：
Steady-state or transient mode? / 6.1.2：
What if the material is wet? / 6.1.3：
What if the material is semi-transparent? / 6.1.4：
Choice of method / 6.2：
Consolidated solid / 6.2.1：
Liquids / 6.2.2：
Powders / 6.2.3：
Thin films / 6.2.4：
Analogies Between Different Transfers / Chapter 7：
Diffusion of heat by conduction / 7.1：
Diffusion of water vapor / 7.2：
Flow of a gas in a porous medium / 7.3：
Analogy between the different transfers / 7.4：
Example of adaptation of a thermal method to another domain / 7.5：
Appendices
Physical Properties of Some Materials / Appendix 1：
Physical Properties of Air and Water / Appendix 2：
Transfer Coefficients in Natural Convection / Appendix 3：
Main Integral Transformations: Laplace, Fourier and Hankel / Appendix 4：
Inverse Laplace Transformation / Appendix 5：
Value of the Function ERF / Appendix 6：
Quadrupole Matrices for Different Configurations / Appendix 7：
Bessel Equations and Functions / Appendix 8：
Influence of Radiation on Temperature Measurement / Appendix 9：
Case Study / Appendix 10：
Bibliography
Index
Preface
Nomenclature
Modeling of Heat Transfer / Chapter 1：
26.

電子ブック
ＥＢ
26. The processes of life : an introduction to molecular biology ((ebook) :)
Lawrence E. Hunter
出版情報: Cambridge, Mass. ; London : MIT, c2009  1 online resource (xiv, 299 p.)
所蔵情報: loading…
目次情報: 続きを見る
Preface
In the Beginning ... / 1：
Approaching the Study of Life / 1.1：
Billions and Billions of Creatures ... / 1.2：
... All Alike / 1.3：
Where To from Here / 1.4：
Evolution / 2：
Inheritance / 2.1：
Variation / 2.2：
Selection / 2.3：
A Brief History of Life on Earth / 2.4：
Evolution and Life / 2.5：
Suggested Readings / 2.6：
A Little Bit of Chemistry / 3：
Matter / 3.1：
Atoms / 3.1.1：
Molecules and Bonds / 3.1.2：
Reactions / 3.2：
Organic Chemistry / 3.3：
Energy and Thermodynamics / 3.4：
Chemistry and Life / 3.5：
The Structure and Function of Bacteria / 3.6：
Membranes and Boundaries / 4.1：
Cytoplasm and Metabolism / 4.2：
Chromosomes and Genomes / 4.3：
Bacterial Life / 4.4：
Biological Macromolecules / 4.5：
Protein / 5.1：
Protein Structure / 5.1.1：
Protein Evolution / 5.1.2：
Protein Function / 5.1.3：
Nucleic Acids / 5.2：
DNA / 5.2.1：
RNA / 5.2.2：
DNA Evolution / 5.2.3：
Macromolecules and Life / 5.3：
Eukaryotes / 5.4：
Eukaryotic Gene Structure and Transcription / 6.1：
Components of the Eukaryotic Cell / 6.2：
The Nucleus / 6.2.1：
The Endoplasmic Reticulum and Golgi Apparatus / 6.2.2：
The Mitochondrion / 6.2.3：
The Chloroplast / 6.2.4：
Other Plastids / 6.2.5：
The Proteasome, the Lysosome, and the Peroxisome / 6.2.6：
Lifestyles of the Single-Celled Eukaryote / 6.3：
Multicellular Organisms and Development / 6.4：
The Origin of Multicellular Organisms / 7.1：
Development / 7.2：
Molecular Maps / 7.2.1：
Cell-to-Cell Signaling / 7.2.2：
Cell Motion / 7.2.3：
Differentiation / 7.2.4：
Organogenesis / 7.2.5：
Growth / 7.3：
Multicellular Life and Humanity / 7.4：
Anatomy, Physiology, and Systems Biology / 7.5：
Homeostasis / 8.1：
Tissues / 8.2：
Organ Systems / 8.3：
The Cardiovascular System / 8.3.1：
The Immune System / 8.3.2：
The Nervous System / 8.3.3：
Systems Biology / 8.4：
Disease and Its Treatment / 8.5：
General Principles of Pathology and Therapeutics / 9.1：
Cellular Stress and Responses to It / 9.1.1：
Cell Injury / 9.1.2：
Cell Death / 9.1.3：
General Principles of Therapeutics / 9.1.4：
Healing / 9.2：
Genetics and Disease / 9.3：
Infectious Disease and Antibiotics / 9.4：
Cardiovascular Disease / 9.5：
Cancer / 9.6：
Drug Discovery / 9.7：
Molecular Medicine / 9.8：
Molecular Biotechnology / 9.9：
Molecular Instrumentation / 10.1：
Measurements of Mass and Charge / 10.1.1：
Macromolecular Structure Determination / 10.1.2：
Assays of Molecular Activity / 10.1.3：
Distribution of Molecules Through Space and Time / 10.1.4：
Nucleic Acid Instrumentation / 10.1.5：
Model Organisms: Germs, Worms, Weeds, Bugs, and Rodents / 10.2：
Escherichia coli / 10.2.1：
Saccharomyces cerevisiae / 10.2.2：
Arabidopsis thaliana / 10.2.3：
Caenorhabditis elegans / 10.2.4：
Drosophila melanogaster / 10.2.5：
Danio rerio / 10.2.6：
Mus musculus / 10.2.7：
Genetic Engineering / 10.3：
Molecular Biotechnology and Human Life / 10.4：
Molecular Bioethics / 10.5：
Molecular Biology and Medicine / 11.1：
Molecular Biology and Agriculture / 11.2：
Molecular Biology and Society / 11.3：
Regulation and Control of Molecular Biotechnology / 11.4：
Learning about Life / 11.5：
Glossary / 11.6：
Index
Preface
In the Beginning ... / 1：
Approaching the Study of Life / 1.1：
27.

電子ブック
ＥＢ
27. Interest rate models : an infinite dimensional stochastic analysis perspective (: electronic bk)
René A. Carmona, Michael R. Tehranchi
出版情報: [Berlin ; Heidelberg] : Springer, [20--]  1 online resource(xiv, 235 p.)
シリーズ名: Springer finance
所蔵情報: loading…
目次情報: 続きを見る
The Term Structure of Interest Rates / Part I：
Data and Instruments of the Term Structure of Interest Rates / 1：
Time Value of Money and Zero Coupon Bonds / 1.1：
Treasury Bills / 1.1.1：
Discount Factors and Interest Rates / 1.1.2：
Coupon Bearing Bonds / 1.2：
Treasury Notes and Treasury Bonds / 1.2.1：
The STRIPS Program / 1.2.2：
Clean Prices / 1.2.3：
Term Structure as Given by Curves / 1.3：
The Spot (Zero Coupon) Yield Curve / 1.3.1：
The Forward Rate Curve and Duration / 1.3.2：
Swap Rate Curves / 1.3.3：
Continuous Compounding and Market Conventions / 1.4：
Day Count Conventions / 1.4.1：
Compounding Conventions / 1.4.2：
Summary / 1.4.3：
Related Markets / 1.5：
Municipal Bonds / 1.5.1：
Index Linked Bonds / 1.5.2：
Corporate Bonds and Credit Markets / 1.5.3：
Tax Issues / 1.5.4：
Asset Backed Securities / 1.5.5：
Statistical Estimation of the Term Structure / 1.6：
Yield Curve Estimation / 1.6.1：
Parametric Estimation Procedures / 1.6.2：
Nonparametric Estimation Procedures / 1.6.3：
Principal Component Analysis / 1.7：
Principal Components of a Random Vector / 1.7.1：
Multivariate Data PCA / 1.7.2：
PCA of the Yield Curve / 1.7.3：
PCA of the Swap Rate Curve / 1.7.4：
Notes & Complements
Term Structure Factor Models / 2：
Factor Models for the Term Structure / 2.1：
Affine Models / 2.2：
Short Rate Models as One-Factor Models / 2.3：
Incompleteness and Pricing / 2.3.1：
Specific Models / 2.3.2：
A PDE for Numerical Purposes / 2.3.3：
Explicit Pricing Formulae / 2.3.4：
Rigid Term Structures for Calibration / 2.3.5：
Term Structure Dynamics / 2.4：
The Heath-Jarrow-Morton Framework / 2.4.1：
Hedging Contingent Claims / 2.4.2：
A Shortcoming of the Finite-Rank Models / 2.4.3：
The Musiela Notation / 2.4.4：
Random Field Formulation / 2.4.5：
Appendices / 2.5：
Infinite Dimensional Stochastic Analysis / Part II：
Infinite Dimensional Integration Theory / 3：
Introduction / 3.1：
The Setting / 3.1.1：
Distributions of Gaussian Processes / 3.1.2：
Gaussian Measures in Banach Spaces and Examples / 3.2：
Integrability Properties / 3.2.1：
Isonormal Processes / 3.2.2：
Reproducing Kernel Hilbert Space / 3.3：
RKHS of Gaussian Processes / 3.3.1：
The RKHS of the Classical Wiener Measure / 3.3.2：
Topological Supports, Carriers, Equivalence and Singularity / 3.4：
Topological Supports of Gaussian Measures / 3.4.1：
Equivalence and Singularity of Gaussian Measures / 3.4.2：
Series Expansions / 3.5：
Cylindrical Measures / 3.6：
The Canonical (Gaussian) Cylindrical Measure of a Hilbert Space / 3.6.1：
Integration with Respect to a Cylindrical Measure / 3.6.2：
Characteristic Functions and Bochner's Theorem / 3.6.3：
Radonification of Cylindrical Measures / 3.6.4：
Stochastic Analysis in Infinite Dimensions / 3.7：
Infinite Dimensional Wiener Processes / 4.1：
Revisiting some Known Two-Parameter Processes / 4.1.1：
Banach Space Valued Wiener Process / 4.1.2：
Sample Path Regularity / 4.1.3：
Absolute Continuity Issues / 4.1.4：
Stochastic Integral and Ito Processes / 4.1.5：
The Case of E*- and H*-Valued Integrands / 4.2.1：
The Case of Operator Valued Integrands / 4.2.2：
Stochastic Convolutions / 4.2.3：
Martingale Representation Theorems / 4.3：
Girsanov's Theorem and Changes of Measures / 4.4：
Infinite Dimensional Ornstein-Uhlenbeck Processes / 4.5：
Finite Dimensional OU Processes / 4.5.1：
Infinite Dimensional OU Processes / 4.5.2：
The SDE Approach in Infinite Dimensions / 4.5.3：
Stochastic Differential Equations / 4.6：
The Malliavin Calculus / 5：
The Malliavin Derivative / 5.1：
Various Notions of Differentiability / 5.1.1：
The Definition of the Malliavin Derivative / 5.1.2：
The Chain Rule / 5.2：
The Skorohod Integral / 5.3：
The Clark-Ocone Formula / 5.4：
Sobolev and Logarithmic Sobolev Inequalities / 5.4.1：
Malliavin Derivatives and SDEs / 5.5：
Random Operators / 5.5.1：
A Useful Formula / 5.5.2：
Applications in Numerical Finance / 5.6：
Computation of the Delta / 5.6.1：
Computation of Conditional Expectations / 5.6.2：
Generalized Models for the Term Structure / Part III：
General Models / 6：
Existence of a Bond Market / 6.1：
The HJM Evolution Equation / 6.2：
Function Spaces for Forward Curves / 6.2.1：
The Abstract HJM Model / 6.3：
Drift Condition and Absence of Arbitrage / 6.3.1：
Long Rates Never Fall / 6.3.2：
A Concrete Example / 6.3.3：
Geometry of the Term Structure Dynamics / 6.4：
The Consistency Problem / 6.4.1：
Finite Dimensional Realizations / 6.4.2：
Generalized Bond Portfolios / 6.5：
Models of the Discounted Bond Price Curve / 6.5.1：
Trading Strategies / 6.5.2：
Uniqueness of Hedging Strategies / 6.5.3：
Approximate Completeness of the Bond Market / 6.5.4：
Hedging Strategies for Lipschitz Claims / 6.5.5：
Markovian HJM Models / 7：
Gaussian Markov Models / 7.1.1：
Assumptions on the State Space / 7.1.2：
Invariant Measures for Gauss-Markov HJM Models / 7.1.3：
Non-Uniqueness of the Invariant Measure / 7.1.4：
Asymptotic Behavior / 7.1.5：
The Short Rate is a Maximum on Average / 7.1.6：
SPDEs and Term Structure Models / 7.2：
The Deformation Process / 7.2.1：
A Model of the Deformation Process / 7.2.2：
Analysis of the SPDE / 7.2.3：
Regularity of the Solutions / 7.2.4：
Market Models / 7.3：
The Forward Measure / 7.3.1：
LIBOR Rates Revisited / 7.3.2：
References
Notation Index
Author Index
Subject Index
The Term Structure of Interest Rates / Part I：
Data and Instruments of the Term Structure of Interest Rates / 1：
Time Value of Money and Zero Coupon Bonds / 1.1：
28.

電子ブック
ＥＢ
28. Catalysis without precious metals /
edited by R. Morris Bullock
出版情報: Weinheim : Wiley-VCH, 〓2010  1 online resource (xviii, 290 pages)
所蔵情報: loading…
目次情報: 続きを見る
Preface
List of Contributors
Catalysis Involving the H* Transfer Reactions of First-Row Transition Metals / John Hartung ; Jack R. Norton1：
H* Transfer Between M-H Bonds and Organic Radicals / 1.1：
H* Transfer Between Ligands and Organic Radicals / 1.2：
H* Transfer Between M-H and C-C Bonds / 1.3：
Chain Transfer Catalysis / 1.4：
Catalysis of Radical Cydizations / 1.5：
Competing Methods for the Cyclization of Dienes / 1.6：
Summary and Conclusions / 1.7：
References
Catalytic Reduction of Dinitrogen to Ammonia by Molybdenum / Richard R. Schrock2：
Some Characteristics of Triamidoamine Complexes / 2.1Introduction：
Possible [HIPTN3N]Mo Intermediates in a Catalytic Reduction of Molecular Nitrogen / 2.3：
MoN2 and MoN2- / 2.3.1：
Mo-N=NH / 2.3.2：
Conversion of Mo(N2) into Mo-N=NH / 2.3.3：
[Mo=N-NH2]+ / 2.3.4：
Mo=N and [Mo=NH]+ / 2.3.5：
Mo(NH3) and [Mo(NH3)+ / 2.3.6：
Interconversion of Mo(NH3) and Mo(N2) / 2.4：
Catalytic Reduction of Dinitrogen / 2.5：
MoH and Mo(H2) / 2.6：
Ligand and Metal Variations / 2.7：
Comments / 2.8：
Acknowledgements
Molybdenum and Tungsten Catalysts for Hydrogenation, Hydrosilylation and Hydrolysis / R. Morris Bullock3：
Introduction / 3.1：
Proton Transfer Reactions of Metal Hydrides / 3.2：
Hydride Transfer Reactions of Metal Hydrides / 3.3：
Stoichiometric Hydride Transfer Reactivity of Anionic Metal Hydride Complexes / 3.4：
Catalytic Hydrogenation of Ketones with Anionic Metal Hydrides / 3.5：
Ionic Hydrogenation of Ketones Using Metal Hydrides and Added Acid / 3.6：
Ionic Hydrogenations from Dihydrides: Delivery of the Proton and Hydride from One Metal / 3.7：
Catalytic Ionic Hydrogenations With Mo and W Catalysts / 3.8：
Mo Phosphine Catalysts With Improved lifetimes / 3.9：
Tungsten Hydrogenation Catalysts with N-Heterocyclic Carbene Ligands / 3.10：
Catalysts for Hydrosilylation of Ketones / 3.11：
Cp2Mo Catalysts for Hydrolysis, Hydrogenations and Hydrations / 3.12：
Conclusion / 3.13：
Modern Alchemy: Replacing Precious Metals with Iron in Catalytic Alkene and Carbonyl Hydrogenation Reactions / Paul J. Chink4：
Alkene Hydrogenation / 4.1：
Iron Carbonyl Complexes / 4.2.1：
Iron Phosphine Compounds / 4.2.2：
Bis(imino)pyridine Iron Complexes / 4.2.3：
α-Diimine Iron Complexes / 4.2.4：
Carbonyl Hydrogenation / 4.3：
Hydrosilylation / 4.3.1：
Bifunctional Complexes / 4.3.2：
Outlook / 4.4：
Olefin Oligomerizations and Polymerizations Catalyzed by Iron and Cobalt Complexes Bearing Bis(imino)pyridine Ligands / Vernon C. Gibson ; Gregory A. Solan5：
Precatalyst Synthesis / 5.1：
Ligand Preparation / 5.2.1：
Complexation with MX2 (M = Fe, Co) / 5.2.2：
Precatalyst Activation and Catalysis / 5.3：
Olefin Polymerization / 5.3.1：
Catalytic Evaluation / 5.3.1.1：
Steric Versus Electronic Effects / 5.3.1.2：
Effect of MAO Concentration / 5.3.1.3：
Effects of Pressure and Temperature / 5.3.1.4：
α-Olefin Monomers / 5.3.1.5：
Olefin Oligomerization / 5.3.2：
Substituent Effects / 5.3.2.1：
Schulz-Flory Distributions / 5.3.2.3：
Poisson Distributions / 5.3.2.4：
The Active Catalyst and Mechanism / 5.3.2.5：
Active Species / 5.4.：
Iron Catalyst / 5.4.1.1：
Cobalt Catalyst / 5.4.1.2：
Propagation and Chain Transfer Pathways/Theoretical Studies / 5.4.2：
Well-Defined Iron and Cobalt Alkyls / 5.4.3：
Other Applications / 5.5：
Immobilization / 5.5.1：
Reactor Blending and Tandem Catalysis / 5.5.2：
Conclusions and Outlook / 5.6：
Cobalt and Nickel Catalyzed Reactions Involving C-H and C-N Activation Reactions / Renee Becker ; William D. Jones6：
Catalysis with Cobal / 6.1：
Catalysis with Nickel / 6.3：
A Modular Approach to the Development of Molecular Electrocatalysts for H2 Oxidation and Production Based on Inexpensive Metals / M. Rakowski DuBois ; Daniel L. DuBois7：
Concepts in Catalyst Design Based on Structural Studies of Hydrogenase Enzymes / 7.1：
A Layered or Modular Approach to Catalyst Design / 7.3：
Using the First Coordination Sphere to Control the Energies of Catalytic Intermediates / 7.4：
Using the Second Coordination Sphere to Control the Movement of Protons between the Metal and the Exterior of the Molecular Catalyst / 7.5：
Integration of the First and Second Coordination Spheres / 7.6：
Summary / 7.7：
Nickel-Catalyzed Reductive Couplings and Cyclizations / Hasnain A. Malik ; Ryan D. Baxter ; John Montgomery8：
Couplings of Alkynes with α,β-Unsaturated Carbonyls / 8.1：
Three-Component Couplings via Alkyl Group Transfer-Methods Development / 8.2.1：
Reductive Couplings via Hydrogen Atom Transfer-Methods Development / 8.2.2：
Mechanistic Insights / 8.2.3：
Metallacycle-Based Mechanistic Pathway / 8.2.3.1：
Use in Natural Product Synthesis / 8.2.4：
Couplings of Alkynes with Aldehydes / 8.3：
Three-Component Couplings via Alkyl Group Transfer-Method Development / 8.3.1：
Reductive Couplings via Hydrogen Atom Transfer-Method Development / 8.3.2：
Simple Aldehyde and Alkyne Reductive Couplings / 8.3.2.1：
Directed Processes / 8.3.2.2：
Diastereoselective Variants: Transfer of Chirality / 8.3.2.3：
Asymmetric Variants / 8.3.2.4：
Cydocondensations via Hydrogen Gas Extrusion / 8.3.3：
Copper-Catalyzed Ligand Promoted Ullmann-type Coupling Reactions / Yongwen Jiang ; Dawei Ma8.3.5：
C-N Bond Formation / 9.1：
Arylation of Amines / 9.2.1：
Arylation of Aliphatic Primary and Secondary Amines / 9.2.1.1：
Arylation of Aryl Amines / 9.2.1.2：
Arylation of Ammonia / 9.2.1.3：
Arylation and Vinylation of N-Heterocycles / 9.2.2：
Coupling of Aryl Halides and N-Heterocycles / 9.2.2.1：
Coupling of Vinyl Bromides and N-Heterocycles / 9.2.2.2：
Aromatic Amidation / 9.2.3：
Cross-Coupling of aryl Halides with Amides and Carbamates / 9.2.3.1：
Cross-Coupling of Vinyl Halides with Amides or Carbamates / 9.2.3.2：
Cross-Coupling of Alkynl Halides with Amides or Carbamates / 9.2.3.3：
Azidation / 9.2.4：
C-0 Bond Formation / 19.3：
Synthesis of Diaryl Ethers / 9.3.1：
Aryloxylation of Vinyl Halides / 9.3.2：
Cross-Coupling of Aryl Halides with Aliphatic Alcohols / 9.3.3：
C-C Bond Formation / 9.4：
Cross-Coupling with Terminal Acetylene / 9.4.1：
The Arylation of Activated Methylene Compounds / 9.4.2：
Cyanation / 9.4.3：
C-S Bond Formation / 9.5：
The Formation of Bisaryl- and Arylalkyl-Thioethers / 9.5.1：
The Synthesis of Alkenylsulfides / 9.5.2：
Assembly of aryl Sulfones / 9.5.3：
C-P Bond Formation / 9.6：
Copper-Catalyzed Azide-Alkyne Cycloaddition (CuAAC) / M.G. Finn ; Valery V. Fokin9.7：
Azide-Alkyne Cycloaddition: Basics / 10.1：
Copper-Catalyzed Cycloadditions / 10.3：
Catalysts and Ligands / 10.3.1：
CuAAC with In Situ Generated Azides / 10.3.2：
Mechanistic Aspects of the CuAAC / 10.3.3：
Reactions of Sulfonyl Azides / 10.3.4：
Copper-Catalyzed Reactions with Other Dipolar Species / 10.3.5：
Examples of Application of the CuAAC Reaction / 10.3.6：
Synthesis of Compound libraries for Biological Screening / 10.3.6.1：
Copper-Binding Adhesives / 10.3.6.2：
Representative Experimental Procedures / 10.3.7：
"Frustrated Lewis Pairs": A Metal-Free Strategy for Hydrogenation Catalysis / Douglas W. Stephan11：
Phosphine-Borane Activation of H2 / 11.1：
"Frustrated Lewis Pairs" / 11.2：
Metal-Free Catalytic Hydxogenation / 11.3：
Future Considerations / 11.4：
Index
Preface
List of Contributors
Catalysis Involving the H* Transfer Reactions of First-Row Transition Metals / John Hartung ; Jack R. Norton1：
29.

電子ブック
ＥＢ
29. Design of steel structures for buildings in seismic areas : : Eurocode 8: Design of steel structures in seismic areas. First edition (: electronic bk)
Raffaele Landolfo, Federico Mazzolani, Dan Dubina, Luís Simões da Silva, Mario D'Aniello
出版情報:   1 online resource.
シリーズ名: ECCS Eurocode design manuals ;
所蔵情報: loading…
目次情報: 続きを見る
Foreword
Preface
Seismic Design Principles in Structural Codes / Chapter 1：
Introduction / 1.1：
Fundamentals of seismic design / 1.2：
Capacity design / 1.2.1：
Seismic design concepts / 1.2.2：
Codification of seismic design / 1.3：
Evolution of seismic design codes / 1.3.1：
New perspectives and trends in seismic codification / 1.3.2：
EN 1998-1: General and Material Independent Parts / Chapter 2：
Performance requirements and compliance criteria / 2.1：
Fundamental requirements / 2.2.1：
Ultimate limit state / 2.2.2：
Damage limitation state / 2.2.3：
Specific measures / 2.2.4：
Seismic action / 2.3：
The fundamentals of the dynamic model / 2.3.1：
Basic representation of the seismic action / 2.3.2：
The seismic action according to EN 1998-1 / 2.3.3：
Alternative representations of the seismic action / 2.3.4：
Design spectrum for elastic analysis / 2.3.5：
Combinations of the seismic action with other types of actions / 2.3.6：
Characteristics of earthquake resistant buildings / 2.4：
Basic principles of conceptual design / 2.4.1：
Primary and secondary seismic members / 2.4.2：
Criteria for structural regularity / 2.4.3：
Methods of structural seismic analysis / 2.5：
Lateral force method / 2.5.1：
Linear modal response spectrum analysis / 2.5.3：
Nonlinear static pushover analysis / 2.5.4：
Nonlinear time-history dynamic analysis / 2.5.5：
Structural modelling / 2.6：
Modelling of masses / 2.6.1：
Modelling of damping / 2.6.3：
Modelling of structural mechanical properties / 2.6.4：
Accidental torsional effects / 2.7：
Accidental eccentricity / 2.7.1：
Accidental torsional effects in the lateral force method of analysis / 2.7.2：
Accidental torsional effects in modal response spectrum analysis / 2.7.3：
Accidental torsional effects in nonlinear static pushover analysis / 2.7.4：
Accidental torsional effects in linear and nonlinear dynamic time history analysis / 2.7.5：
Combination of effects induced by different components of the seismic action / 2.8：
Calculation of structural displacements / 2.9：
Second order effects in seismic linear elastic analysis / 2.10：
Design verifications / 2.11：
Safety verifications / 2.11.1：
Damage limitation / 2.11.2：
EN 1998-1: Design Provisions For Steel Structures / Chapter 3：
Design concepts for steel buildings / 3.1：
Requirements for steel mechanical properties / 3.2：
Strength and ductility / 3.2.1：
Toughness / 3.2.2：
Structural typologies and behaviour factors / 3.3：
Structural types / 3.3.1：
Behaviour factors / 3.3.2：
Design criteria and detailing rules for dissipative structural behaviour common to all structural types / 3.4：
Design rules for cross sections in dissipative members / 3.4.1：
Design rules for non-dissipative connections / 3.4.3：
Design rules and requirements for dissipative connections / 3.4.4：
Design rules and requirements for non-dissipative members / 3.4.5：
Design criteria and detailing rules for moment resisting frames / 3.5：
Code requirements for beams / 3.5.1：
Code requirements for columns / 3.5.2：
Code requirements for beam-to-column joints / 3.5.3：
Design criteria and detailing rules for concentrically braced frames / 3.6：
Code requirements for braces / 3.6.1：
Code requirements for beams and columns / 3.6.2：
Design criteria and detailing rules for eccentrically braced frames / 3.7：
Code requirements for seismic links / 3.7.1：
Code requirements for members not containing seismic links / 3.7.2：
Code requirements for connections of the seismic links / 3.7.3：
Design Recommendations For Ductile Details / Chapter 4：
Seismic design and detailing of composite steel-concrete slabs / 4.1：
Ductile details for moment resisting frames / 4.3：
Detailing of beams / 4.3.1：
Detailing of beam-to-column joints / 4.3.2：
Detailing of column bases / 4.3.3：
Ductile details for concentrically braced frames / 4.4：
Detailing of brace-to-beam/column joints / 4.4.1：
Detailing of brace-to-beam midspan connections / 4.4.3：
Detailing of brace-to-brace connections / 4.4.4：
Detailing of brace-to-column base connections / 4.4.5：
Optimal slope, constructional tolerances and local details for braces / 4.4.6：
Ductile details for eccentrically braced frames / 4.5：
Detailing of links / 4.5.1：
Detailing of link lateral torsional restraints / 4.5.2：
Detailing of diagonal brace-to-link connections / 4.5.3：
Detailing of link-to-column connections / 4.5.4：
Design Assisted By Testing / Chapter 5：
Design assisted by testing according to EN 1990 / 5.1：
General overview of EN 1990 / 5.2.1：
Testing / 5.2.3：
Derivation of design values / 5.2.4：
Testing of seismic components and devices / 5.3：
Quasi-static monotonic and cyclic testing / 5.3.1：
Pseudo-dynamic testing / 5.3.3：
Dynamic testing / 5.3.4：
Application: experimental qualification of buckling restrained braces / 5.4：
Introduction and scope / 5.4.1：
Test specifications / 5.4.2：
Test specimens / 5.4.3：
Test setup and loading protocol for ITT / 5.4.4：
Results / 5.4.5：
Fabrication Production Control tests / 5.4.6：
Multi Storey Building With Moment Resisting Frames / Chapter 6：
Building description and design assumptions / 6.1：
Building description / 6.1.1：
Normative references / 6.1.2：
Materials / 6.1.3：
Actions / 6.1.4：
Pre-design / 6.1.5：
Structural analysis and calculation models / 6.2：
General features / 6.2.1：
Modelling assumptions / 6.2.2：
Numerical models and method of analysis / 6.2.3：
Imperfections for global analysis of frames / 6.2.4：
Frame stability and second order effects / 6.2.5：
Design and verification of structural members / 6.3：
Design and verification of beams / 6.3.1：
Design and verification of columns / 6.3.2：
Panel zone of beam-to-column joints / 6.3.3：
Pushover analysis and assessment of seismic performance / 6.4：
Pushover analysis / 6.5.1：
Transformation to an equivalent SDOF system / 6.5.4：
Evaluation of the seismic demand / 6.5.5：
Evaluation of the structural performance / 6.5.6：
Multi-Storey Building With Concentrically Braced Frames / Chapter 7：
Design and verification of X-CBFs / 7.1：
Design and verification of inverted V-CBFs / 7.3.2：
Multi-Storey Building With Eccentrically Braced Frames / 7.4：
Design and verification of shear links / 8.1：
Design and verification of beam segments outside the link / 8.3.2：
Design and verification of braces / 8.3.3：
Case Studies / 8.3.4：
The Bucharest Tower Centre International / 9.1：
General description / 9.2.1：
Design considerations / 9.2.2：
Detailing / 9.2.3：
Construction / 9.2.4：
Single storey Industrial Warehouse in Bucharest / 9.3：
The Fire Station of Naples / 9.3.1：
Design considerations and constructional details / 9.4.1：
The anti-seismic devices / 9.4.3：
References
Foreword
Preface
Seismic Design Principles in Structural Codes / Chapter 1：
30.

電子ブック
ＥＢ
30. Iron oxides in the laboratory : preparation and characterization. 2nd, completely rev. and extended ed (: electronic bk)
U. Schwertmann, R.M. Cornell
出版情報: [S.l.] : Wiley Online Library  1 online resource (xviii, 188 p.)
所蔵情報: loading…
目次情報: 続きを見る
Introduction
The Iron Oxides / 1：
The Major Iron Oxides / 1.1：
Less Common or Rare Iron Oxides / 1.2：
Iron Oxides in the Environment / 1.3：
General Preparative Techniques / 2：
Quantity of Product / 2.1：
Treatment after Synthesis / 2.2：
Washing / 2.2.1：
Drying / 2.2.2：
Storage / 2.2.3：
Chemical Analysis / 2.3：
Total Analysis / 2.3.1：
Extent of Isomorphous Substitution / 2.3.2：
Impurities / 2.3.3：
Removal of Iron Oxides from Reaction Vessels / 2.4：
Purity of Reagents / 2.5：
Methods of Characterization / 3：
Color (A. Scheinost) / 3.1：
Origin of Color / 3.2.1：
Color Measurement / 3.2.2：
Color Systems / 3.2.3：
Identification of Iron Oxides by Color and Crystal-Field Bands / 3.2.4：
X-Ray Powder Diffraction / 3.3：
Microscopy / 3.4：
Surface Area, Porosity and Fractal Dimensions / 3.5：
Acid Oxalate Extraction / 3.6：
Infrared Spectroscopy / 3.7：
Thermoanalysis / 3.8：
Mossbauer Spectroscopy / 3.9：
Synthesis Pathways / 4：
Nucleation and Crystal Growth / 4.1：
Nucleation / 4.1.1：
Crystal Growth / 4.1.2：
Production of Monodispersed Particles / 4.1.3：
Production of Nanoparticles / 4.1.4：
Main Routes of Synthesis / 4.2：
Hydrolysis of Acidic Solutions of Fe[superscript III] Salts / 4.2.1：
Transformation of Ferrihydrite / 4.2.2：
Oxidative Hydrolysis of Fe[superscript II] Salts / 4.2.3：
Phase Transformations / 4.2.4：
The Gel-Sol Method / 4.2.5：
Hydrothermal Precipitation / 4.2.6：
Decomposition of Metal Chelates / 4.2.7：
Goethite / 5：
Pure Goethite from Fe[superscript III]Systems / 5.1：
Preparation from an Alkaline System (acc. to Bohm, 1925) / 5.2.1：
Preparation from an Acid System (acc. to Morup et al., 1983) / 5.2.2：
Preparation From a Cysteine/2-line Ferrihydrite System (Cornell et al. 1989) / 5.2.3：
Pure Goethite from an Fe[superscript II] System / 5.3：
General Comments / 5.4：
Metal (M)-Substituted Goethites Fe[subscript 1-x]M[subscript x]OOH / 5.5：
Al-Substituted Goethite Fe[subscript 1-x]Al[subscript x]OOH / 5.5.1：
Preparation from an Alkaline Fe[superscript III] System / 5.5.1.1：
Preparation from an Fe[superscript II] System / 5.5.1.2：
Cr-Substituted Goethite Fe[subscript 1-x]Cr[subscript x]OOH / 5.5.2：
Mn-Substituted Goethite Fe[subscript 1-x]Mn[subscript x]OOH / 5.5.3：
V-Substituted Goethite Fe[subscript 1-x]V[subscript x]OOH / 5.5.4：
Lepidocrocite / 6：
Preparation / 6.1：
Other Methods / 6.3：
Feroxyhyte / 7：
Ferrihydrite / 7.1：
6-Line Ferrihydrite / 8.1：
2-Line Ferrihydrite / 8.3：
Ferrihydrites with a Range of Crystallinities / 8.4：
Akaganeite / 9：
Preparation by Hydrolysis of an Acidic FeCl[subscript 3] Solution (Somatoids) / 9.1：
Preparation by Hydrolysis of a Partially Neutralized FeCl[subscript 3] Solution (Rod-like Crystals) / 9.3：
Si-containing Akaganeite / 9.4：
Hematite / 10：
Preparation by Forced Hydrolysis of Fe[superscript III] Salt Solutions / 10.1：
Preparation by Transformation of 2-Line Ferrihydrite / 10.3：
Monodisperse Hematites of Different Crystal Shapes / 10.4：
Al-substituted Hematite / 10.5：
Coated Hematite / 10.7：
Magnetite / 11：
Preparation by Oxidation of a Fe[superscript II] Solution / 11.1：
Cation-substituted Magnetites / 11.3：
Maghemite / 12：
Green Rusts / 12.1：
Schwertmannite / 13.1：
Coating of SiO[subscript 2] Sand (Quartz; Cristobalite) with Iron Oxides / 14.1：
An Experimental Lecture for Students on the Formation of Iron Oxides / 15.1：
Demonstration: Synthesis of Iron Oxides / 16.1：
Lecture: Processes by which Iron Oxides Form / 16.3：
Video: Iron in a Landscape / 16.4：
References
Acknowledgement
Index
Introduction
The Iron Oxides / 1：
The Major Iron Oxides / 1.1：
31.

電子ブック
ＥＢ
31. The Navier-Stokes equations : a classification of flows and exact solutions (: electronic bk)
P.G. Drazin, N. Riley
出版情報:   1 online resource (x, 196 p.)
シリーズ名: London Mathematical Society lecture note series ; 334
所蔵情報: loading…
目次情報: 続きを見る
Preface
Scope of the book / 1：
Steady flows bounded by plane boundaries / 2：
Steady axisymmetric and related flows / 3：
Unsteady flows bounded by plane boundaries / 4：
Unsteady axisymmetric and related flows / 5：
Plane Couette-Poiseuille flow / 2.1：
Beltrami flows and their generalisation / 2.2：
Flow downstream of a grid / 2.2.1：
Flow due to a stretching plate / 2.2.2：
Flow into a corner / 2.2.3：
The asymptotic suction profile / 2.2.4：
Stagnation-point flows / 2.3：
The classical Hiemenz (1911) solution / 2.3.1：
Oblique stagnation-point flows / 2.3.2：
Two-fluid stagnation-point flow / 2.3.3：
Channel flows / 2.4：
Parallel-sided channels / 2.4.1：
Non-parallel-sided channels / 2.4.2：
Three-dimensional flows / 2.5：
A corner flow / 2.5.1：
A swept stagnation flow / 2.5.2：
Vortices in a stagnation flow / 2.5.3：
Three-dimensional stagnation-point flow / 2.5.4：
Circular pipe flow / 3.1：
Non-circular pipe flow / 3.2：
The classical Homann (1936) solution / 3.3：
Stagnation on a circular cylinder / 3.4.2：
Flow inside a porous or stretching tube / 3.4.3：
Rotating-disk flows / 3.5：
The one-disk problem / 3.5.1：
The two-disk problem / 3.5.2：
Ekman flow / 3.6：
Concentrated flows: jets and vortices / 3.7：
The round jet / 3.7.1：
The Burgers vortex / 3.7.2：
The influence of boundaries / 3.7.3：
The oscillating plate / 4.1：
Impulsive flows / 4.2：
Applied body force / 4.2.1：
Applied shear stress / 4.2.2：
Diffusion of a vortex sheet / 4.2.3：
More general flows / 4.3：
The angled flat plate / 4.4：
Unsteady plate stretching / 4.5：
Transverse oscillations / 4.6：
Orthogonal oscillations / 4.7.2：
Superposed shear flows / 4.7.3：
Rotational three-dimensional stagnation-point flow / 4.7.4：
Flow at a rear stagnation point / 4.7.6：
Fixed boundaries / 4.8：
Squeeze flows / 4.8.2：
Periodic solutions / 4.8.3：
Pipe and cylinder flows / 5.1：
Impulsive pipe flow / 5.1.1：
Periodic pipe flow / 5.1.2：
Pulsed pipe flow / 5.1.3：
The effects of suction or injection on periodic flow / 5.1.4：
Pipes with varying radius / 5.1.5：
Impulsive cylinder flows / 5.1.6：
The Homann flow against an oscillating plate / 5.2：
Oblique stagnation-point flow / 5.3.2：
Unsteady stagnation on a circular cylinder / 5.3.3：
Constant force / 5.4：
Prescribed gap width / 5.4.2：
Self-similar flows / 5.5：
Rotating disk in a counter-rotating fluid / 5.5.2：
Non-axisymmetric flows / 5.5.3：
An Ekman flow / 5.5.4：
Vortex motion / 5.6：
Single-cell vortices / 5.6.1：
Multi-cell vortices / 5.6.2：
References / 5.6.3：
Index
Preface
Scope of the book / 1：
Steady flows bounded by plane boundaries / 2：
32.

電子ブック
ＥＢ
32. Biomechanics and motor control of human movement / (: electronic bk)
David A. Winter
出版情報:   online resource (370 pages)
所蔵情報: loading…
目次情報: 続きを見る
Preface to the Fourth Edition
Biomechanics as an Interdiscipline / 1：
Introduction / 1.0：
Measurement, Description, Analysis, and Assessment / 1.1：
Measurement, Description, and Monitoring / 1.1.1：
Analysis / 1.1.2：
Assessment and Interpretation / 1.1.3：
Biomechanics and its Relationship with Physiology and Anatomy / 1.2：
Scope of the Textbook / 1.3：
Signal Processing / 1.3.1：
Kinematics / 1.3.2：
Kinetics / 1.3.3：
Anthropometry / 1.3.4：
Muscle and Joint Biomechanics / 1.3.5：
Electromyography / 1.3.6：
Synthesis of Human Movement / 1.3.7：
Biomechanical Motor Synergies / 1.3.8：
References / 1.4：
Auto-and Cross-Correlation Analyses / 2：
Similarity to the Pearson Correlation / 2.1.1：
Formulae for Auto- and Cross-Correlation Coefficients / 2.1.2：
Four Properties of the Autocorrelation Function / 2.1.3：
Three Properties of the Cross-Correlation Function / 2.1.4：
Importance in Removing the Mean Bias from the Signal / 2.1.5：
Digital Implementation of Auto- and Cross-Correlation Functions / 2.1.6：
Application of Autocorrelations / 2.1.7：
Applications of Cross-Correlations / 2.1.8：
Frequency Analysis / 2.2：
Introduction-Time Domain vs. Frequency Domain / 2.2.1：
Discrete Fourier (Harmonic) Analysis / 2.2.2：
Fast Fourier Transform (FFT) / 2.2.3：
Applications of Spectrum Analyses / 2.2.4：
Ensemble Averaging of Repetitive Waveforms / 2.3：
Examples of Ensemble-Averaged Profiles / 2.3.1：
Normalization of Time Bases to 100% / 2.3.2：
Measure of Average Variability about the Mean Waveform / 2.3.3：
Historical Development and Complexity of Problem / 2.4：
Kinematic Conventions / 3.1：
Absolute Spatial Reference System / 3.1.1：
Total Description of a Body Segment in Space / 3.1.2：
Direct Measurement Techniques / 3.2：
Goniometers / 3.2.1：
Special Joint Angle Measuring Systems / 3.2.2：
Accelerometers / 3.2.3：
Imaging Measurement Techniques / 3.3：
Review of Basic Lens Optics / 3.3.1：
f-Stop Setting and Field of Focus / 3.3.2：
Cinematography / 3.3.3：
Television / 3.3.4：
Optoelectric Techniques / 3.3.5：
Advantages and Disadvantages of Optical Systems / 3.3.6：
Summary of Various Kinematic Systems / 3.3.7：
Processing of Raw Kinematic Data / 3.4：
Nature of Unprocessed Image Data / 3.4.1：
Signal versus Noise in Kinematic Data / 3.4.2：
Problems of Calculating Velocities and Accelerations / 3.4.3：
Smoothing and Curve Fitting of Data / 3.4.4：
Comparison of Some Smoothing Techniques / 3.4.5：
Calculation of Other Kinematic Variables / 3.5：
Limb-Segment Angles / 3.5.1：
Joint Angles / 3.5.2：
Velocities-Linear and Angular / 3.5.3：
Accelerations-Linear and Angular / 3.5.4：
Problems Based on Kinematic Data / 3.6：
Scope of Anthropometry in Movement Biomechanics / 3.7：
Segment Dimensions / 4.0.1：
DensityMassand Inertial Properties / 4.1：
Whole-Body Density / 4.1.1：
Segment Densities / 4.1.2：
Segment Mass and Center of Mass / 4.1.3：
Center of Mass of a Multisegment System / 4.1.4：
Mass Moment of Inertia and Radius of Gyration / 4.1.5：
Parallel-Axis Theorem / 4.1.6：
Use of Anthropometric Tables and Kinematic Data / 4.1.7：
Direct Experimental Measures / 4.2：
Location of the Anatomical Center of Mass of the Body / 4.2.1：
Calculation of the Mass of a Distal Segment / 4.2.2：
Moment of Inertia of a Distal Segment / 4.2.3：
Joint Axes of Rotation / 4.2.4：
Muscle Anthropometry / 4.3：
Cross-Sectional Area of Muscles / 4.3.1：
Change in Muscle Length during Movement / 4.3.2：
Force per Unit Cross-Sectional Area (Stress) / 4.3.3：
Mechanical Advantage of Muscle / 4.3.4：
Multijoint Muscles / 4.3.5：
Problems Based on Anthropometric Data / 4.4：
Kinetics: Forces and Moments of Force / 4.5：
Biomechanical Models / 5.0：
Link-Segment Model Development / 5.0.1：
Forces Acting on the Link-Segment Model / 5.0.2：
Joint Reaction Forces and Bone-on-Bone Forces / 5.0.3：
Basic Link-Segment Equations-the Free-Body Diagram / 5.1：
Force Transducers and Force Plates / 5.2：
Multidirectional Force Transducers117 / 5.2.1：
Force Plates / 5.2.2：
Special Pressure-Measuring Sensory Systems / 5.2.3：
Synchronization of Force Plate and Kinematic Data / 5.2.4：
Combined Force Plate and Kinematic Data / 5.2.5：
Interpretation of Moment-of-Force Curves / 5.2.6：
A Note about the Wrong Way to Analyze Moments of Force / 5.2.7：
Differences between Center of Mass and Center of Pressure / 5.2.8：
Kinematics and Kinetics of the Inverted Pendulum Mode / 5.2.9：
Bone-on-Bone Forces During Dynamic Conditions / 5.3：
Indeterminacy in Muscle Force Estimates / 5.3.1：
Example Problem (Scott and Winter1990) / 5.3.2：
Problems Based on Kinetic and Kinematic Data / 5.4：
Mechanical Work, Energy, and Power / 5.5：
Mechanical Energy and Work / 6.0：
Law of Conservation of Energy / 6.0.2：
Internal versus External Work / 6.0.3：
Positive Work of Muscles / 6.0.4：
Negative Work of Muscles / 6.0.5：
Muscle Mechanical Power / 6.0.6：
Mechanical Work of Muscles / 6.0.7：
Mechanical Work Done on an External Load / 6.0.8：
Mechanical Energy Transfer between Segments / 6.0.9：
Efficiency / 6.1：
Causes of Inefficient Movement / 6.1.1：
Summary of Energy Flows / 6.1.2：
Forms of Energy Storage / 6.2：
Energy of a Body Segment and Exchanges of Energy Within the Segment / 6.2.1：
Total Energy of a Multisegment System / 6.2.2：
Calculation of Internal and External Work / 6.3：
Internal Work Calculation / 6.3.1：
External Work Calculation / 6.3.2：
Power Balances at Joints and Within Segments / 6.4：
Energy Transfer via Muscles / 6.4.1：
Power Balance Within Segments / 6.4.2：
Three-Dimensional Kinematics and Kinetics / 6.5：
Axes Systems / 7.0：
Global Reference System / 7.1.1：
Local Reference Systems and Rotation of Axes / 7.1.2：
Other Possible Rotation Sequences / 7.1.3：
Dot and Cross Products / 7.1.4：
Marker and Anatomical Axes Systems / 7.2：
Example of a Kinematic Data Set / 7.2.1：
Determination of Segment Angular Velocities and Accelerations / 7.3：
Kinetic Analysis of Reaction Forces and Moments / 7.4：
Newtonian Three-Dimensional Equations of Motion for a Segment / 7.4.1：
Eider's Three-Dimensional Equations of Motion for a Segment / 7.4.2：
Example of a Kinetic Data Set / 7.4.3：
Joint Mechanical Powers / 7.4.4：
Sample Moment and Power Curves / 7.4.5：
Suggested Further Reading / 7.5：
Synthesis of Human Movement-Forward Solutions / 7.6：
Assumptions and Constraints of Forward Solution Models / 8.0：
Potential of Forward Solution Simulations / 8.0.2：
Review of Forward Solution Models / 8.1：
Mathematical Formulation / 8.2：
Lagrange's Equations of Motion / 8.2.1：
The Generalized Coordinates and Degrees of Freedom / 8.2.2：
The Lagrangian Function L / 8.2.3：
Generalized Forces [Q] / 8.2.4：
Lagrange's Equations / 8.2.5：
Points and Reference Systems / 8.2.6：
Displacement and Velocity Vectors / 8.2.7：
System Energy / 8.3：
Segment Energy / 8.3.1：
Spring Potential Energy and Dissipative Energy / 8.3.2：
External Forces and Torques / 8.4：
Designation of Joints
Illustrative Example / 8.6：
Conclusions / 8.7：
Muscle Mechanics / 8.8：
The Motor Unit / 9.0：
Recruitment of Motor Units / 9.0.2：
Size Principle / 9.0.3：
Types of Motor Units-Fast- and Slow-Twitch Classification / 9.0.4：
The Muscle Twitch / 9.0.5：
Shape of Graded Contractions / 9.0.6：
Force-Length Characteristics of Muscles / 9.1：
Force-Length Curve of the Contractile Element / 9.1.1：
Influence of Parallel Connective Tissue / 9.1.2：
Series Elastic Tissue / 9.1.3：
In Vivo Force-Length Measures / 9.1.4：
Force-Velocity Characteristics / 9.2：
Concentric Contractions / 9.2.1：
Eccentric Contractions / 9.2.2：
Combination of Length and Velocity versus Force / 9.2.3：
Combining Muscle Characteristics with Load Characteristics: Equilibrium / 9.2.4：
Muscle Modeling / 9.3：
Example of a Model-EMG Driven / 9.3.1：
Kinesiological Electromyography / 9.4：
Electrophysiology of Muscle Contraction / 10.0：
Motor End Plate / 10.1.1：
Sequence of Chemical Events Leading to a Twitch / 10.1.2：
Generation of a Muscle Action Potential / 10.1.3：
Duration of the Motor Unit Action Potential / 10.1.4：
Detection of Motor Unit Action Potentials from Electromyogram during Graded Contractions / 10.1.5：
Recording of the Electromyogram / 10.2：
Amplifier Gain / 10.2.1：
Input Impedance / 10.2.2：
Frequency Response / 10.2.3：
Common-Mode Rejection / 10.2.4：
Cross-Talk in Surface Electromyograms / 10.2.5：
Recommendations for Surface Electromyogram Reporting and Electrode Placement Procedures / 10.2.6：
Processing of the Electromyogram / 10.3：
Full-Wave Rectification / 10.3.1：
Linear Envelope / 10.3.2：
True Mathematical Integrators / 10.3.3：
Relationship between Electromyogram and Biomechanical Variables / 10.4：
Electromyogram versus Isometric Tension / 10.4.1：
Electromyogram during Muscle Shortening and Lengthening / 10.4.2：
Electromyogram Changes during Fatigue / 10.4.3：
Biomechanical Movement Synergies / 10.5：
The Support Moment Synergy / 11.0：
Relationship between Ms and the Vertical Ground Reaction Force / 11.1.1：
Medial/Lateral and Anterior/Posterior Balance in Standing / 11.2：
Quiet Standing / 11.2.1：
Medial Lateral Balance Control during Workplace Tasks / 11.2.2：
Dynamic Balance during Walking / 11.3：
The Human Inverted Pendulum in Steady State Walking / 11.3.1：
Initiation of Gait / 11.3.2：
Gait Termination / 11.3.3：
Appendices / 11.4：
KinematicKineticand Energy Data / A：
Walking Trial-Marker Locations and Mass and Frame Rate Information / Figure A.l：
Raw Coordinate Data (cm) / Table A.l：
Filtered Marker Kinematics-Rib Cage and Greater Trochanter (Hip) / Table A.2(a)：
Filtered Marker Kinematics-Femoral Lateral Epicondyle (Knee) and Head of Fibula / Table A.2(b)：
Filtered Marker Kinematics-Lateral Malleolus (Ankle) and Heel / Table A.2(c)：
Filtered Marker Kinematics-Fifth Metatarsal and Toe / Table A.2(d)：
Linear and Angular Kinematics-Foot / Table A.3(a)：
Linear and Angular Kinematics-Leg / Table A.3(b)：
Linear and Angular Kinematics-Thigh / Table A.3(c)：
Linear and Angular Kinematics-1/2 HAT / Table A.3(d)：
Relative Joint Angular Kinematics-Ankle, Knee, and Hip / Table A.4：
Reaction Forces and Moments of Force-Ankle and Knee / Table A.5(a)：
Reaction Forces and Moments of Force-Hip / Table A.5(b)：
Segment Potential, Kinetic, and Total Energies-Foot, Leg, Thigh, and 1/2 HAT / Table A.6：
Power Generation/Absorption and Transfer-Ankle, Knee, and Hip / Table A.7：
Units and Definitions Related to Biomechanical and Electromyographical Measurements / B：
Base SI Units / Table B.l：
Derived SI Units / Table B.2：
Index
Preface to the Fourth Edition
Biomechanics as an Interdiscipline / 1：
Introduction / 1.0：
33.

電子ブック
ＥＢ
33. Amplitude modulation atomic force microscopy (: electronic bk)
Ricardo García
出版情報: [Hoboken, N.J.] : Wiley Online Library, 2010  1 online resource (xiv, 179 p.)
所蔵情報: loading…
目次情報: 続きを見る
Preface
Annotation List
Introduction / 1：
Historical Perspective / 1.1：
Evolution Periods and Milestones / 1.2：
Early Times 1987-1992 / 1.2.1：
Exploration and Expansion 1993-1999 / 1.2.2：
Cantilever Tip Dynamics 2000-2006 / 1.2.3：
Multifrequency AFM 2007 to Present / 1.2.4：
Tapping Mode or Amplitude Modulation Force Microscopy? / 1.3：
Other Dynamic APM Methods / 1.4：
Frequency Modulation AFM / 1.4.1：
Amplitude Modulation versus Frequency Modulation AFM / 1.4.2：
Instrumental and Conceptual Aspects / 2：
Amplitude Modulation AFM / 2.1：
Elements of an Amplitude Modulation AFM / 2.3：
Feedback Controller / 2.3.1：
Optical Beam Deflection / 2.3.2：
Other Detection Methods / 2.3.3：
Tip Sample Motion System / 2.3.4：
Imaging Acquisition and Display / 2.3.5：
Cantilever-Tip System / 2.4：
Cantilevers / 2.4.1：
Tips / 2.4.2：
Excitation of Cantilever-Tip Oscillations / 2.4.3：
Calibration Protocols / 2.5：
Optical Sensitivity / 2.5.1：
Calibration of the Cantilever Force Constant / 2.5.2：
Thermal Noise Method / 2.5.2.1：
Sader Method / 2.5.2.2：
Common Experimental Curves / 2.6：
Resonance Curves in Air and liquids / 2.6.1：
Amplitude and Phase Shift Distance Curves / 2.6.2：
Displacements and Distances / 2.7：
Tip-Surface Interaction Forces / 3：
Van der Waals Forces / 3.1：
Contact Mechanics Forces / 3.3：
Derjaguin-Muller-Toporov Model / 3.3.1：
Johnson-Kendall-Roberts Model / 3.3.2：
Capillary Force / 3.4：
Forces in Liquid / 3.5：
Electrostatic Double-Layer Force / 3.5.1：
Derjaguin-Landau-Verwey-Overbeek Forces / 3.5.2：
Solvation Forces / 3.5.3：
Other Forces in Aqueous Solutions / 3.5.4：
Electrostatic Forces / 3.6：
Nonconservative Forces / 3.7：
Net Tip-Surface Force / 3.8：
Tip-Surface Force for a Stiff Material with Surface Adhesion Hysteresis / 3.8.1：
Tip-Surface Force for a Viscoelastic Material / 3.8.2：
Theory of Amplitude Modulation AFM / 4：
Equation of Motion / 4.1：
The Point-Mass Model: Elemental Aspects / 4.3：
The Harmonic Oscillator / 4.3.1：
Dynamics of a Weakly Perturbed Harmonic Oscillator / 4.3.2：
The Point-Mass Model: Analytical Approximations / 4.4：
Perturbed Harmonic Oscillator / 4.4.1：
Wang Model / 4.4.2：
Virial Dissipation Method / 4.4.3：
Peak and Average Forces / 4.5：
Peak Forces / 4.5.1：
Average Forces / 4.5.2：
The Point-Mass Model: Numerical Solutions / 4.6：
Attractive and Repulsive Interaction Regimes / 4.6.1：
Driving the Cantilever Below Resonance / 4.6.2：
The Effective Model / 4.7：
Appendix: The Runge-Kutta Algorithm
Advanced Theory of Amplitude Modulation AFM / 5：
Q-Control / 5.1：
Nonlinear Dynamics / 5.3：
Continuous Cantilever Beam Model / 5.4：
One-Dimensional Model / 5.4.1：
Equivalence between Point-Mass and Continuous Models / 5.5：
Systems Theory Description / 5.6：
Force Reconstruction Methods: Force versus Distance / 5.7：
Lee-Jhe Method / 5.7.1：
Hölscher Method / 5.7.2：
Time-Resolved Force / 5.8：
Acceleration / 5.8.1：
Higher Harmonics Method / 5.8.2：
Direct Time-Resolved Force Measurements / 5.8.3：
Amplitude Modulation AFM in Liquid / 6：
Qualitative Aspects of the Cantilever Dynamics in Liquid / 6.1：
Dynamics Far from the Surface / 6.2.1：
Dynamics Close to the Surface / 6.2.2：
Interaction Forces in Liquid / 6.3：
Some Experimental and Conceptual Considerations / 6.4：
Theoretical Descriptions of Dynamic AFM in Liquid / 6.5：
Analytical Descriptions: Far from the Surface / 6.5.1：
Analytical and Numerical Descriptions in the Presence of Tip-Surface Forces / 6.5.2：
Semianalytical Models / 6.5.3：
Finite Element Simulations / 6.5.4：
Phase Imaging Atomic Force Microscopy / 7：
Theory of Phase Imaging AFM / 7.1：
Phase Imaging Atomic AFM: High Q / 7.3.1：
Phase Imaging AFM: Low Q / 7.3.2：
Energy Dissipation Measurements at the Nanoscale / 7.4：
Energy Dissipation and Observables / 7.4.1：
Identification of Energy Dissipation Processes / 7.4.2：
Atomic and Nanoscale Dissipation Processes / 7.4.3：
Resolution, Noise, and Sensitivity / 8：
Spatial Resolution / 8.1：
Vertical Resolution and Noise / 8.2.1：
Lateral Resolution / 8.2.2：
Image Distortion and Surface Reconstruction / 8.3：
Force-Induced Surface Deformations / 8.4：
Atomic, Molecular, and Subnanometer Lateral Resolution / 8.5：
True Resolution / 8.5.1：
High-Resolution Imaging of Isolated Molecules / 8.6：
Conditions for High-Resolution Imaging / 8.7：
Image Artifacts / 8.8：
Multifrequency Atomic Force Microscopy / 9：
Normal Modes and Harmonics / 9.1：
Generation of Higher Harmonics / 9.2.1：
Coupling Eigenmodes and Harmonics / 9.2.2：
Imaging Beyond the Fundamental Mode / 9.2.3：
Bimodal AFM / 9.3：
Intermodulation Frequencies / 9.3.1：
Mode-Synthesizing Atomic Force Microscopy / 9.4：
Torsional Harmonic AFM / 9.5：
Band Excitation / 9.6：
Beyond Topographic Imaging / 10：
Scattering Near Field Optical Microscopy / 10.1：
Topography and Recognition Imaging / 10.3：
Tip Functionalization / 10.3.1：
Nanofabrication by AFM / 10.4：
AFM Oxidation Nanolithography / 10.4.1：
Patterning and Devices / 10.4.2：
References
Index
Preface
Annotation List
Introduction / 1：
34.

電子ブック
ＥＢ
34. Actual causality / ((ebook) :)
Joseph Y. Halpern
出版情報:   1 online resource
所蔵情報: loading…
目次情報: 続きを見る
Preface
Introduction and Overview / 1：
Notes
The HP Definition of Causality / 2：
Causal Models / 2.1：
A Formal Definition of Actual Cause / 2.2：
A language for describing causality / 2.2.1：
The HP definition of actual causality / 2.2.2：
Examples / 2.3：
Transitivity / 2.4：
Probability and Causality / 2.5：
Sufficient Causality / 2.6：
Causality in Nonrecursive Models / 2.7：
AC2(bo)vs. AC2(bu) / 2.8：
Causal Paths / 2.9：
Proofs / 2.10：
Proof of Theorem 2.2.3 / 2.10.1：
Proof of Proposition 2.4.6 / 2.10.2：
Proof of Proposition 2.9.2 / 2.10.3：
Graded Causation and Normality / 3：
Defaults, Typicality, and Normality / 3.1：
Extended Causal Models / 3.2：
Graded Causation / 3.3：
More Examples / 3.4：
Knobe effects / 3.4.1：
Bogus prevention / 3.4.2：
Voting examples / 3.4.3：
Causal chains / 3.4.4：
Legal doctrines of intervening causes / 3.4.5：
An Alternative Approach to Incorporating Normality / 3.5：
The Art of Causal Modeling / 4：
Adding Variables to Structure a Causal Scenario / 4.1：
Conservative Extensions / 4.2：
Using the Original HP Definition Instead of the Updated Definition / 4.3：
The Stability of (Non-)Causality / 4.4：
The Range of Variables / 4.5：
Dependence and Independence / 4.6：
Dealing With Normality and Typicality / 4.7：
Proof of Lemma 4.2.2 / 4.8：
Proof of Theorem 4.3.1 / 4.8.2：
Proofs and example for Section 4.4 / 4.8.3：
Complexity and Axiomatization / 5：
Compact Representations of Structural Equations / 5.1：
Compact Representations of the Normality Ordering / 5.2：
Algebraic plausibility measures: the big picture / 5.2.1：
Piggy-backing on the causal model / 5.2.2：
The Complexity of Determining Causality / 5.3：
Axiomatizing Causal Reasoning / 5.4：
Technical Details and Proofs / 5.5：
Algebraic plausibility measures: the details / 5.5.1：
Proof of Theorems 5.3.1(c) and 5.3.2(b) / 5.5.2：
Proof of Theorems 5.4.1, 5.4.2, and 5.4.4 / 5.5.3：
Responsibility and Blame / 6：
A Naive Definition of Responsibility / 6.1：
Blame / 6.2：
Responsibility Normality, and Blame / 6.3：
Explanation / 7：
Explanation: The Basic Definition / 7.1：
Partial Explanations and Explanatory Power / 7.2：
The General Definition of Explanation / 7.3：
Applying the Definitions / 8：
Accountability / 8.1：
Causality in Databases / 8.2：
Program Verification / 8.3：
Last Words / 8.4：
References
Index
Preface
Introduction and Overview / 1：
Notes
35.

電子ブック
ＥＢ
35. Primes of the form x[2] + ny[2] : Fermat, class field theory, and complex multiplication. 2nd ed (: electronic bk)
David A. Cox
出版情報: Wiley Online Library, 2013  1 online resource (xvi, 356p.)
シリーズ名: Pure and applied mathematics
所蔵情報: loading…
36.

電子ブック
ＥＢ
36. Finite element analysis of antennas and arrays (: electronic bk)
Jian-Ming Jin, Douglas J. Riley
出版情報: [Hoboken, N.J.] : Wiley Online Library, 2008  1 online resource (xiii, 435 p., [16] p. of color plates)
所蔵情報: loading…
目次情報: 続きを見る
Preface
Acknowledgments
Introduction / Chapter 1：
Numerical Simulation of Antennas / 1.1：
Finite Element Analysis vs. Other Numerical Methods / 1.2：
Frequency- vs. Time-Domain Simulations / 1.3：
Brief Review of Past Work / 1.4：
Overview of This Book / 1.5：
References
Finite Element Formulation / Chapter 2：
Finite Element Formulation in the Frequency Domain / 2.1：
Finite Element Formulation in the Time Domain / 2.2：
Modeling of Complex Materials / 2.3：
Modeling of Electrically and Magnetically Lossy Materials / 2.3.1：
Modeling of Electrically Dispersive Materials / 2.3.2：
Modeling of Magnetically Dispersive Materials / 2.3.3：
Modeling of Doubly Dispersive Lossy Materials / 2.3.4：
Solution of the Finite Element Equations / 2.4：
Higher-Order and Curvilinear Finite Elements / 2.5：
Summary / 2.6：
Finite Element Mesh Truncation / Chapter 3：
Absorbing Boundary Conditions / 3.1：
First-Order Absorbing Boundary Condition / 3.1.1：
Second-Order Absorbing Boundary Condition / 3.1.2：
Perfectly Matched Layers / 3.2：
PML in Terms of Stretched Coordinates / 3.2.1：
PML as an Anisotropic Material Absorber / 3.2.2：
PML for Truncating Computational Domain / 3.2.3：
Finite Element Implementation of PML / 3.2.4：
ABC-Backed, Complementary, CFS, and Second-Order PMLs / 3.2.5：
Boundary Integral Equations / 3.3：
Frequency-Domain Formulations / 3.3.1：
Time-Domain Formulations / 3.3.2：
Treatment of Infinite Ground Plane / 3.3.3：
Hybrid FETD-FDTD Technique / 3.4：
The FDTD Method / 4.1：
PML Implementation in FDTD / 4.2：
FDTD Stretched-Coordinate PML / 4.2.1：
FDTD Anisotropic PML / 4.2.2：
Near-to-Far-Field Transformation in FDTD / 4.3：
Alternative FETD Formulation / 4.4：
Equivalence between FETD and FDTD / 4.5：
Stable FETD-FDTD Interface / 4.6：
Initial Approaches / 4.6.1：
Stable Formulation / 4.6.2：
Building Hybrid Meshes / 4.7：
Wave-Equation Stablization / 4.8：
Validation Examples / 4.9：
Antenna Source Modeling and Parameter Calculation / 4.10：
Antenna Feed Modeling / 5.1：
Current Probe / 5.1.1：
Voltage Gap Generator / 5.1.2：
Waveguide Feed Model / 5.1.3：
Plane-Wave Excitation / 5.2：
Total-Field Formulation / 5.2.1：
Scattered-Field Formulation / 5.2.2：
Total- and Scattered-Field Decomposition Approach / 5.2.3：
Far-Field Pattern Computation / 5.3：
Near-Field Visualization / 5.4：
Modeling of Complex Structures / 5.5：
Thin Material Layers and Sheets / 6.1：
Impedance Boundary Conditions / 6.1.1：
Shell Element Formulation / 6.1.2：
Thin Wires and Slots / 6.2：
Thin Wires / 6.2.1：
Thin Slots / 6.2.2：
Lumped Circuit Elements / 6.3：
Coupled First-Order Equations / 6.3.1：
Wave Equation / 6.3.2：
Example / 6.3.3：
Distributed Feed Network / 6.4：
System-Level Coupling Example / 6.5：
Internal Dispersive Material Calibration / 6.5.1：
External Illumination and Aperture Coupling / 6.5.2：
Antenna Simulation Examples / 6.6：
Narrowband Antennas / 7.1：
Coaxial-fed Monopole Antenna / 7.1.1：
Monopole Antennas on a Plate / 7.1.2：
Patch Antennas on a Plate / 7.1.3：
Conformal Patch Antenna Array / 7.1.4：
Broadband Antennas / 7.2：
Ridged Horn Antenna / 7.2.1：
Sinuous Antenna / 7.2.2：
Logarithmic Spiral Antenna / 7.2.3：
Inverted Conical Spiral Antenna / 7.2.4：
Antipodal Vivaldi Antenna / 7.2.5：
Vlasov Antenna / 7.2.6：
Antenna RCS Simulations / 7.3：
Microstrip Patch Antenna / 7.3.1：
Standard Gain Horn Antenna / 7.3.2：
Axisymmetric Ant / 7.4：
Finite Element Analysis Versus Other Numerical Methods / 1：
Frequency-Versus Time-Domain Simulations
Overview of the Book
PML for Truncating the Computational Domain / 2：
Treatment of the Infinite Ground Plane
FDTD Method / 4：
FDTD Anisotropic-Medium PML
Equivalence Between FETD and FDTD
Wave-Equation Stabilization
Total-and Scattered-Field Decomposition Approach / 5：
Thin-Material Layers and Sheets / 6：
Lumped-Circuit Elements
Coaxial-Fed Monopole Antenna / 7：
Axisymmetric Antenna Modeling / 8：
Method of Analysis / 8.1：
Mesh Truncation Using Perfectly Matched Layers / 8.1.1：
Mesh Truncation Using Boundary Integral Equations / 8.1.3：
Far-Field Computation / 8.1.4：
Application Examples / 8.2：
Luneburg Lens / 8.2.1：
Corrugated Horn / 8.2.2：
Current Loop Inside a Radome / 8.2.3：
Infinite Phased-Array Modeling / 8.3：
Frequency-Domain Modeling / 9.1：
Periodic Boundary Conditions / 9.1.1：
Mesh Truncation Techniques / 9.1.2：
Extension to Skew Arrays / 9.1.3：
Extension to Scattering Analysis / 9.1.4：
Time-Domain Modeling / 9.1.5：
Transformed Field Variable / 9.2.1：
General Material Modeling / 9.2.2：
Approximation to Finite Arrays / 9.2.4：
Finite Phased-Array Modeling / 9.4：
FETI-DPEM1 Formulation / 10.1：
FETI-DPEM2 Formulation / 10.1.2：
Nonconforming Domain Decomposition / 10.1.3：
Dual-Field Domain-Decomposition Method / 10.1.4：
Domain Decomposition for Iterative Solutions / 10.2.2：
Antenna-Platform Interaction Modeling / 10.2.3：
Coupled Analysis / 11.1：
FETI-DPEM with Domain Decomposition / 11.1.1：
Hybrid FETD-FDTD with Domain Decomposition / 11.1.2：
Hybrid FE-BI Method with FMM Acceleration / 11.1.3：
Decoupled Analysis / 11.2：
Near-Field Calculation / 11.2.1：
Far-Field Evaluation by Numerical Methods / 11.2.2：
Far-Field Evaluation by Asymptotic Techniques / 11.2.3：
Direct and Interative Improvements / 11.2.4：
Numerical and Practical Considerations / 11.3：
Choice of Simulation Technologies / 12.1：
Frequency-Versus Time-Domain Simulation Tools / 12.2：
Fast Frequency Sweep / 12.3：
Numerical Convergence / 12.4：
Domain Decomposition and Parallel Computing / 12.5：
Verification and Validation of Predictions / 12.6：
Index / 12.7：
Preface
Acknowledgments
Introduction / Chapter 1：
37.

電子ブック
ＥＢ
37. Ferroelectric materials for energy applications (: electronic bk)
edited by Haitao Huang and James F. Scott
出版情報: [S.l.] : Wiley Online Library, [20--]  1 online resource xi, 372 p. ; 25 cm
所蔵情報: loading…
目次情報: 続きを見る
Preface
Fundamentals of Ferroelectric Materials / Ling B. Kong and Haitao Huang and Sean Li1：
Introduction / 1.1：
Piezoelectric Mechanical Energy Harvesting / 1.2：
Piezoelectricity / 1.2.1：
Brief History of Modern Piezoelectric Ceramics / 1.2.2：
Principle of Piezoelectric Effect for Mechanical Energy Harvesting / 1.2.3：
Pyroelectric Thermal Energy Harvesting / 1.3：
Principle of Pyroelectric Effect / 1.3.1：
Pyroelectric Coefficient and Electrocaloric Coefficient / 1.3.2：
Primary and Secondary Pyroelectric Coefficient / 1.3.3：
Tertiary Pyroelectric Coefficient and Other Aspects / 1.3.4：
Pyroelectric Effect versus Phase Transition / 1.3.5：
Electrocaloric (EC) Effect of Ferroelectric Materials / 1.4：
Ferroelectric Photovoltaic Solar Energy Harvesting / 1.5：
Concluding Remarks / 1.6：
References
Piezoelectric Energy Generation / Hong G. Yeo and Susan Trolier-McKinstry2：
Kinetic Energy Harvesting / 2.1：
Theory of Kinetic Energy Harvesting / 2.1.1：
Kinetic Vibration Source in the Ambient / 2.1.2：
Transducers for Mechanical Energy Harvesting / 2.1.3：
Piezoelectric Vibration Harvesting / 2.2：
Theory of Piezoelectric Vibration Energy Harvesting / 2.2.1：
Choice of Materials for Energy Harvesting / 2.3：
Materials for Piezoelectric MEMS Harvesting / 2.3.1：
Effect of Stress Induced by Substrate / 2.3.2：
Design and Configuration of Piezoelectric Harvester / 2.4：
Option of Piezoelectric Configuration / 2.4.1：
Unimorph and Bimorph Structures / 2.4.2：
Linear Piezoelectric Energy Harvesters / 2.4.3：
Nonlinear Energy Harvesting / 2.4.4：
Review of Piezoelectric Thin Films on Metal Substrate (Foils) / 2.5：
Conclusions / 2.6：
Ferroelectric Photovoltaics / Akash Bhatnagar3：
Historical Background / 3.1：
Recent Studies / 3.2.1：
Modulation of the Effect / 3.3：
Polarization / 3.3.1：
Electrodes / 3.3.2：
Band Gap Engineering / 3.3.3：
Photo-mechanical Coupling / 3.3.4：
Summary and Outlook / 3.4：
Organic-Inorganic Hybrid Perovskites for Solar Energy Conversion / Peng You and Feng Yan4：
Fundamental Properties of Hybrid Perovskites / 4.1：
Crystal Structures / 4.2.1：
Optical Properties / 4.2.2：
Charge Transport Properties / 4.2.3：
Compositional Engineering and Bandgap Tuning / 4.2.4：
Synthesis of Hybrid Perovskite Crystals / 4.3：
Bulk Crystal Growth / 4.3.1：
Nanocrystal Synthesis / 4.3.2：
Deposition Methods of Perovskite Films / 4.4：
One-Step Solution Process / 4.4.1：
Two-Step Solution Process / 4.4.2：
Vapor-Phase Deposition / 4.4.3：
Efficiency Roadmap of Perovskite Solar Cells / 4.5：
Working Mechanism and Device Architectures of Perovskite Solar Cells / 4.6：
Key Challenges of Perovskite Solar Cells / 4.7：
Long-Term Stability / 4.7.1：
I-V Hysteresis / 4.7.2：
Toxicity of Raw Materials / 4.7.3：
Summary and Perspectives / 4.8：
Dielectric Ceramics and Films for Electrical Energy Storage / Xihong Hao5：
Principles of Dielectric Capacitors for Electrical Energy Storage / 5.1：
The Basic Knowledge on Capacitors / 5.2.1：
Some Important Parameters for Electrical Energy Storage / 5.2.2：
Energy-Storage Density / 5.2.2.1：
Energy Efficiency / 5.2.2.2：
Breakdown Strength (BDS) / 5.2.2.3：
Thermal Stability / 5.2.2.4：
Power Density / 5.2.2.5：
Service Life / 5.2.2.6：
Measurement Techniques of Energy Density / 5.2.3：
Polarization-Based Method / 5.2.3.1：
Indirect Calculated Method / 5.2.3.2：
Direct Charge-Discharge Method / 5.2.3.3：
The Energy-Storage Performance in Paraelectric-Like Metal Oxides / 5.3：
Simple Metal Oxides / 5.3.1：
TiO2 / 5.3.1.1：
ZrO2 / 5.3.1.2：
Al2O3 / 5.3.1.3：
Multi-metal Oxides / 5.3.2：
SrTiO3 / 5.3.2.1：
Bi1.5Zn0.9Nb1.5O6.9 / 5.3.2.2：
The Energy-Storage Performance in Antiferroelectrics / 5.4：
PbZrO3-Based Antiferroelectric / 5.4.1：
(Na0.5Bi0.5)TiO3-Based Antiferroelectric / 5.4.2：
AgNbO3-Based Antiferroelectric / 5.4.3：
HfO2-Based Antiferroelectric / 5.4.4：
Energy-Storage Performance in Glass-Ceramic Ferroelectrics / 5.5：
Glass-Ceramic Ferroelectrics Prepared by Compositing Method / 5.5.1：
Glass-ceramic Prepared by Body-crystallization Method / 5.5.2：
Lead-Containing Glass-ceramic / 5.5.2.1：
BaTiO3-Based Glass-ceramic / 5.5.2.2：
Nb-Containing Glass-ceramic / 5.5.2.3：
Interface Effect-Related Energy-Storage Performance / 5.5.3：
Energy-Storage Performance in Relaxor Ferroelectrics / 5.6：
PLZT Relaxor Ferroelectrics / 5.6.1：
BaTiO3-Based Relaxor Ferroelectrics / 5.6.2：
PbTiO3-Based Relaxor Ferroelectrics / 5.6.3：
BiFeO3-Based Relaxor Ferroelectrics / 5.6.4：
The General Future Prospects / 5.7：
Ferroelectric Polymer Materials for Electric Energy Storage / Zhi-Min Dang and Ming-Sheng Zheng and Jun-Wei Zha6：
Energy Storage Theory / 6.1：
Energy Storage of Ferroelectric Polymers / 6.3：
Energy Storage of Ferroelectric Polymer-Based Nanocomposites / 6.4：
Ferroelectric Polymer-Based Nanocomposites Using 0D Nanofillers / 6.4.1：
Surface-Modified OD Nanofillers / 6.4.1.1：
Core-Shell Structure OD Nanofillers / 6.4.1.2：
Multilevel Structure Nanocomposites / 6.4.1.3：
Ferroelectric Polymer-Based Nanocomposites Using 1D Nanofillers / 6.4.2：
Surface-Modified 1D Nanofillers / 6.4.2.1：
Core-Shell Structure 1D Nanofillers / 6.4.2.2：
Ferroelectric Polymer-Based Nanocomposites Using 2D Nanofillers / 6.4.2.3：
Summary / 6.5：
Pyroelectric Energy Harvesting: Materials and Applications / Chris R. Bowen and Mengying Xie and Yan Zhang and Vitaly Yu and Topolov and Chaoying Wan7：
Introduction to Pyroelectric Energy Harvesting / 7.1：
Nanostructured and Microscale Materials and Devices / 7.2：
Hybrid Pyroelectric Generators / 7.3：
I Hybrid Piezoelectric and Pyroelectric System
Hybrid Pyroelectric and Solar Systems / 7.3.2：
Pyroelectric Oscillator Systems / 7.4：
Pyroelectric Coupling with Electrochemical Systems / 7.5：
Porous Pyroelectric Materials / 7.6：
Manufacture of Isotropic Porous Pyroelectric Materials / 7.6.1：
Lost Wax Replication of a Coral Skeleton (Positive Template) / 7.61.1：
Polymeric Sponge (Positive Template) / 7.6.1.2：
Burned Out Plastic Spheres (BURPS) (Negative Template) / 7.6.1.3：
Direct Pore Forming / 7.6.1.4：
Gel Casting / 7.6.1.5：
Manufacture of Anisotropic Porous Pyroelectric Materials / 7.6.2：
Freeze Casting / 7.6.2.1：
3D Rapid Prototyping / 7.6.2.2：
Figures of Merit and Applications Concerned with Radiations / 7.7：
Acknowledgments / 7.8：
Ferroelectrics in Electrocaloric Cooling / Biaolin Peng and Qi Zhang8：
Fundamentals of Electrocaloric Effects / 8.1：
Maxwell Relations and Coupled Electrocaloric Effects / 8.1.1：
Electrocaloric Effect Derived from the Landau-Devonshire Phenomenological Theory / 8.1.2：
Physical Upper Bounds on the Electrocaloric Effect Derived from the Statistical Thermodynamics Theory / 8.1.3：
ECE Measurement Methods / 8.1.4：
Positive and Negative Electrocaloric Effects / 8.1.5：
Electrocaloric Devices / 8.2：
Electrocaloric Refrigerator Prototype / 8.2.1：
MLCC and MLPC EC Refrigerator Modules / 8.2.2：
Electrocaloric Materials / 8.3：
EC in Ferroelectric Ceramics / 8.3.1：
In Bulk Ceramics and Single Crystals / 8.3.1.1：
In Thin Films / 8.3.1.2：
EC in Ferroelectric Polymer Materials / 8.3.2：
In Normal Ferroelectric Polymers / 8.3.2.1：
In Relaxor Ferroelectric Terpolymers / 8.3.2.2：
EC in Other Materials / 8.3.3：
In Composites / 8.3.3.1：
In Liquid Crystals / 8.3.3.2：
In Fast Ion Conductors / 8.3.3.3：
Ferroelectrics in Photocatalysis / Liang Fang and Lu You and Jun-Ming Liu8.4：
Fundamental Principles of Semiconductor Photocatalysis / 9.1：
Advances in Understanding Ferroelectric Photo catalytic Mechanisms / 9.3：
Photochemistry of Ferroelectric Materials / 9.4：
Photocatalytic Degradation Using Ferroelectric Materials / 9.5：
Photocatalytic Water-splitting Using Ferroelectric Materials / 9.6：
Conclusion and Perspectives / 9.7：
Light Absorption / 9.7.1：
Carrier Separation and Transport / 9.7.2：
Carrier Collection/Reaction / 9.7.3：
First-Principles Calculations on Ferroelectrics for Energy Applications / Gelei Jiang and Weijin Chen and Yue Zheng10：
Methods / 10.1：
First-Principles Calculations / 10.2.1：
First-Principles-Derived Effective Hamiltonian Method / 10.2.2：
Energy Conversion / 10.3：
Piezoelectric and Flexoelectric Effect / 10.3.1：
Photovoltaic Effect / 10.3.2：
Pyroelectric and Electrocaloric Effect / 10.3.3：
Energy Storage / 10.4：
Future Perspectives / Haitao Huang11：
Enhanced Lithium Ion Transport in Polymer Electrolyte / 11.1：
Enhanced Polysulfide Trapping in Li-S Batteries / 11.2：
Enhanced Dissociation of Excitons / 11.3：
New Materials / 11.4：
New Applications / 11.5：
Index
Preface
Fundamentals of Ferroelectric Materials / Ling B. Kong and Haitao Huang and Sean Li1：
Introduction / 1.1：
38.

電子ブック
ＥＢ
38. Introduction to empirical processes and semiparametric inference (: electronic bk)
Michael R. Kosorok
出版情報: [Berlin] : SpringerLink, [20--]  1 online resource (xiv, 483 p.)
シリーズ名: Springer series in statistics
所蔵情報: loading…
目次情報: 続きを見る
Preface
Overview / I：
Introduction / 1：
An Overview of Empirical Processes / 2：
The Main Features / 2.1：
Empirical Process Techniques / 2.2：
Stochastic Convergence / 2.2.1：
Entropy for Glivenko-Cantelli and Donsker Theorems / 2.2.2：
Bootstrapping Empirical Processes / 2.2.3：
The Functional Delta Method / 2.2.4：
Z-Estimators / 2.2.5：
M-Estimators / 2.2.6：
Other Topics / 2.3：
Exercises / 2.4：
Notes / 2.5：
Overview of Semiparametric Inference / 3：
Semiparametric Models and Efficiency / 3.1：
Score Functions and Estimating Equations / 3.2：
Maximum Likelihood Estimation / 3.3：
Case Studies I / 3.4：
Linear Regression / 4.1：
Mean Zero Residuals / 4.1.1：
Median Zero Residuals / 4.1.2：
Counting Process Regression / 4.2：
The General Case / 4.2.1：
The Cox Model / 4.2.2：
The Kaplan-Meier Estimator / 4.3：
Efficient Estimating Equations for Regression / 4.4：
Simple Linear Regression / 4.4.1：
A Poisson Mixture Regression Model / 4.4.2：
Partly Linear Logistic Regression / 4.5：
Empirical Processes / 4.6：
Introduction to Empirical Processes / 5：
Preliminaries for Empirical Processes / 6：
Metric Spaces / 6.1：
Outer Expectation / 6.2：
Linear Operators and Functional Differentiation / 6.3：
Proofs / 6.4：
Stochastic Processes in Metric Spaces / 6.5：
Weak Convergence / 7.2：
General Theory / 7.2.1：
Spaces of Bounded Functions / 7.2.2：
Other Modes of Convergence / 7.3：
Empirical Process Methods / 7.4：
Maximal Inequalities / 8.1：
Orlicz Norms and Maxima / 8.1.1：
Maximal Inequalities for Processes / 8.1.2：
The Symmetrization Inequality and Measurability / 8.2：
Glivenko-Cantelli Results / 8.3：
Donsker Results / 8.4：
Entropy Calculations / 8.5：
Uniform Entropy / 9.1：
VC-Classes / 9.1.1：
BUEI Classes / 9.1.2：
Bracketing Entropy / 9.2：
Glivenko-Cantelli Preservation / 9.3：
Donsker Preservation / 9.4：
The Bootstrap for Donsker Classes / 9.5：
An Unconditional Multiplier Central Limit Theorem / 10.1.1：
Conditional Multiplier Central Limit Theorems / 10.1.2：
Bootstrap Central Limit Theorems / 10.1.3：
Continuous Mapping Results / 10.1.4：
The Bootstrap for Glivenko-Cantelli Classes / 10.2：
A Simple Z-Estimator Master Theorem / 10.3：
Additional Empirical Process Results / 10.4：
Bounding Moments and Tail Probabilities / 11.1：
Sequences of Functions / 11.2：
Contiguous Alternatives / 11.3：
Sums of Independent but not Identically Distributed Stochastic Processes / 11.4：
Central Limit Theorems / 11.4.1：
Bootstrap Results / 11.4.2：
Function Classes Changing with n / 11.5：
Dependent Observations / 11.6：
Main Results and Proofs / 11.7：
Examples / 12.2：
Composition / 12.2.1：
Integration / 12.2.2：
Product Integration / 12.2.3：
Inversion / 12.2.4：
Other Mappings / 12.2.5：
Consistency / 12.3：
The General Setting / 13.2：
Using Donsker Classes / 13.2.2：
A Master Theorem and the Bootstrap / 13.2.3：
Using the Delta Method / 13.3：
The Argmax Theorem / 13.4：
Rate of Convergence / 14.2：
Regular Euclidean M-Estimators / 14.4：
Non-Regular Examples / 14.5：
A Change-Point Model / 14.5.1：
Monotone Density Estimation / 14.5.2：
Case Studies II / 14.6：
Partly Linear Logistic Regression Revisited / 15.1：
The Two-Parameter Cox Score Process / 15.2：
The Proportional Odds Model Under Right Censoring / 15.3：
Nonparametric Maximum Likelihood Estimation / 15.3.1：
Existence / 15.3.2：
Score and Information Operators / 15.3.3：
Weak Convergence and Bootstrap Validity / 15.3.5：
Testing for a Change-point / 15.4：
Large p Small n Asymptotics for Microarrays / 15.5：
Assessing P-Value Approximations / 15.5.1：
Consistency of Marginal Empirical Distribution Functions / 15.5.2：
Inference for Marginal Sample Means / 15.5.3：
Semiparametric Inference / 15.6：
Introduction to Semiparametric Inference / 16：
Preliminaries for Semiparametric Inference / 17：
Projections / 17.1：
Hilbert Spaces / 17.2：
More on Banach Spaces / 17.3：
Tangent Sets and Regularity / 17.4：
Efficiency / 18.2：
Optimality of Tests / 18.3：
Efficient Inference for Finite-Dimensional Parameters / 18.4：
Efficient Score Equations / 19.1：
Profile Likelihood and Least-Favorable Submodels / 19.2：
The Cox Model for Right Censored Data / 19.2.1：
The Proportional Odds Model for Right Censored Data / 19.2.2：
The Cox Model for Current Status Data / 19.2.3：
Inference / 19.2.4：
Quadratic Expansion of the Profile Likelihood / 19.3.1：
The Profile Sampler / 19.3.2：
The Penalized Profile Sampler / 19.3.3：
Other Methods / 19.3.4：
Efficient Inference for Infinite-Dimensional Parameters / 19.4：
Semiparametric Maximum Likelihood Estimation / 20.1：
Weighted and Nonparametric Bootstraps / 20.2：
The Piggyback Bootstrap / 20.2.2：
Semiparametric M-Estimation / 20.2.3：
Semiparametric M-estimators / 21.1：
Motivating Examples / 21.1.1：
General Scheme for Semiparametric M-Estimators / 21.1.2：
Consistency and Rate of Convergence / 21.1.3：
[radical]n Consistency and Asymptotic Normality / 21.1.4：
Weighted M-Estimators and the Weighted Bootstrap / 21.2：
Entropy Control / 21.3：
Examples Continued / 21.4：
Cox Model with Current Status Data (Example 1, Continued) / 21.4.1：
Binary Regression Under Misspecified Link Function (Example 2, Continued) / 21.4.2：
Mixture Models (Example 3, Continued) / 21.4.3：
Penalized M-estimation / 21.5：
Two Other Examples / 21.5.1：
Case Studies III / 21.6：
The Proportional Odds Model Under Right Censoring Revisited / 22.1：
Efficient Linear Regression / 22.2：
Temporal Process Regression / 22.3：
A Partly Linear Model for Repeated Measures / 22.4：
References / 22.5：
Author Index
List of symbols
Subject Index
Preface
Overview / I：
Introduction / 1：
39.

電子ブック
ＥＢ
39. The gm/ID methodology, a sizing tool for low-voltage analog CMOS circuits : the semi-empirical and compact model approaches (: electronic bk)
by Paul G.A. Jespers
出版情報: EBSCOhost  1 online resource (xvi, 171 p.)
シリーズ名: Analog circuits and signal processing series / consulting editor, Mohammed Ismail
所蔵情報: loading…
目次情報: 続きを見る
Sizing the Intrinsic Gain Stage / 1：
The Intrinsic Gain Stage / 1.1：
The Intrinsic Gain Stage Frequency Response / 1.2：
Sizing the I.G.S. with the Quadratic Model / 1.3：
Sizing the I.G.S. by Means of the Weak Inversion Model / 1.3.2：
Sizing the I.G.S. in the Moderate Inversion Region / 1.3.3：
The gm/ID Sizing Methodology / 1.4：
Conclusions / 1.5：
The Charge Sheet Model Revisited / 2：
Why the Charge Sheet Model? / 2.1：
The Generic Drain Current Equation / 2.2：
The Charge Sheet Model Drain Current Equation / 2.3：
Common Source Characteristics / 2.4：
The ID(VD) Characteristics / 2.4.1：
The ID(VG) Characteristic of the Saturated Transistor / 2.4.2：
Drift and Diffusion Contributions to the Drain Current / 2.4.3：
Weak Inversion Approximation of the Charge Sheet Mode / 2.5：
The gm/ID Ratio in the Common Source Configuration / 2.6：
Common Gate Characteristics of the Saturated Transistor / 2.7：
A Few Concluding Remarks Concerning the C.S.M / 2.8：
Graphical Interpretation of the Charge Sheet Model / 3：
A Graphical Representation of ID / 3.1：
More on the VT Curve / 3.2：
Two Approximate Representations of VT / 3.3：
The 'Linear' Surface Potential Approximation / 3.3.1：
The 'Linear' Threshold Voltage VT Approximation / 3.3.2：
A Few Examples Illustrating the Use of the Graphical Construction / 3.4：
The MOS Diode / 3.4.1：
The MOS Source Follower / 3.4.2：
The CMOS Inverter / 3.4.3：
Small Signal Transconductances / 3.4.4：
CMOS Transmission Gates / 3.4.5：
How to Implement Quasi-linear Resistors with MOS Transistors / 3.4.6：
Source-Bootstrapping / 3.4.7：
A Closer Look to the Pinch-Off Region / 3.5：
Conclusion / 3.6：
Compact Modeling / 4：
The Basic Compact Model / 4.1：
The E.K.V. Model / 4.2：
The VT(V) Characteristic / 4.2.1：
The Drain Current / 4.2.2：
The Equations of the Basic E.K.V. Model / 4.2.3：
Graphical Interpretation of the E.K.V. Model / 4.2.4：
The Common Source Characteristics ID (VG) / 4.3：
Strong and Weak Inversion Asymptotic Approximations Derived from the Compact Model / 4.4：
Checking the Compact Model Against the C.S.M / 4.5：
The Acquisition Algorithm (MATLAB Identif3.m) / 4.5.1：
Verification / 4.5.2：
Evaluation of gm/ID / 4.6：
Sizing the Intrinsic Gain Stage by Means of the E.K.V. Model / 4.7：
The Common-Gate gms/ID Ratio / 4.8：
An Earlier Compact Model / 4.9：
Modeling Mobility Degradation / 4.10：
The Impact of Mobility Degradation on the Drain Current / 4.10.1：
The Impact of Mobility Degradation on the gm/ID Ratio / 4.10.2：
Sizing the Intrinsic Gain Stage in the Presence of Mobility Degradation / 4.10.3：
The Real Transistor / 4.11：
Short Channel Effects / 5.1：
Checking the Validity of the Compact Model when its Parameters vary with the Source and Drain Voltages / 5.2：
E.K.V Parameter Identification (MATLAB IdentifDemo.m) / 5.2.1：
How to Introduce Mobility Degradation? / 5.2.2：
Drain Current Reconstruction / 5.2.3：
Compact Model Parameters Versus Bias and Gate Length / 5.3：
The Influence of the Gate Length on the Model Parameters / 5.3.1：
The Influence of Bias Conditions on the Parameters / 5.3.2：
Reconstructing ID (vDS) Characteristic / 5.4：
Evaluation of gx/ID Ratios / 5.5：
The gm/ID Ratio / 5.5.1：
The gd/ID Ratio / 5.5.2：
The Real Intrinsic Gain Stage / 5.6：
The Dependence on Bias Conditions of the gm/ID and gd/ID Ratios (MATLAB fig061.m) / 6.1：
Sizing the I.G.S with 'Semi-empirical' Data / 6.2：
Sizing the I.G.S Loaded by a Constant Total Capacitance / 6.2.1：
Introduction of Extrinsic Capacitances / 6.2:2：
Sizing the I.G.S Loaded by a Constant Load Capacitance / 6.2.3：
Model Driven Sizing of the I.G.S / 6.3：
Sizing W and ID (MATLAB fig612.m) / 6.3.1：
Evaluation of the Intrinsic Gain (MATLAB fig613.m) / 6.3.2：
An Alternative Method to Evaluate the Gain (MATLAB fig615.m) / 6.3.3：
A Simplified Sizing Procedure / 6.3.4：
Slew-Rate Considerations / 6.4：
The Common-Gate Configuration / 6.5：
Drain Current Versus Source-to-Substrate Voltage (Matlab fig071.m) / 7.1：
The Cascoded Intrinsic Gain Stage / 7.2：
Sizing the Cascode (Matlab fig074.m) / 7.2.1：
Gain Evaluation of the Cascode (MATLAB fig075.m) / 7.2.2：
The Poles of the Cascode Circuit (MATLAB fig075.m) / 7.2.3：
Sizing the Miller Op. Amp / 8：
Introductory Considerations / 8.1：
The Miller Op. Amp / 8.2：
Analysis of the Miller Operational Amplifier / 8.2.1：
Pole Splitting / 8.2.2：
The Impact of the Current Mirror / 8.2.3：
Poles and Zeros / 8.2.4：
Sizing the Miller Operational Amplifier (MATLAB OpAmp.m) / 8.3：
Sizing a Low-voltage Miller Op. Amp / 8.3.1：
Sizing a High-Frequency Low-Power Miller Op. Amp / 8.3.2：
How to Utilize the Data available under 'extras.springer.com' / 8.4：
Global Variables / A1.1：
An Example Making Use of the 'Semi-empirical' Data: The Evaluation of Drain Currents and gm/Io Ratio Matrices (MATLAB A12.m) / A1.2：
An Example Making Use of the E.K.V Global Variables: The Elaboration of an ID(VGS)Characteristic (Matlab A13.m) / A1.3：
The 'MATLAB' Toolbox / Annex 2：
Charge Sheet Model Files / A2.1：
The pMat(T,N,tox) Function / A2.1.1：
The surfpot(p,V,VG) Function / A2.1.2：
The IDsh(p,VS,VD,VG) Function / A2.1.3：
Compact Model Files / A2.2：
The Identif3(Nb,tox,VFB,T) Function / A2.2.1：
The invq(z) Function / A2.2.2：
The ComS(VGS,VDS,VS,lg) Function / A2.2.3：
Other Functions / A2.3：
The jctCap(L,W,R,V) Function / A2.3.1：
The Gss(x,H) Function / A2.3.2：
Temperature and Mismatch, from C.S.M. to E.K.V. / Annex 3：
The Influence of the Temperature on the Drain Current (MATLAB A31.m) / A3.1：
The Influence of the Temperature on gm/ID (Matlab A32.m) / A3.2：
Temperature Dependence of E.K.V Parameters (MATLAB A33.m) / A3.3：
The Impact of Technological Mismatches on the Drain Current (Matlab A34.m) / A3.4：
Mismatch and E.K.V Parameters (MATLAB A35.m) / A3.5：
E.K.V. Intrinsic Capacitance Model / Annex 4：
Bibliography
Index
Sizing the Intrinsic Gain Stage / 1：
The Intrinsic Gain Stage / 1.1：
The Intrinsic Gain Stage Frequency Response / 1.2：
40.

電子ブック
ＥＢ
40. Amide bond activation : concepts and reactions (: electronic bk)
edited by Michal Szostak
出版情報: EBSCOhost  1 online resource (xvi, 503 p.)
所蔵情報: loading…
目次情報: 続きを見る
Preface
Bridged Lactams as Model Systems for Amidic Distortion / Tyler J. Fulton and Yun E. Du and Brian M. Stoltz1：
Introduction and Scope / 1.1：
General Properties of Bridged Lactams / 1.2：
Parameters of Amide Bond Distortion / 1.2.1：
Bond Lengths, Bond Angles, and Spectroscopic Properties of Bridged Lactams / 1.2.2：
N- vs. O-protonation and Methylation and Structural Effects of N-coordination / 1.2.3：
Twisted Amide Basicity and pKa Measurements / 1.2.4：
Reactivity of Bridged Lactams / 1.3：
Reactivity of the Lactam Nitrogen / 1.3.1：
Hydrolysis of the N-C(O) Bond / 1.3.1.1：
Cleavage of the ¿ C-N Bond / 1.3.1.2：
Reactivity of the Carbonyl Group / 1.3.2：
Heteroatom Nucleophiles / 1.3.2.1：
Organometallics / 1.3.2.2：
Reduction of the Carbonyl / 1.3.2.3：
Olefination and Epoxidation Reactions / 1.3.2.4：
Enolate and Conjugate Addition Chemistry / 1.3.2.5：
Polymerization Reactions / 1.3.3：
Miscellaneous Reactions / 1.3.4：
Ring Opening via Olefin Metathesis / 1.3.4.1：
Conclusions and Outlook / 1.4：
References
Modification of Amidic Resonance Through Heteroatom Substitution at Nitrogen: Anomeric Amides / Stephen A. Glover and Adam A. Rosser2：
Introduction / 2.1：
Properties of Anomeric Amides / 2.2：
Structural Properties / 2.2.1：
Natural Bond Order Analysis / 2.2.2：
Theoretical Determination of Amide Bond Resonance / 2.2.3：
Sources of Anomeric Amides / 2.2.4：
Experimental Evidence for Reduced Resonance in Anomeric Amides / 2.2.5：
Spectroscopic Properties of Anomeric Amides / 2.2.6：
Theoretical Structures and Amidicities of Model Anomeric Amides / 2.2.7：
Reactivity of Anomeric Amides / 2.3：
The Anomeric Effect / 2.3.1：
Reactivity at the Anomeric Amide Nitrogen / 2.3.2：
SN2 Reactions / 2.3.2.1：
Elimination Reactions (SN1-Type Processes) / 2.3.2.2：
Amide Bond Scission Reactions: The HERON Reaction / 2.3.3：
HERON Reactions of N-Alkoxy-N-Aminoamides / 2.3.3.1：
Other HERON Reactions / 2.3.3.2：
The Role of the nY-¿*NX Anomeric Effect and Resonance in HERON Reactions / 2.3.3.3：
Concluding Remarks / 2.4：
Amide Bond Activation by Twisting and Nitrogen Pyramidalization / Yuko Otani and Tomohiko Ohwada3：
Nonplanar Amides that Are Sufficiently Stable for Chemical Modification / 3.1：
Nonplanar Amides / 3.2.1：
Thioamides / 3.2.2：
Chemical Stability of Nitrogen Pyramidal Amides / 3.2.3：
Application to Amino Acids: Artificial Helices Composed of Bicyclic Amino Acids / 3.3：
Conformational Preference of Bicyclic ß-Amino Acids / 3.3.1：
Bridgehead-Substituted Bicyclic Ajnino Acids / 3.3.2：
Application to Artificial Helices and Strand Mimics / 3.3.3：
Heterooligomers / 3.3.3.1：
Applications of Helical Peptides as Inhibitors of p53-MDM2/MDMX Interaction / 3.4：
Nonplanar Lactam Amide Spinning / 3.5：
Lactam Amide Rotation / 3.5.1：
Conclusion and Prospects / 3.6：
Transition-Metal-Free Reactions of Amides by Tetrahedral Intermediates / Marco Blangetti and Karen de la Vega-Hernández and Margherita Miele and Vittorio Pace4：
Synthesis of Carbonyls from Amides / 4.1：
Addition to Canonical Amides / 4.2.1：
Variation of the Amide Structure / 4.2.2：
Isolation of Tetrahedral Intermediates / 4.2.3：
Recent Uses of Amides and N-Alkoxyamides for the Synthesis of Amines / 4.3：
Electrophilic Amide Linkage Activation / 4.4：
General Concept / 4.4.1：
Synthesis of Carbonyl-Like Compounds / 4.4.2：
Synthesis of Amine-Like Compounds / 4.4.3：
Activation of Amides with Different Electrophilic Agents / 4.4.4：
Synthesis of Heterocycles / 4.5：
Conclusions and Outlook 150 References / 4.6：
Electrophilic Amide Bond Functionalization / Carlos R. Gonçalves and Daniel Kaiser5：
Introduction: Electrophilic Activation / 5.1：
Introduction: Electrophilic Activation of Amides / 5.2：
Early Endeavors in Electrophilic Amide Activation / 5.3：
History of the Activation of Secondary Amides / 5.3.1：
History of the Activation of Tertiary Amides / 5.3.2：
Amide Bond Functionalization of Activated Tertiary Amides / 5.4：
[2+2]-Cycloadditions / 5.4.1：
Stereoselective Cycloadditions / 5.4.2：
Nucleophile Addition / 5.4.3：
Carbon Nucleophiles / 5.4.3.1：
Hydridic Reduction / 5.4.3.2：
Amide Bond Functionalization of Activated Secondary Amides / 5.4.3.3：
Synthesis and Functionalization of Heterocycles / 5.5.1：
Ketone Synthesis / 5.5.2：
Conclusions / 5.6：
Transamidation of Carboxamides and Amide Derivatives: Mechanistic Insights, Concepts, and Reactions / Paolo Acosta-Guzmán and John Corredor-Barinas and Diego Gamba-Sánchez6：
Historical Background / 6.1：
Direct Transamidation of Carboxamides / 6.3：
Mechanistic Insights / 6.3.1：
Transition Metal Catalysis / 6.3.2：
Organocatalysis / 6.3.3：
Other Catalytic and Promoted Processes / 6.3.4：
Bases / 6.3.4.1：
Boron Derivatives / 6.3.4.2：
Heterogeneous Catalysis / 6.3.4.3：
Other Promoters / 6.3.4.4：
Catalyst and Promoter-Free Processes / 6.3.5：
Transamidation by the Previous Functionalization of the Amide Bond / 6.4：
Transamidation of Activated Substrates Using Metallic Catalysts / 6.4.1：
Transamidation of Activated Substrates Using Fluoride as an Auxiliary / 6.4.2：
Transamidation of Activated Substrates Using Other Promoters / 6.4.3：
Transamidation of Activated Substrates Without Promoters or Catalysts / 6.4.4：
Transamidation with Atypical Substrates / 6.5：
Reductive Transamidation / 6.5.1：
Oxidative Transamidation / 6.5.2：
Using Carbonyl and Thiocarbonyl Heterocycles as Activators / 6.5.3：
From Amidines / 6.5.4：
Conclusions and Perspectives / 6.6：
Amide Bond Esterification and Hydrolysis / Kazushi Mashima and Takahiro Hirai and Haruki Nagae7：
Stoichiometric Reactions / 7.1：
Catalytic Reactions / 7.2：
N-ß-Hydroxyethyl Amides / 7.3：
A Chelating Auxiliary at the Nitrogen Atom of Amides
Activated Amides / 7.5：
Activation of Amide C-N Bonds by Nickel Catalysis / Liana Hie and Tejas K. Shah8：
Esterification of Amides / 8.1：
Hydrolysis of Amides / 8.3：
Transamidation / 8.4：
Suzuki-Miyaura Coupling of Amides / 8.5：
Negishi Coupling of Amides / 8.6：
Mizoroki-Heck Coupling of Amides / 8.7：
Reduction and Reductive Coupling of Amides / 8.8：
Pd-NHC Catalysis in Cross-Coupling of Amides / Faez S. Alotaibi and Michael R. Chhoun and Gregory R. Cook9：
Pd(II)-NHC-Catalyzed Cross-Coupling Reactions of Amides / 9.1：
Pd(NHC)(Allyl)Cl Precatalyst in Suzuki-Miyaura Cross-Coupling of Amides / 9.3：
Pd(¿3-l-t-Bu-Indenyl)(IPr)Cl-Catalyzed Suzuki-Miyaura Cross-Coupling of Amides / 9.4：
Pd-PEPPSSI Precatalyst in the Suzuki-Miyaura Cross-Coupling of Amides / 9.5：
Various Pd-NHC Precatalysts Suitable for Cross-Coupling of Amides / 9.6：
Conclusion / 9.7：
Cross-Coupling of Amides Through Decarbonylation / Hong Lu and Hao Wei10：
Decarbonylation, of Cyclic Amide Derivatives / 10.1：
Phthalimides / 10.2.1：
Saccharins and Other Cyclic Amide Derivatives / 10.2.2：
Decarbonylation of Acyclic Amide Derivatives / 10.3：
N-Acyl-Glutarunides / 10.3.1：
N-Acylsaccharin Amides / 10.3.2：
Other Acyclic Amides / 10.3.3：
Transition Metal-Catalyzed Radical Reactions of Amides / Taline Kerackian and Didier Bouyssi and Nuno Monteiro and Abderrahmane Amgoune10.4：
Reactions Involving Amides as Precursors to Organometallic Compounds / 11.1：
Radical Reactions of Amides via Metal-Catalyzed C-N Bond Activation / 11.2.1：
Reductive Cross-Electrophile Cross-Coupling Reactions / 11.2.1.1：
Photoredox Cross-Coupling Reactions / 11.2.1.2：
Chelation-Assisted Radical Reactions of Amides / 11.2.2：
Amide-Directed C-H Bond Functionalization / 11.2.2.1：
Amide-Directed Functionalization of Unactivated Alkenes / 11.2.2.2：
Reactions Involving Amides as Precursors to Nitrogen- or Carbon-Centered Radicals / 11.3：
Reactions of Amides via Amidyl Radicals / 11.3.1：
Vicinal Difunctionalization of Pendant Olefins / 11.3.1.1：
Distant C-H Bond Functionalization / 11.3.1.2：
Reactions of Amides via a-Aminoalkyl Radicals / 11.3.2：
C-H Bond Functionalization via Radical Addition to Alkenes / 11.3.2.1：
C-H Bond Functionalization via Cross-coupling / 11.3.2.2：
Reactions of Amides via Carbamoyl Radicals / 11.3.3：
Weinreb Amide as a Multifaceted Directing Group in C-H Activation / Jayabrata Das and Debabrata Maiti11.4：
Weinreb Amide-Directed C(sp2)-H Activation / 12.1：
Ru-Catalyzed Reactions / 12.2.1：
Co-Catalyzed Reactions / 12.2.2：
Pd-Catalyzed Reactions / 12.2.3：
Rh-Catalyzed Reactions / 12.2.4：
Ir-Catalyzed Reactions / 12.2.5：
Weinreb Amide-Directed C(sp3)-H Activation / 12.3：
Computational Studies of Amide C-N Bond Activation / Xin Hong and Pei-Pei Xie and Zhi-Xin Qin and Shuo-Qjng Zhang12.4：
General Mechanisms of Amide C-N Bond Cleavage and Derivatization / 13.1：
Computational Studies on the Mechanism and Selectivity of Lewis Acid-Mediated Nucleophilic Substitution of Amides / 13.3：
Computational Studies on the Mechanism and Selectivity of LiHMDS-Mediated Transamidation / 13.3.1：
Computational Studies on the Mechanism and Reactivity of Zn-Catalyzed Esterification of Amides / 13.3.2：
Computational Studies on the Mechanism of Ammonium Salt-Mediated Hydrazinolysis of Amides / 13.3.3：
Computational Studies on the Mechanism of Organocatalytic Asymmetric Alcoholysis of N-Sulfonyl Amide / 13.3.4：
Computational Studies on the Mechanism and Selectivity of Transition Metal-Catalyzed Cross-coupling of Amides / 13.4：
Computational Study on the Mechanism and Reactivity of Ni-Catalyzed Esterification of Amides / 13.4.1：
Computational Study on the Mechanism of Ni-Catalyzed Suzuki-Miyaura Coupling of Amides / 13.4.2：
Computational Study on the Mechanism and Selectivity of Ni-Catalyzed C-N Bond Activation of Twisted Amides / 13.4.3：
Computational Study on the Structure-Activity Relationship of Ni-Catalyzed C-N Bond Activation of Amides / 13.4.4：
Computational Study on the Mechanism of Pd-Catalyzed Suzuki-Miyaura Coupling of Amides / 13.4.5：
Computational Study on the Mechanism of Pd-Catalyzed Transamidation of Amides / 13.4.6：
Outlook / 13.5：
Esters as Viable Acyl Cross-Coupling Electrophiles / Omid Daneshfar and Stephen G. Newman14：
Early Work in the Cross-coupling of Carboxylic Acid Derivatives / 14.1：
Decarbonylative Coupling of Aryl Esters / 14.3：
Mizoroki-Heck-Type Coupling / 14.3.1：
C-H Biaryl Couphng / 14.3.2：
Suzuki-Miyaura Coupling / 14.3.3：
Silylation and Borylation / 14.3.4：
Other C-C/C-H Bond Forming Reactions / 14.3.5：
Sonogashira-Type Couplings / 14.3.5.1：
Reduction / 14.3.5.2：
Negishi-Type Coupling / 14.3.5.3：
Cyanation / 14.3.5.4：
Methylation / 14.3.5.5：
Other C-Heteroatom Bond Forming Reactions / 14.3.6：
Etherification / 14.3.6.1：
Animation / 14.3.6.2：
Thioetherification / 14.3.6.3：
Carbon-Phosphorus Bond Formation / 14.3.6.4：
Carbonyl Retentive Coupling of Phenyl Esters / 14.4：
Amidation / 14.4.1：
Cross-Electrophile Coupling / 14.4.3：
Ester Transfer and Ester Dance / 14.4.4：
Deoxygenative Organophosphorus Coupling / 14.4.5：
Alkyne Insertion / 14.4.6：
Carbonyl Retentive Coupling of Alkyl Esters / 14.5：
Mizoroki-Heck-Type Domino Reactions / 14.5.1：
Decarbonylative Couplings of Alkyl Esters / 14.5.3：
Directing Group Assistance / 14.6.1：
Organostannane Formation / 14.6.2：
Conclusion and Outlook / 14.7：
Cross-Coupling of Aromatic Esters by Decarbonylation / Kei Muto and Junichiro Yamaguchi15：
Overview of Decarbonylative Coupling / 15.1：
Decarbonylative Mizoroki-Heck Reaction / 15.3：
Decarbonylative Alkyne Insertions / 15.4：
Negishi Coupling / 15.5：
Sonogashira Coupling / 15.7：
¿-Arylation / 15.8：
C-H Arylation / 15.9：
C-N Bond Formations / 15.11：
C-P Bond Formation / 15.12：
Hydrogenation / 15.13：
Borylation, Silylation, and Stannylation / 15.16：
Miscellaneous / 15.17：
Summary / 15.18：
Index
Preface
Bridged Lactams as Model Systems for Amidic Distortion / Tyler J. Fulton and Yun E. Du and Brian M. Stoltz1：
Introduction and Scope / 1.1：
41.

電子ブック
ＥＢ
41. Gamma titanium aluminide alloys : : science and technology
Fritz Appel, Jonathan David Heaton Paul and Michael Oehring
出版情報: Weinheim, Germany : Wiley-VCH, 〓2011  1 online resource (xvi, 745 pages)
所蔵情報: loading…
目次情報: 続きを見る
Preface
Figures-Tables Acknowledgement List
Introduction / 1：
References
Constitution / 2：
The Binary Ti-Ai Phase Diagram / 2.1：
Ternary and Multicomponent Alloy Systems / 2.2：
Thermophysical Constants / 3：
Elastic and Thermal Properties / 3.1：
Point Defects / 3.2：
Diffusion / 3.3：
Phase Transformations and Microstructures / 4：
Microstructure Formation on Solidification / 4.1：
Solid-State Transformations / 4.2：
β $ α Transformation / 4.2.1：
Formation of (α2 + γ) Lamellae Colonies / 4.2.2：
Feathery Structures and Widmannstätten Colonies / 4.2.3：
Massive Transformation / 4.2.4：
Deformation Behavior of Single-Phase Alloys / 5：
Single-Phase γ(TiAl) Alloys / 5.1：
Slip Systems and Deformation Kinematics / 5.1.1：
Planar Faults / 5.1.2：
Planar Dislocation Dissociations in γ(TiAl) / 5.1.3：
Nonplanar Dissociations and Dislocation Locking / 5.1.4：
Mechanical Twinning in γ(TiAl) / 5.1.5：
Effects of Orientation and Temperature on Deformation of γ Phase / 5.1.6：
Deformation Behavior of Single-Phase α2(Ti3Al) Alloys / 5.2：
Effects of Orientation and Temperature on Deformation of α2 Phase / 5.2.1：
Pβ/B2 Phase Alloys / 5.3：
Deformation Behavior of Two-Phase α2(Ti3Al) + γ(TiAl) Alloys / 6：
Lamellar Microstructures / 6.1：
Interface Structures in Lamellar TiAl Alloys / 6.1.1：
Energetic Aspects of Lamellar Interfaces / 6.1.2：
Coherent and Semicoheient Interfaces / 6.1.3：
Coherency Stresses / 6.1.4：
Plastic Anisotropy / 6.1.5：
Micromechanical Modeling / 6.1.6：
Deformation Mechanisms, Contrasting Single-Phase and Two-Phase Alloys / 6.2：
Methodical Aspects of TEM Characterization / 6.2.1：
Deformation of (α2 + γ) Alloys at Room Temperature / 6.2.2：
Independent Slip Systems / 6.2.3：
High-Temperature Deformation of (α2 + γ) Alloys / 6.2.4：
Slip Transfer through Lamellae / 6.2.5：
Generation of Dislocations and Mechanical Twins / 6.3：
Dislocation Source Operation in γ(TiAl) / 6.3.1：
Interface-Related Dislocation Generation / 6.3.2：
Twin Nucleation and Growth / 6.3.3：
Twin Intersections / 6.3.4：
Acoustic Emissions / 6.3.5：
Thermal Stability of Twin Structures / 6.3.6：
Glide Resistance and Dislocation Mobility / 6.4：
Thermally Activated Deformation / 6.4.1：
Glide Resistance at the Beginning of Deformation / 6.4.2：
Static and Dynamic Strain Aging of TiAl Alloys / 6.4.3：
Diffusion-Assisted Dislocation Climb, Recovery, and Recrystallization / 6.4.4：
Thermal and Athermal Stresses / 6.5：
Strengthening Mechanisms / 7：
Grain Refinement / 7.1：
Work Hardening / 7.2：
Work-Hardening Phenomena / 7.2.1：
Athermal Contributions to Work Hardening / 7.2.2：
Jog Dragging and Debris Hardening / 7.2.3：
Thermal Stability of Deformation Structures / 7.2.4：
High-Temperature Flow Behavior / 7.2.5：
High Strain-Rate Deformation / 7.2.6：
Solution Hardening / 7.3：
Elemental Size Misfit of Solute Atoms with the TiAl Matrix / 7.3.1：
Survey of Observations / 7.3.2：
Effect of Solute Niobium / 7.3.3：
Precipitation Hardening / 7.4：
Carbide Precipitation in TiAl Alloys / 7.4.1：
Hardening by Carbides / 7.4.2：
Hardening by Borides, Nitrides, Oxides, and Silicides / 7.4.3：
Optimized Nb-Bearing Alloys / 7.5：
Deformation Behavior of Alloys with a Modulated Microstructure / 8：
Modulated Microstructures / 8.1：
Misfitting Interfaces / 8.2：
Mechanical Properties / 8.3：
Creep / 9：
Design Margins and Failure Mechanisms / 9.1：
General Creep Behavior / 9.2：
The Steady-State or Minimum Creep Rate / 9.3：
Two-Phase Α2(TiAl) + γ(TiAl) Alloys / 9.3.1：
Experimental Observation of Creep Structures / 9.3.3：
Effect of Microstructure / 9.4：
Primary Creep / 9.5：
Creep-Induced Degradation of Lamellar Structures / 9.6：
Precipitation Effects Associated with the α2$γ Phase Transformation / 9.7：
Tertiary Creep / 9.8：
Optimized Alloys, Effect of Alloy Composition and Processing / 9.9：
Creep Properties of Alloys with a Modulated Microstructure / 9.10：
Effect of Stress and Temperature / 9.10.1：
Damage Mechanisms / 9.10.2：
Fracture Behavior / 10：
Length Scales in the Fracture of TiAl Alloys / 10.1：
Cleavage Fracture / 10.2：
Crack-Tip Plasticity / 10.3：
Plastic Zone / 10.3.1：
Interaction of Cracks with Interfaces / 10.3.2：
Crack-Dislocation Interactions / 10.3.3：
Role of Twinning / 10.3.4：
Fracture Toughness, Strength, and Ductility / 10.4：
Methodical Aspects / 10.4.1：
Effects of Microstructure and Texture / 10.4.2：
Effect of Temperature and Loading Rate / 10.4.3：
Effect of Predeformation / 10.4.4：
Fracture Behavior of Modulated Alloys / 10.5：
Requirements for Ductility and Toughness / 10.6：
Assessment of Property Variability 3 / 10.7：
Statistical Assessment / 10.7.1：
Variability in Strength and Ductility of TiAl / 10.7.2：
Fracture Toughness Variability of TiAl / 10.7.3：
Fatigue / 11：
Definitions / 11.1：
The Stress-Life (S-N) Behavior / 11.2：
HCF / 11.3：
Fatigue Crack Growth / 11.3.1：
Crack-Closure Effects / 11.3.2：
Fatigue at the Threshold Stress Intensity / 11.3.3：
Effects of Temperature and Environment on the Cyclic Crack-Growth Resistance / 11.4：
LCF / 11.5：
General Considerations / 11.5.1：
Cyclic-Stress Response / 11.5.2：
Cyclic Plasticity / 11.5.3：
Stress-Induced Phase Transformation and Dynamic RecrystaDization / 11.5.4：
Thermomechanical Fatigue and Creep Relaxation / 11.6：
Oxidation Behavior and Related Issues / 12：
Kinetics and Thermodynamics / 12.1：
General Aspects Concerning Oxidation / 12.2：
Effect of Composition / 12.2.1：
Mechanical Aspects of Oxide Growth / 12.2.2：
Effect of Oxygen and Nitrogen / 12.2.3：
Effect of Other Environmental Factors / 12.2.4：
Subsurface Zone, the Z-Phase, and Silver Additions / 12.2.5：
Effect of Surface Finish / 12.2.6：
Ion Implantation / 12.2.7：
Influence of Halogens on Oxidation / 12.2.8：
Embrittlement after High-Temperature Exposure / 12.2.9：
Coatings/Oxidation-Resistant Alloys / 12.2.10：
Summary / 12.3：
Alloy Design / 13：
Effect of Aluminum Content / 13.1：
Important Alloying Elements-General Remarks / 13.2：
Cr, Mn, and V / 13.2.1：
Nb, W, Mo, and Ta / 13.2.2：
B, C, and Si / 13.2.3：
Specific Alloy Systems / 13.3：
Conventional Alloys / 13.3.1：
High Niobium-Containing Alloys / 13.3.2：
B-Solidifying Alloys / 13.3.3：
Massively Transformed Alloys / 13.3.4：
Ingot Production and Component Casting / 13.4：
Ingot Production / 14.1：
Vacuum Arc Melting (VAR) / 14.1.1：
Plasma-Arc Melting (PAM) / 14.1.2：
Induction Skull Melting (ISM) / 14.1.3：
General Comments / 14.1.4：
Casting / 14.2：
Investment Casting / 14.2.1：
Gravity Metal Mold Casting (GMM) / 14.2.2：
Centrifugal Casting / 14.2.3：
Counter gravity Low-Pressure Casting / 14.2.4：
Directional Casting / 14.2.5：
Powder Metallurgy / 14.3：
Prealloyed Powder Technology / 15.1：
Gas Atomization / 15.1.1：
Plasma Inert-Gas Atomization (PIGA) at GKSS / 15.1.1.1：
Titanium Gas-Atomizer Process (TGA) / 15.1.1.2：
Electrode Induction Melting Gas Atomization (EIGA). / 15.1.1.3：
Rota ting-Electrode Processes / 15.1.2：
Rotating-Disc Atomization 53J / 15.1.3：
General Aspects of Atomization / 15.1.4：
Postalomization Processing / 15.1.5：
Hot Isostatic Pressing (HIPing), Hot Working, and Properties / 15.1.5.1：
Laser-Based Rapid-Prototyping Techniques / 15.1.5.2：
Metal Injection Molding (MIM) / 15.1.5.3：
Spray Forming / 15.1.5.4：
Sheet/Foil Production through (i) HIP of Cast Tapes and (ii) Liquid-Phase Sintering / 15.1.5.5：
Spark Sintering / 15.1.5.6：
Elemental-Powder Technology / 15.1.6：
Reactive Sintering / 15.2.1：
Mechanical Properties of Reactive Sintered Material / 15.2.1.1：
Manufacture of Reactively Sintered Components/Parts / 15.2.1.2：
Mechanical Alloying / 15.2.2：
Wrought Processing / 16：
Flow Behavior under Hot-Working Conditions / 16.1：
Flow Curves / 16.1.1：
Constitutive Analysis of the Flow Behavior / 16.1.2：
Conversion of Microstructure / 16.2：
Recrystallization of Single-Phase Alloys / 16.2.1：
Multiphase Alloys and Alloying Effects / 16.2.2：
Influence of Lamellar Interfaces / 16.2.3：
Microstructural Evolution during Hot Working above the Eutectoid Temperature / 16.2.4：
Technological Aspects / 16.2.5：
Workability and Primary Processing / 16.3：
Workability / 16.3.1：
Ingot Breakdown / 16.3.2：
Texture Evolution / 16.4：
Secondary Processing / 16.5：
Component Manufacture through Wrought Processing / 16.5.1：
Rolling - Sheet Production and Selected Mechanical Properties / 16.5.2：
Pack Rolling / 16.5.2.1：
Rolling Defects / 16.5.2.2：
Industrial Production of Sheet / 16.5.2.3：
Mechanical Properties of Sheet / 16.5.2.4：
Superplastic Behavior / 16.5.2.5：
Novel Techniques / 16.5.3：
Manufacture of Large "Defect-Free" Components / 16.5.3.1：
Joining / 17：
Diffusion Bonding / 17.1：
Preface
Figures-Tables Acknowledgement List
Introduction / 1：
42.

電子ブック
ＥＢ
42. Materials science of membranes for gas and vapor separation (: electronic bk)
edited by Yuri Yampolski, Ingo Pinnau, Benny Freeman
出版情報: [S.l.] : Wiley Online Library, [20--]  1 online resource (xx, 445 p.)
所蔵情報: loading…
目次情報: 続きを見る
Contributors
Preface
Transport of Gases and Vapors in Glassy and Rubbery Polymers / Scott Matteucci ; Yuri Yampolskii ; Benny D. Freeman ; Ingo Pinnau1：
Background and Phenomenology / 1.1：
Effects of Gas and Polymer Properties on Transport Coefficients / 1.2：
Effect of Gas Properties on Solubility and Diffusivity / 1.2.1：
Effect of Polymer Properties on Transport Parameters / 1.2.2：
Effect of Pressure on Transport Parameters / 1.3：
Sorption / 1.3.1：
Diffusion / 1.3.2：
Permeability / 1.3.3：
Selectivity / 1.3.4：
Effect of Temperature on Transport Parameters / 1.4：
Structure/Property Relations / 1.5：
Connector Groups / 1.5.1：
CF[subscript 3] and Other Fluorinated Moieties as Side-chains / 1.5.2：
Polar and Hydrogen Bonding Side-chains / 1.5.3：
Para versus Meta Linkages / 1.5.4：
Cis/Trans Configuration / 1.5.5：
Conclusions / 1.6：
References
Principles of Molecular Simulation of Gas Transport in Polymers / Doros N. Theodorou2：
Introduction / 2.1：
Generating Model Configurations for Amorphous Polymers / 2.2：
Models and Force Fields / 2.2.1：
Molecular Mechanics / 2.2.2：
Molecular Dynamics / 2.2.3：
Monte Carlo / 2.2.4：
Coarse-graining Strategies / 2.2.5：
Generating Glasses from Melts / 2.2.6：
Validating Model Amorphous Polymer Configurations / 2.3：
Thermodynamic Properties / 2.3.1：
Molecular Packing / 2.3.2：
Segmental Dynamics / 2.3.3：
Accessible Volume and its Distribution / 2.3.4：
Prediction of Sorption Equilibria / 2.4：
Sorption Thermodynamics / 2.4.1：
Calculations of Low-pressure Sorption Thermodynamics / 2.4.2：
Calculations of High-pressure Sorption Thermodynamics / 2.4.3：
Ways to Overcome the Insertion Problem / 2.4.4：
Prediction of Diffusivity / 2.5：
Statistical Mechanics of Diffusion / 2.5.1：
Self-diffusivities from Equilibrium Molecular Dynamics / 2.5.2：
Diffusivities from Nonequilibrium Molecular Dynamics / 2.5.3：
Diffusion in Low-temperature Polymer Matrices as a Sequence of Infrequent Penetrant Jumps / 2.5.4：
Gusev-Suter TST Method for Polymer Matrices Undergoing Isotropic 'Elastic' Motion / 2.5.5：
Multidimensional TST Approach to Gas Diffusion in Glassy Polymers / 2.5.6：
Anomalous Diffusion: Its Origins and Implications / 2.5.7：
Conclusions and Outlook / 2.6：
Acknowledgements
Molecular Simulation of Gas and Vapor Transport in Highly Permeable Polymers / Joel R. Fried3：
Fundamentals of Membrane Transport / 3.1：
Solubility / 3.1.1：
Diffusivity / 3.1.2：
Free Volume / 3.1.3：
d-Spacing / 3.1.5：
Transport in Semicrystalline Polymers / 3.1.6：
Computational Methods / 3.2：
Pair Correlation Functions / 3.2.1：
Molecular Mobility / 3.2.6：
Guidelines for Molecular Simulations / 3.2.7：
Polymer Studies / 3.3：
Polyetherimide / 3.3.1：
Polysulfones / 3.3.2：
Polycarbonates / 3.3.3：
Poly(2,6-dimethyl-1,4-phenylene oxide) / 3.3.4：
Polyimides / 3.3.5：
Polyphosphazenes / 3.3.6：
Main-chain Silicon-containing Polymers / 3.3.7：
Poly[1-(trimethylsilyl)-1-propyne] / 3.3.8：
Amorphous Teflon / 3.3.9：
Appendices: Primary Force Fields Used in the Simulation of Transport in Polymeric Systems / 3.4：
DREIDING / Appendix 1：
GROMOS / Appendix 2：
COMPASS / Appendix 3：
Predicting Gas Solubility in Membranes through Non-Equilibrium Thermodynamics for Glassy Polymers / Ferruccio Doghieri ; Massimiliano Quinzi ; David G. Rethwisch ; Giulio C. Sarti4：
Background / 4.1：
Pseudo-solubility Calculation / 4.2.1：
Lattice Fluid Model (Sanchez and Lacombe) / 4.2.2：
Tangent-Hard-sphere-Chain Equation of State / 4.2.3：
Retrieving Parameters and Building Pseudo-Equilibrium Solubility Models / 4.2.4：
Solubility Calculation and Comparison with Experimental Data / 4.3：
Prediction of the Low-pressure Gas Solubility in Glassy Polymers / 4.3.1：
Prediction of the Low-pressure Solubility Coefficient of Gases in Glassy Polymers / 4.3.2：
Correlation of Low-pressure Solubility Coefficients in Glassy Polymers / 4.3.3：
Correlation of High-pressure Gas Solubility in Glassy Polymers / 4.3.4：
Discussion and Conclusions / 4.4：
The Solution-Diffusion Model: A Unified Approach to Membrane Permeation / Johannes G. (Hans) Wijmans ; Richard W. Baker5：
The Solution-Diffusion Model / 5.1：
One-component Transport in Hyperfiltration (Reverse Osmosis), Gas Separation and Pervaporation Membranes / 5.3：
Hyperfiltration (Reverse Osmosis) / 5.3.1：
Gas Separation / 5.3.2：
Pervaporation / 5.3.3：
A Unified View / 5.4：
Multi-component Transport in Hyperfiltration (Reverse Osmosis), Gas Separation and Pervaporation Membranes / 5.5：
Conclusions and Future Directions / 5.5.1：
Positron Annihilation Lifetime Spectroscopy and Other Methods for Free Volume Evaluation in Polymers / Victor Shantarovich6：
Free Volume: Definitions and Effects on the Transport Parameters / 6.1：
Positron Annihilation Lifetime Spectroscopy / 6.3：
[superscript 129]Xe NMR Study / 6.4：
Inverse Gas Chromatography / 6.5：
Other Probe Methods / 6.6：
Photochromic Probes / 6.6.1：
Electrochromic Probes / 6.6.2：
List of Polymers / 6.7：
Prediction of Gas Permeation Parameters of Polymers / Alexander Alentiev7：
Group Contribution Methods / 7.1：
Graph Theoretical Approach / 7.3：
Artificial Neural Networks / 7.4：
Computer Simulations / 7.5：
Synthesis and Permeation Properties of Substituted Polyacetylenes for Gas Separation and Pervaporation / Toshio Masuda ; Kazukiyo Nagai7.6：
Polymer Synthesis / 8.1：
General Features of the Polymerization / 8.2.1：
Poly[1-(trimethylsilyl)-1-propyne] and its Analogues / 8.2.2：
Polydiarylacetylenes and their Derivatives / 8.2.3：
Ring-substituted Polyphenylacetylenes / 8.2.4：
Gas and Vapor Separation / 8.3：
Gas/Gas Separation / 8.3.1：
Vapor/Gas Separation / 8.3.2：
Vapor/Vapor Separation / 8.3.3：
Alcohol/Water Separation / 8.4：
Organic Liquid/Water Separation / 8.4.2：
Organic Liquid/Organic Liquid Separation / 8.4.3：
Concluding Remarks / 8.5：
Gas and Vapor Transport Properties of Perfluoropolymers / Tim C. Merkel ; Rajeev Prabhakar9：
Amorphous Perfluoropolymers as Membrane Materials / 9.1：
The Nature of Fluorocarbon/Hydrocarbon Interactions / 9.3：
Differences in Ionization Potentials between Fluorocarbons and Hydrocarbons / 9.3.1：
Non-central Force Fields / 9.3.2：
Structure and Transport Properties of Polyimides as Materials for Gas and Vapor Membrane Separation / Kazuhiro Tanaka ; Ken-Ichi Okamoto9.4：
Fundamentals / 10.1：
Packing Density of Polyimides / 10.2.1：
Transport Properties / 10.2.2：
Diffusion and Solubility Coefficients of Gases / 10.2.3：
Effect of Morphology / 10.3：
Factors Controlling Transport Properties / 10.4：
Factors Controlling Diffusion Coefficient / 10.4.1：
Factors Controlling Solubility Coefficient / 10.4.2：
Structure-Property Relationship / 10.5：
Effect of Structures of Acid Dianhydrides / 10.5.1：
Effect of Structures of Diamines / 10.5.2：
Separation Performance for Particular Systems / 10.5.3：
A Group Contribution Method for Polyimides / 10.5.4：
Enhancement of Solubility Selectivity for CO[subscript 2]/N[subscript 2] Separation / 10.5.5：
Enhancement of Diffusivity Selectivity for H[subscript 2]/CH[subscript 4] Separation / 10.5.6：
Water Vapor Permeation / 10.5.7：
The Impact of Physical Aging of Amorphous Glassy Polymers on Gas Separation Membranes / Peter H. Pfromm10.6：
Scope / 11.1：
Observations on Integral-Asymmetric Membranes / 11.3：
Physical Aging of Glassy Polymers / 11.4：
The Experimental Challenge Posed by Glassy Polymers / 11.4.1：
The Glassy State in Amorphous Polymers / 11.4.2：
Aging Mechanisms and Models / 11.4.3：
The Thickness-dependence of Aging in Glassy Polymers / 11.5：
Influence of the Thickness on T[subscript g], Density, and Free Volume / 11.5.1：
A Phenomenological Model for Thickness-Dependent Aging / 11.5.2：
Influence of the Thickness on Time-dependent Properties of Thin Polymer Films far below the T[subscript g] / 11.5.3：
Special Case: Aging of Poly(trimethylsilyl propyne) / 11.5.4：
Implications of Thickness-dependent Aging for Practical Membrane Gas Separations / 11.6：
Zeolite Membranes for Gas and Liquid Separations / George R. Gavalas11.7：
Membrane Preparation / 12.1：
General Issues / 12.2.1：
MFI Membrane Preparation / 12.2.2：
Zeolite A Membrane Preparation / 12.2.3：
Zeolite Y Membrane Preparation / 12.2.4：
Characterization / 12.3：
General on Techniques and Results / 12.3.1：
Membrane Defects / 12.3.2：
Permeation Measurements / 12.4：
Measurement Techniques / 12.4.1：
Survey of Permeation Results / 12.4.2：
Theory and Modeling of Transport in Zeolite Membranes / 12.5：
Gas and Vapor Separation Membranes Based on Carbon Membranes / Hidetoshi Kita12.6：
Preparation and Characterization of Carbon Membranes / 13.1：
Self-supported Carbon Membranes / 13.2.1：
Supported Carbon Membranes / 13.2.2：
Gas Transport and Separation / 13.3：
Vapor Permeation and Pervaporation / 13.4：
Polymer Membranes for Separation of Organic Liquid Mixtures / Tadashi Uragami13.5：
Structural Design of Polymer Membranes / 14.1：
Chemical Design of Membrane Materials / 14.2.1：
Physical Construction of Polymer Membranes / 14.2.2：
Separation Mechanism / 14.3：
Evapomeation / 14.3.1：
Temperature-difference Controlled Evapomeation / 14.3.3：
Separation of Organic Liquid Mixtures / 14.4：
Hydrocarbon/Water Separation / 14.4.1：
Organic/Organic Separation / 14.4.3：
Benzene/Cyclohexane Separation / 14.4.4：
Zeolite Membranes for Pervaporation and Vapor Permeation / 14.5：
Zeolite Membranes for Water/Organic Liquid Separation / 15.1：
Hydrophilic Membranes / 15.2.1：
Organophilic Membranes / 15.2.2：
Zeolite Membranes for Organic/Organic Separation / 15.3：
Alcohol/Ether Separation / 15.3.1：
Aromatic/Non-Aromatic Separation / 15.3.2：
Xylene Isomer Separation / 15.3.3：
Integrated Systems Involving Pervaporation or Vapor Permeation by Zeolite Membranes / 15.4：
Manufacture of Zeolite Membranes for Pervaporation and Vapor Separation / 15.5：
Solid-State Facilitated Transport Membranes for Separation of Olefins/Paraffins and Oxygen/Nitrogen / Yong Soo Kang ; Jong Hak Kim ; Jongok Won ; Hoon Sik Kim15.6：
Carrier Properties and Transport Mechanism / 16.1：
Carrier Properties / 16.2.1：
Transport Mechanism / 16.2.2：
Mathematical Models / 16.3：
Dual-sorption Model / 16.3.1：
Effective Diffusion Coefficient Model / 16.3.2：
Limited Mobility of Chained Carriers Model / 16.3.3：
Concentration Fluctuation Model / 16.3.4：
Hopping Model versus Concentration Fluctuation Model / 16.3.5：
Separation Performance of Olefins and Oxygen / 16.4：
Olefins/Paraffins Separation / 16.4.1：
Oxygen/Nitrogen Separation / 16.4.2：
Membrane Stability / 16.5：
Review of Facilitated Transport Membranes / Richard D. Noble ; Carl A. Koval16.6：
Experimental Methods / 17.1：
Modeling / 17.3：
Membrane Configurations / 17.4：
Hybrid Processes / 17.5：
Additional Driving Forces / 17.6：
Methods for Implementation of Active Transport / 17.7：
Novel Liquid Phases - Ionic Liquids / 17.8：
Novel Liquid Phases - Electrohydrodynamic Fluids / 17.9：
Incorporation of the Complexing Agent into the Membrane / 17.10：
Unsaturated Hydrocarbons / 17.11：
Scope of Research / 17.11.1：
Mechanistic Studies / 17.11.2：
Membrane Morphology / 17.11.3：
Olefin-Ag(I) Complexation / 17.11.4：
Effect of Water on Performance / 17.11.5：
Other Complexing Agents / 17.11.6：
Gas Separations / 17.12：
Oxygen/Nitrogen Separations / 17.12.1：
Carbon Dioxide Separations / 17.12.2：
Organic Substances / 17.13：
Biological Complexing Agents / 17.14：
Index / 17.15：
Contributors
Preface
Transport of Gases and Vapors in Glassy and Rubbery Polymers / Scott Matteucci ; Yuri Yampolskii ; Benny D. Freeman ; Ingo Pinnau1：
43.

電子ブック
ＥＢ
43. Financial modelling in Python (: electronic bk)
S. Fletcher & C. Gardner
出版情報: [Hoboken, N.J.] : Wiley Online Library, 2015  1 online resource (viii, 236 p.)
シリーズ名: Wiley finance series ;
所蔵情報: loading…
目次情報: 続きを見る
Welcome to Python / 1：
Why Python? / 1.1：
Python is a general-purpose high-level programming language / 1.1.1：
Python integrates well with data analysis, visualisation and GUI toolkits / 1.1.2：
Python 'plays well with others' / 1.1.3：
Common misconceptions about Python / 1.2：
Roadmap for this book / 1.3：
The PPF Package / 2：
PPF topology / 2.1：
Unit testing / 2.2：
doctest / 2.2.1：
PyUnit / 2.2.2：
Building and installing PPF / 2.3：
Prerequisites and dependencies / 2.3.1：
Building the C++ extension modules / 2.3.2：
Installing the PPF package / 2.3.3：
Testing a PPF installation / 2.3.4：
Extending Python from C++ / 3：
Boost.Date_Time types / 3.1：
Examples / 3.1.1：
Boost.MultiArray and special functions / 3.2：
NumPy arrays / 3.3：
Accessing array data in C++ / 3.3.1：
Basic Mathematical Tools / 3.3.2：
Random number generation / 4.1：
N(.) / 4.2：
Interpolation / 4.3：
Linear interpolation / 4.3.1：
Loglinear interpolation / 4.3.2：
Linear on zero interpolation / 4.3.3：
Cubic spline interpolation / 4.3.4：
Root finding / 4.4：
Bisection method / 4.4.1：
Newton-Raphson method / 4.4.2：
Linear algebra / 4.5：
Matrix multiplication / 4.5.1：
Matrix inversion / 4.5.2：
Matrix pseudo-inverse / 4.5.3：
Solving linear systems / 4.5.4：
Solving tridiagonal systems / 4.5.5：
Solving upper diagonal systems / 4.5.6：
Singular value decomposition / 4.5.7：
Generalised linear least squares / 4.6：
Quadratic and cubic roots / 4.7：
Integration / 4.8：
Piecewise constant polynomial fitting / 4.8.1：
Piecewise polynomial integration / 4.8.2：
Semi-analytic conditional expectations / 4.8.3：
Market: Curves and Surfaces / 5：
Curves / 5.1：
Surfaces / 5.2：
Environment / 5.3：
Data Model / 6：
Observables / 6.1：
LIBOR / 6.1.1：
Swap rate / 6.1.2：
Flows / 6.2：
Adjuvants / 6.3：
Legs / 6.4：
Exercises / 6.5：
Trades / 6.6：
Trade utilities / 6.7：
Timeline: Events and Controller / 7：
Events / 7.1：
Timeline / 7.2：
Controller / 7.3：
The Hull-White Model / 8：
A component-based design / 8.1：
Requestor / 8.1.1：
State / 8.1.2：
Filler / 8.1.3：
Rollback / 8.1.4：
Evolve / 8.1.5：
Exercise / 8.1.6：
The model and model factories / 8.2：
Concluding remarks / 8.3：
Pricing using Numerical Methods / 9：
A lattice pricing framework / 9.1：
A Monte-Carlo pricing framework / 9.2：
Pricing non-callable trades / 9.2.1：
Pricing callable trades / 9.2.2：
Pricing Financial Structures in Hull-White / 9.3：
Pricing a Bermudan / 10.1：
Pricing a TARN / 10.2：
Hybrid Python/C++ Pricing Systems / 10.3：
nth_imm_of_year revisited / 11.1：
Exercising nth_imm_of_year from C++ / 11.2：
Python Excel Integration / 12：
Black-scholes COM server / 12.1：
VBS client / 12.1.1：
VBA client / 12.1.2：
Numerical pricing with PPF in Excel / 12.2：
Common utilities / 12.2.1：
Market server / 12.2.2：
Trade server / 12.2.3：
Pricer server / 12.2.4：
Appendices
Python / A：
Python interpreter modes / A.1：
Interactive mode / A.1.1：
Batch mode / A.1.2：
Basic Python / A.2：
Simple expressions / A.2.1：
Built-in data types / A.2.2：
Control flow statements / A.2.3：
Functions / A.2.4：
Classes / A.2.5：
Modules and packages / A.2.6：
Conclusion / A.3：
Boost.Python / B：
Hello world / B.1：
Classes, constructors and methods / B.2：
Inheritance / B.3：
Python operators / B.4：
Enums / B.5：
Embedding / B.7：
Hull-White Model Mathematics / B.8：
Pickup Value Regression / D：
Bibliography
Index
Welcome to Python / 1：
Why Python? / 1.1：
Python is a general-purpose high-level programming language / 1.1.1：
44.

電子ブック
ＥＢ
44. Concepts and methods of 2d infrared spectroscopy (: electronic bk)
Peter Hamm and Martin T. Zanni
出版情報:   1 online resource (ix, 286 p.)
所蔵情報: loading…
目次情報: 続きを見る
Introduction / 1：
Designing multiple pulse experiments / 2：
Mukamelian or perturbative expansion of the density matrix / 3：
Basics of 2D IR spectroscopy / 4：
Polarization control / 5：
Molecular couplings / 6：
2D IR lineshapes / 7：
Dynamic cross peaks / 8：
Experimental designs, data collection and processing / 9：
Simple simulation strategies / 10：
Pulse sequence design: some examples / 11：
Appendices
References
Index
Studying molecular structure with 2D IR spectroscopy / 1.1：
Structural distributions and inhomogeneous broadening / 1.2：
Studying structural dynamics with 2D IR spectroscopy / 1.3：
Time domain 2D IR spectroscopy / 1.4：
Exercises
Eigenstates, coherences and the emitted field / 2.1：
Bloch vectors and molecular ensembles / 2.2：
Bloch vectors are a graphical representation of the density matrix / 2.3：
Multiple pathways visualized with Feynman diagrams / 2.4：
What is absorption? / 2.5：
Designing multi-pulse experiments / 2.6：
Selecting pathways by phase matching / 2.7：
Selecting pathways by phase cycling / 2.8：
Double sided Feynman diagrams: Rules / 2.9：
Density matrix / 3.1：
Time dependent perturbation theory / 3.2：
Linear spectroscopy / 4.1：
Third-order response functions / 4.2：
Frequency domain 2D IR spectroscopy / 4.3：
Transient pump-probe spectroscopy / 4.5：
Using polarization to manipulate the molecular response / 5.1：
Diagonal peak, no rotations / 5.2：
Cross-peaks and orientations of coupled transition dipoles / 5.3：
Combining pulse polarizations: Eliminating diagonal peaks / 5.4：
Including (or excluding) rotational motions / 5.5：
Polarization conditions for higher-order pulse sequences / 5.6：
Vibrational excitons / 6.1：
Spectroscopy of a coupled dimer / 6.2：
Extended excitons in regular structures / 6.3：
Isotope labeling / 6.4：
Local mode transition dipoles / 6.5：
Calculation of coupling constants / 6.6：
Local versus normal modes / 6.7：
Fermi resonance / 6.8：
Microscopic theory of dephasing / 7.1：
Correlation functions / 7.2：
Homogeneous and inhomogeneous dynamics / 7.3：
Nonlinear response / 7.4：
Photon echo peak shift experiments / 7.5：
Dynamic cross-peaks
Population transfer / 8.1：
Dynamic response functions / 8.2：
Chemical exchange / 8.3：
Frequency domain spectrometer designs / 9.1：
Experimental considerations for impulsive spectrometer designs / 9.2：
Capabilities made possible by phase control / 9.3：
Phase control devices / 9.4：
Data collection and data workup / 9.5：
Experimental issues common to all methods / 9.6：
2D lineshapes: Spectral diffusion of water / 10.1：
Molecular couplings by ab initio calculations / 10.2：
2D spectra using an exciton approach / 10.3：
Pulse sequence design: Some examples
Two-quantum pulse sequence / 11.1：
Rephased 2Q pulse sequence: Fifth-order spectroscopy / 11.2：
3D IR spectroscopy / 11.3：
Transient 2D IR spectroscopy / 11.4：
Enhancement of 2D IR spectra through coherent control / 11.5：
Mixed IR-Vis spectroscopies / 11.6：
Some of our dream experiments / 11.7：
Fourier transformation / Appendix A：
Sampling theorem, aliasing and under-sampling / A.1：
Discrete Fourier transformation / A.2：
The ladder operator formalism / Appendix B：
Units and physical constants / Appendix C：
Physical constants / C.1：
Units of common physical quantities / C.2：
Legendre polynomials and spherical harmonics / C.3：
Recommended reading / Appendix E：
Introduction / 1：
Designing multiple pulse experiments / 2：
Mukamelian or perturbative expansion of the density matrix / 3：
45.

電子ブック
ＥＢ
45. Modern battery engineering : a comprehensive introduction (: electronic bk)
editor, Kai Peter Birke
出版情報: World Scientific eBooks  1 online resource (xxii, 281 p.)
所蔵情報: loading…
目次情報: 続きを見る
Preface
About the Editor
About the Authors
Fundamental Aspects of Achievable Energy Densities in Electrochemical Cells / Kai Peter Birke and Desirée Nadine Schweitzer1：
Annex
Specific capacity of each element / A：
Series voltage of each element / B：
Specific energy of each element / C：
Volumetric energy density of each elements / D：
Bibliography
Lithium-ion Cells: Discussion of Different Cell Housings / Kai Peter Birke and Shkendije Demolli2：
Cell Housings / 2.1：
Cylindrical Cells / 2.2：
Prismatic Cells / 2.3：
Stabilization of Electrode and Separator Layers / 2.4：
Gas Evolution / 2.5：
Flexibility with Respect to Cell Size / 2.6：
Producing Pouch Cells / 2.7：
Status Quo of Cell Concepts / 2.8：
Outlook / 2.9：
Integral Battery Architecture with Cylindrical Cells as Structural Elements / Christoph Bolsinger and Marcel Berner and Kai Peter Birke3：
State of the Art Battery Systems / 3.1：
Block architecture / 3.1.1：
Modular architecture / 3.1.2：
Cell circuitry / 3.1.3：
The Battery Cell as a Structural Element / 3.2：
Cylindrical cells / 3.2.1：
Prismatic cells / 3.2.2：
Battery cells as structural elements / 3.2.3：
Construction of the Battery Module / 3.3：
Cell connection / 3.3.1：
Moisture proof / 3.3.2：
Lifetime / 3.3.3：
Automotive standards / 3.3.4：
No further load bearing elements / 3.3.5：
Thermal management / 3.3.6：
Safety aspects / 3.3.7：
Scalability / 3.3.8：
Exchangeable single battery cells / 3.3.9：
Gas channels / 3.3.10：
Integrated Cell Supervision Circuit / 3.4：
Balancing / 3.4.1：
Mechanical integration / 3.4.2：
Communication / 3.4.3：
Energy saving / 3.4.4：
Cell Connectors / 3.5：
State of the art / 3.5.1：
Electrical contact resistance / 3.5.2：
Clamped cell connectors / 3.5.3：
Conclusion / 3.5.4：
Battery Thermal Management / 3.6：
Air cooling for BTM / 3.6.1：
Liquid cooling for BTM / 3.6.1.2：
Phase change materials for BTM / 3.6.1.3：
Heat pipe / 3.6.1.4：
Thermoelectric cooler (TEC) / 3.6.1.5：
BTM for integral single cell / 3.6.2：
Non-uniform temperature distribution inside battery cells / 3.6.2.1：
Terminal cooling / 3.6.2.2：
Acknowledgment
Parallel Connection of Lithium-ion Cells - Purpose, Tasks and Challenges / Alexander Fill4：
Introduction / 4.1：
Main Issues and Challenges / 4.2：
Influences on the Current Distribution / 4.3：
Simplified model - Analytical solution / 4.3.1：
Effects of cell resistance and capacity variations / 4.3.2：
Influence of the open circuit voltage, bending / 4.3.3：
Thermal Effects / 4.4：
Aging / 4.5：
Fundamental Aspects of Reconfigurable Batteries: Efficiency Enhancement and Lifetime Extension / Nejmeddine Bouchhima and Matthias Gossen and Kai Peter Birke5：
Modeling / 5.1：
Energy efficiency / 5.2.1：
Energy loss / 5.2.1.1：
Rest energy versus equalization energy / 5.2.1.2：
Dynamic Optimization Problem / 5.3：
Optimal Control / 5.4：
Vector-based dynamic programming / 5.4.1：
Complexity of the control strategy / 5.4.2：
Optimal control policy / 5.4.3：
Efficiency Enhancement / 5.5：
Simulation setup / 5.5.1：
Results / 5.5.2：
Lifetime Enhancement / 5.6：
Aging model / 5.6.1：
Summary / 5.6.2：
Volume Strain in Lithium Batteries / Jan Patrick Singer and Kai Peter Birke6：
Fundamentals of Volume Strain / 6.1：
Intercalation / 6.2.1：
Alloying / 6.2.2：
Conversion / 6.2.3：
Volume Strain on Cells Level / 6.3：
Volume Strain on Systems Level / 6.4：
Measurement Techniques / 6.5：
Unpressurized / 6.5.1：
Pressurized / 6.5.2：
State Diagnostics / 6.6：
SoH diagnostics / 6.6.1：
SoC diagnostics / 6.6.2：
Every Day a New Battery: Aging Dependence of Internal States in Lithium-ion Cells / Severin Hahn and Kai Peter Birke7：
Operation and Degradation Processes in the Electrode State Diagram / 7.1：
Absolute potentials and the electrode state diagram / 7.1.1：
Charge and discharge / 7.1.3：
Charge and discharge limits / 7.1.4：
Combined electrode reactions / 7.1.5：
Anodic side reactions - Growth of solid electrolyte interface (SEI) / 7.1.6：
Cathodic side reactions - Possible formation of solid permeable interface (SPI) / 7.1.7：
Transition metal dissolution / 7.1.8：
Loss of active material / 7.1.9：
Experimental Verification and Analysis Techniques / 7.2：
Loss of anode active material / 7.2.1：
Loss of active lithium / 7.2.2：
Loss of cathode active lithium / 7.2.3：
The principle of limitation / 7.2.4：
Example of an aged cell / 7.2.5：
Inhomogeneities and limitations in real cells / 7.2.6：
Thermal Propagation / Sascha Koch7.3：
Process of Thermal Propagation / 8.1：
Thermal runaway / 8.2.1：
Propagation / 8.2.2：
Resulting effects / 8.2.3：
Testing / 8.3：
Relevance / 8.3.1：
Trigger methods / 8.3.2：
Measurement equipment and methods / 8.3.3：
Experiment setup and conditions / 8.3.4：
Analyzing the results / 8.3.5：
Influencing Variables / 8.4：
Cell format / 8.4.1：
Energy density / 8.4.2：
System design / 8.4.3：
Potential of Capacitive Effects in Lithium-ion Cells / Alexander Uwe Schmid and Kai Peter Birke9：
Brief Introduction to the Principles of Electrostatic and Electrochemical Storage / 9.1：
Double-layer capacitance / 9.1.1：
Pseudocapacitance / 9.1.2：
Similarities and Differences between Capacitors and Lithium-ion Cells / 9.2：
Carbons as electrode material / 9.2.1：
The solid electrolyte interface / 9.2.2：
Methods of Measurement of Capacitive Effects / 9.2.3：
Electrochemical impedance spectroscopy / 9.3.1：
Modeling approaches based on equivalent circuit elements / 9.3.1.1：
Cyclic voltammetry / 9.3.2：
Current pulse method / 9.3.3：
Utilization of Capacitive Effects in Li-ion Cells / 9.3.4：
Li-ion cell development / 9.4.1：
Li-ion capacitor / 9.4.2：
Estimation of DL capacitance on cell level / 9.4.3：
Potential on the system level / 9.4.4：
Conclusion and Outlook / 9.5：
Nomenclature
Battery Recycling: Focus on Li-ion Batteries / Daniel Horn and Jörg Zimmermann and Andrea Gassmann and Rudolf Stauber and Oliver Gutfleisch10：
Battery Materials and their Supply / 10.1：
Motivation for Battery Recycling and Legal Framework in Europe / 10.2：
Available Recycling Technologies / 10.3：
Pre-processing treatments / 10.3.1：
Pyro- and hydrometallurgy for extraction / 10.3.2：
Electrohydraulic Fragmentation, an Innovative Recycling Process for Battery Recycling / 10.4：
Power-to-X Conversion Technologies / Friedrich-Wilhelm Speckmann and Kai Peter Birke10.5：
Definition of Power-to-X / 11.1：
Potential of Cross-Sectoral Applications / 11.2：
Power-to-X as a Primary Battery / 11.3：
Power-to-Gas / 11.4：
Hydrogen generation / 11.4.1：
Electrolytic hydrogen generation / 11.4.2：
Thermochemical hydrogen generation / 11.4.2.1：
Photochemical hydrogen generation / 11.4.2.2：
Methanation / 11.4.3：
Catalytic/chemical methanation / 11.4.3.1：
Biological methanation / 11.4.3.2：
Plasma-based methanation / 11.4.3.3：
Power-to-Liquid / 11.5：
Technological overview / 11.5.1：
Carbon sources / 11.5.2：
Power-to-Solid / 11.6：
Basic Gas Management Systems / 11.7：
Sustainable Energy Chains - Closing Remarks / 11.8：
Epilogue
Acknowledgments
Index
Preface
About the Editor
About the Authors
46.

電子ブック
ＥＢ
46. Ferroelectric dielectrics integrated on silicon / (: electronic bk)
edited by Emmanuel Defaÿ
出版情報: London : Hoboken, NJ : ISTE ; Wiley, 2011  1 online resource (xiv, 448 pages)
所蔵情報: loading…
目次情報: 続きを見る
Preface / Emmanuel Defaÿ
The Thermodynamic Approach / Chapter 1：
Background / 1.1：
The functions of state / 1.2：
Linear equations, piezoelectricity / 1.3：
Nonlinear equations, electrostriction / 1.4：
Thermodynamic modeling of the ferroelectric-paraelectric phase transition / 1.5：
Assumption on the elastic Gibbs energy / 1.5.1：
Second-order transition / 1.5.2：
Effect of stress / 1.5.3：
First-order transition / 1.5.4：
Conclusion / 1.6：
Bibliography / 1.7：
Stress Effect on Thin Films / Pierre-Eymeric JanolinChapter 2：
Introduction / 2.1：
Modeling the system under consideration / 2.2：
Temperature-misfit strain phase diagrams for monodomain films / 2.3：
Phase diagram construction from the Landau-Ginzburg-Devonshire theory / 2.3.1：
Calculations limitations / 2.3.2：
Domain stability map / 2.4：
Presentation and description of the framework of study / 2.4.1：
Main contributions to the total energy of a film / 2.4.2：
Influence of thickness / 2.4.3：
Macroscopic elastic energy for each type of tetragonal domain / 2.4.4：
Indirect interaction energy / 2.4.5：
Domain structures at equilibrium / 2.4.6：
Temperature-misfit strain phase diagram for polydomain films / 2.4.7：
Discussion of the nature of the "misfit strain" / 2.6：
Mechanical misfit strain / 2.6.1：
Thermodynamic misfit strain / 2.6.2：
As an illustration / 2.6.3：
Experimental validation of phase diagrams: state of the art / 2.7：
Case study / 2.9：
Results / 2.10：
Evolution of the lattice parameters / 2.10.1：
Associated stresses and strains / 2.10.2：
Comparison between the experimental data and the temperature-misfit strain phase diagrams / 2.11：
Thin film of PZT / 2.11.1：
Thin layer of PbTiO3 / 2.11.2：
Deposition and Patterning Technologies / Chrystel Deguet ; Gwenaël Le Rhun ; Bertrand Vilquin2.12：
Deposition method / 3.1：
Cathodic sputtering / 3.1.1：
Ion beam sputtering / 3.1.2：
Pulsed laser deposition / 3.1.3：
The sol-gel process / 3.1.4：
The MOCVD / 3.1.5：
Molecular beam epitaxy / 3.1.6：
Etching / 3.2：
Wet etching / 3.2.1：
Dry etching / 3.2.2：
Contamination / 3.3：
Monocrystalline thin-film transfer / 3.4：
Smart Cut™ technology / 3.4.1：
Bonding/thinning / 3.4.2：
Interest in the material in a thin layer / 3.4.3：
State of the art of the domain/applications / 3.4.4：
An exemplary implementation / 3.4.5：
Design of experiments / 3.5：
The assumptions / 3.5.1：
Reproducibility / 3.5.2：
How can we reduce the number of experiments? / 3.5.3：
A DOE example: PZT RF magnetron sputtering deposition / 3.5.4：
Analysis Through X-ray Diffraction of Polycrystalline Thin Films / Patrice Gergaud3.6：
Some reminders of x-ray diffraction and crystallography / 4.1：
Nature of X-rays / 4.2.1：
X-ray scattering and diffraction / 4.2.2：
Application to powder or polycrystalline thin-films / 4.3：
Phase analysis by X-ray diffraction / 4.4：
Grazing incidence diffraction / 4.4.1：
De-texturing / 4.4.2：
Quantitative analysis / 4.4.3：
Identification of coherent domain sizes of diffraction and micro-strains / 4.5：
Analysis methodologies / 4.5.1：
Identification of crystallographic textures by X-ray diffraction / 4.6：
Texture analysis by a symmetric diffractogram / 4.6.1：
Pole figures and orientations distribution function / 4.6.2：
Measurement principle / 4.6.3：
Orientations distribution function / 4.6.4：
Determination of strains/stresses by X-ray diffraction / 4.7：
X-ray diffraction and strain / 4.7.1：
Determination of stresses from strains / 4.7.2：
Specificity of the X-ray diffraction in stress analysis / 4.7.3：
Equipment / 4.7.4：
Example of stress identification by the sin2ψ method / 4.7.5：
Precaution in the case of thin films / 4.7.6：
Application example for a BaxTiO3 film / 4.7.7：
Physicochemical and Electrical Characterization / Brahim Dkhil ; Pascale Gemeiner4.8：
Useful characterization techniques / 5.1：
Electron microscopy / 5.2.1：
Spectroscopy analysis / 5.2.2：
Ferroelectric measurement / 5.3：
Sawyer-Tower assembly / 5.3.1：
''Virtual ground" assembly / 5.3.2：
Dielectric measurement / 5.4：
Radio-Frequency Characterization / Thierry Lacrevaz5.5：
Notions and basic concepts associated with HF / 6.1：
Introduction to the phenomena associated with HF signals / 6.2.1：
Lumped or distributed behavior of an electric circuit / 6.2.2：
Notion of quadripoles: two-port circuits or four-terminal network [MÉS 85] / 6.2.3：
Basic theoretical elements of transmission lines: HF electric model / 6.2.4：
HF electric model of a parallel MIM capacitor / 6.2.5：
Signal flow graph [BOR 93] / 6.2.6：
Scattering waves / 6.2.7：
Scattering parameters: S-parameters / 6.2.8：
Vector network analyzer (VNA) / 6.2.9：
Frequency analysis: HF characterization of materials / 6.3：
Objectives / 6.3.1：
Issues of HF measurements through a VNA / 6.3.2：
Calibration of the measuring system / 6.3.3：
Extraction of the propagation exponent of the transmission line: de-embedding associated with the TRL calibration / 6.3.4：
Extraction results of the complex permittivity of materials SrTiO3andPbZrTiO3 / 6.3.5：
Leakage Currents in PZT Capacitors / Emilien Bouyssou6.4：
Leakage current in metal/insulator/metal structures / 7.1：
Metal/insulator contact: definitions / 7.2.1：
Conduction mechanisms limited by the interfaces / 7.2.2：
Conduction mechanisms limited by the bulk of film / 7.2.3：
Problem of leakage current measurement / 7.3：
Relaxation current and true leakage current / 7.3.1：
Drift of true leakage current / 7.3.2：
Discussion / 7.3.3：
Characterization of the relaxation current / 7.4：
Origin of the relaxation current / 7.4.1：
Modeling of relaxation currents / 7.4.2：
Literature review of true leakage current in PZT / 7.4.3：
Dynamic characterization of true leakage current: I(t, T) / 7.6：
Study of the resistance degradation / 7.6.1：
Study of the resistance restoration phenomenon / 7.6.2：
Static characterization of the true leakage current: I(V,T) / 7.6.3：
Space-charge influenced-injection model / 7.7.1：
Quantitative description of the model / 7.7.2：
Static modeling Jmin(V) and Jmax(V) / 7.7.3：
Integrated Capacitors / 7.8：
Potentiality of perovskites for RF devices: permittivity and losses / 8.1：
RF MTM capacitors of STO and PZT / 8.2.1：
Coplanar line waveguides on PZT / 8.2.2：
How to perform a good integrated capacitor at RF frequencies? / 8.2.3：
Bi-dielectric capacitors with high linearity / 8.3：
Design / 8.3.1：
Technology / 8.3.3：
STO capacitors integrated on CMOS substrate by AIC technology / 8.3.4：
Electrical tests / 8.4.1：
Reliability of PZT Capacitors / 8.4.4：
Accelerated aging of metal/insulator/metal structures / 9.1：
The electrical stresses / 9.2.1：
The breakdown / 9.2.2：
Statistical treatment of breakdown / 9.2.3：
Accelerated aging of PZT capacitors through CVS tests / 9.3：
Literature review / 9.3.1：
Statistical study of time-to-breakdown data / 9.3.2：
Discussion: characterization strategy / 9.3.3：
Lifetime extrapolation of PZT capacitors / 9.4：
Determination of the temperature acceleration factor / 9.4.1：
Determination of voltage acceleration / 9.4.2：
Ferroelectric Tunable Capacitors / Benoit Guigues9.5：
Overview of the tunable capacitors / 10.1：
Applications requiring a tunable element / 10.2.1：
The tunable capacitors / 10.2.2：
Which material to choose? / 10.2.3：
Types of actual tunable capacitors / 10.3：
MTM capacitor / 10.3.1：
Planar capacity / 10.3.2：
Anisotropy effects / 10.3.3：
Toward new tunable capacitors / 10.4：
Composite ferroelectric materials / 10.4.1：
Hybrid tunable capacitor / 10.4.2：
FRAM Ferroelectric Memories: Basic Operations, Limitations, Innovations and Applications / Christophe Muller10.5：
Taxonomy of non-volatile memories / 11.1：
Present and future solutions / 11.1.1：
Difficult penetration of a highly competitive market / 11.1.2：
FRAM memories: basic operations and limitations / 11.2：
Charge storage in a ferroelectric capacitor / 11.2.1：
Ferroelectric materials / 11.2.2：
Technologies available in 2011 / 11.3：
Technological innovations / 11.4：
3D ferroelectric capacitors / 11.4.1：
Ferroelectric field effect transistors / 11.4.2：
What about ferroelectric polymers? / 11.4.3：
Some application areas of FRAM technology / 11.5：
An alternative to EEPROM memories / 11.5.1：
Ferroelectric devices for RFID systems / 11.5.2：
Integration of Multiferroic BiFeO3 Thin Films into Modern Microelectronics / Xiaohong Zhu11.6：
Preparation methods / 12.1：
Chemical solution deposition / 12.2.1：
RF magnetron sputtering / 12.2.3：
Ferroelectricity and magnetism / 12.3：
Ferroelectricity / 12.3.1：
Magnetism / 12.3.2：
Magnetoelectric coupling / 12.3.3：
Device applications / 12.4：
Non-volatile ferroelectric memories / 12.4.1：
Spintronics / 12.4.2：
Terahertz radiation / 12.4.3：
Switchable ferroelectric diodes and photovoltaic devices / 12.4.4：
List of Authors / 12.5：
Index
Preface / Emmanuel Defaÿ
The Thermodynamic Approach / Chapter 1：
Background / 1.1：
47.

電子ブック
ＥＢ
47. Quantum Systems, Channels, Information : : A Mathematical Introduction. 2nd rev. and expanded ed
Alexander S. Holevo
出版情報:   1 online resource (XV, 351 p.)
シリーズ名: Texts and Monographs in Theoretical Physics ;
所蔵情報: loading…
目次情報: 続きを見る
Preface
Preface to the Second Edition
Basic Structures / Part I：
Vectors and Operators / 1：
HilbertSpace / 1.1：
Operators / 1.2：
Positivity / 1.3：
Trace and Duality / 1.4：
Convexity / 1.5：
Notes and References / 1.6：
States, Observables, Statistics / 2：
Structure of Statistical Theories / 2.1：
Classical Systems / 2.1.1：
Axioms of Statistical Description / 2.1.2：
Quantum States / 2.2：
Quantum Observables / 2.3：
Quantum Observables from the Axioms / 2.3.1：
Compatibility and Complementarity / 2.3.2：
The Uncertainty Relation / 2.3.3：
Convex Structure of Observables / 2.3.4：
Statistical Discrimination Between Quantum States / 2.4：
Formulation of the Problem / 2.4.1：
Optimal Observables / 2.4.2：
Composite Systems and Entanglement / 2.5：
Composite Systems / 3.1：
Tensor Products / 3.1.1：
Naimark's Dilation / 3.1.2：
Schmidt Decomposition and Purification / 3.1.3：
Quantum Entanglement vs. "Local Realism" / 3.2：
Paradox of Einstein-Podolski-Rosen and Bell's Inequalities / 3.2.1：
Mermin-Peres Game / 3.2.2：
Quantum Systems as Information Carriers / 3.3：
Transmission of Classical Information / 3.3.1：
Entanglement and Local Operations / 3.3.2：
Superdense Coding / 3.3.3：
Quantum Teleportation / 3.3.4：
The Primary Coding Theorems / 3.4：
Classical Entropy and Information / 4：
Entropy of a Random Variable and Data Compression / 4.1：
Conditional Entropy and the Shannon Information / 4.2：
The Shannon Capacity of the Classical Noisy Channel / 4.3：
The Channel Coding Theorem / 4.4：
Wiretap Channel / 4.5：
Gaussian Channel / 4.6：
The Classical-Quantum Channel / 4.7：
Codes and Achievable Rates / 5.1：
Formulation of the Coding Theorem / 5.2：
The Upper Bound / 5.3：
Proof of the Weak Converse / 5.4：
Typical Projectors / 5.5：
Proof of the Direct Coding Theorem / 5.6：
The Reliability Function for Pure-State Channel / 5.7：
Channels and Entropies / 5.8：
Quantum Evolutions and Channels / 6：
Quantum Evolutions / 6.1：
Completely Positive Maps / 6.2：
Definition of the Channel / 6.3：
Entanglement-Breaking and PPT Channels / 6.4：
Quantum Measurement Processes / 6.5：
Complementary Channels / 6.6：
Covariant Channels / 6.7：
Qubit Channels / 6.8：
Quantum Entropy and Information Quantities / 6.9：
Quantum Relative Entropy / 7.1：
Monotonicity of the Relative Entropy / 7.2：
Strong Subadditivity of the Quantum Entropy / 7.3：
Continuity Properties / 7.4：
Information Correlation, Entanglement of Formation, and Conditional Entropy / 7.5：
Entropy Exchange / 7.6：
Quantum Mutual information / 7.7：
Basic Channel Capacities / 7.8：
The Classical Capacity of Quantum Channels / 8：
The Coding Theorem / 8.1：
The x-Capacity / 8.2：
The Additivity Problem / 8.3：
The Effect of Entanglement in Encoding and Decoding / 8.3.1：
A Hierarchy of Additivity Properties / 8.3.2：
Some Entropy Inequalities / 8.3.3：
Additivity for Complementary Channels / 8.3.4：
Nonadditivity of Quantum Entropy Quantifies / 8.3.5：
Entanglement-Assisted Classical Communication / 8.4：
The Gain of Entanglement Assistance / 9.1：
The Classical Capacities of Quantum Observables / 9.2：
Proof of the Converse Coding Theorem / 9.3：
Transmission of Quantum Information / 9.4：
Quantum Error-Correcting Codes / 10.1：
Error Correction by Repetition / 10.1.1：
General Formulation / 10.1.2：
Necessary and Sufficient Conditions for Error Correction / 10.1.3：
Coherent Information and Perfect Error Correction / 10.1.4：
Fidelities for Quantum Information / 10.2：
Fidelities for Pure States / 10.2.1：
Relations Between the Fidelity Measures / 10.2.2：
Fidelity and the Bures Distance / 10.2.3：
The Quantum Capacity / 10.3：
Achievable Rates / 10.3.1：
The Quantum Capacity and the Coherent Information / 10.3.2：
Degradable Channels / 10.3.3：
The Private Classical Capacity and the Quantum Capacity / 10.4：
The Quantum Wiretap Channel / 10.4.1：
Proof of the Private Capacity Theorem / 10.4.2：
Large Deviations for Random Operators / 10.4.3：
The Direct Coding Theorem for the Quantum Capacity / 10.4.4：
Infinite Systems / 10.5：
Channels with Constrained Inputs / 11：
Convergence of Density Operators / 11.1：
Quantum Entropy and Relative Entropy / 11.2：
Constrained c-q Channel / 11.3：
Classical-Quantum Channel with Continuous Alphabet / 11.4：
Constrained Quantum Channel / 11.5：
Entanglement-Assisted Capacity of Constrained Channels / 11.6：
Entanglement-Breaking Channels in infinite Dimensions / 11.7：
Gaussian Systems / 11.8：
Preliminary Material / 12.1：
Spectral Decomposition and Stone's Theorem / 12.1.1：
Operators Associated with the Heisenberg Commutation Relation / 12.1.2：
Classical Signal Plus Quantum Noise / 12.1.3：
The Classical-Quantum Gaussian Channel / 12.1.4：
Canonical Commutation Relations / 12.2：
Weyl-Segal Canonical Commutation Relation / 12.2.1：
The Symplectic Space / 12.2.2：
Dynamics, Quadratic Operators, and Gauge Transformations / 12.2.3：
Gaussian States / 12.3：
Characteristic Function / 12.3.1：
Definition and Properties of Gaussian States / 12.3.2：
The Density Operator of Gaussian State / 12.3.3：
Entropy of a Gaussian State / 12.3.4：
Separability and Purification / 12.3.5：
Gaussian Channels / 12.4：
Open Bosonic Systems / 12.4.1：
Gaussian Channels: Basic Properties / 12.4.2：
Gaussian Observables / 12.4.3：
Gaussian Entanglement-Breaking Channels / 12.4.4：
The Capacities of Gaussian Channels / 12.5：
Maximization of the Mutual Information / 12.5.1：
Gauge Covariant Channels I / 12.5.2：
Maximization of the Coherent Information / 12.5.3：
The Classical Capacity / 12.5.4：
The Case of Single Mode / 12.6：
Classification of Gaussian Channels / 12.6.1：
Entanglement-Breaking Channels / 12.6.2：
Attenuation/Amplification/Classical Noise Channel / 12.6.3：
Estimating the Quantum Capacity / 12.6.4：
Bibliography / 12.7：
Index
Preface
Preface to the Second Edition
Basic Structures / Part I：
48.

電子ブック
ＥＢ
48. Correlated electrons in quantum matter (: electronic bk)
Peter Fulde
出版情報: Singapore ; Hackensack, N.J. : World Scientific Pub. Co., c2012  1 online resource (xiii, 535 p.)
所蔵情報: loading…
目次情報: 続きを見る
Introduction / 1：
Independent Electrons / 2：
Many-Electron Hamiltonian / 2.1：
Basis Sets / 2.2：
Self-consistent Field Equations / 2.3：
Unrestricted SCF Approximation / 2.4：
Missing Features of the Independent-Electron Approximation / 2.5：
Homogeneous Electron Gas / 3：
Uncorrelated Electrons / 3.1：
Random-Phase Approximation / 3.2：
Wigner Crystal / 3.3：
Density Functional Theory / 4：
Theory of Hohenberg, Kohn and Sham / 4.1：
Local-Density Approximation and Extensions / 4.2：
Strong Electron Correlations: LDA+U / 4.3：
The Energy Gap Problem / 4.4：
Time-Dependent DFT / 4.5：
Wavefunction-Based Methods / 5：
Method of Configuration Interactions / 5.1：
Cumulants and their Properties / 5.2：
Ground-State Wavefunction and Energy / 5.3：
Method of Increments / 5.3.1：
Different Approximation Schemes / 5.4：
Partitioning and Projection Methods / 5.4.1：
Coupled Cluster Method / 5.4.2：
Selection of Excitation Operators / 5.4.3：
Trial Wavefunctions / 5.4.4：
Correlated Ground-State Wavefunctions / 6：
Semiconductors / 6.1：
Model for Interatomic Correlations / 6.1.1：
Estimates of Intra-Atomic Correlations / 6.1.2：
Ab Initio Results / 6.1.3：
Ionic and van der Waals Solids / 6.2：
Three Oxides: MgO, CaO and NiO / 6.2.1：
Rare-Gas Solids / 6.2.2：
Simple Metals / 6.3：
Ground States with Strong Correlations: CASSCF / 6.4：
Quasiparticle Excitations / 7：
Single-particle Green's Function / 7.1：
Perturbation Expansions / 7.1.1：
Temperature Green's Function / 7.1.2：
Quasiparticles in Metals / 7.2：
Quasiparticles in Semiconductors and Insulators / 7.3：
Quasiparticle Approximation / 7.3.1：
A Simple Model: Bond-Orbital Approximation / 7.3.2：
Wavefunction-Based Ab Inito Calculations / 7.3.3：
Incoherent Excitations / 8：
Projection Method / 8.1：
An Example: Hubbard Model / 8.2：
Coherent-Potential Approximations / 9：
Static Disorder / 9.1：
Dynamical Disorder: DMFT and Beyond / 9.2：
Strongly Correlated Electrons / 10：
Measure of Correlation Strengths / 10.1：
Indicators of Strong Correlations / 10.2：
Low-Energy Scales: a Simple Model / 10.2.1：
Effective Hamiltonians / 10.2.2：
Kondo Effect / 10.3：
The Hubbard Model Revisited / 10.4：
Spin-Density Wave Ground State / 10.4.1：
Gutzwiller's Ground-State Wavefunction / 10.4.2：
Hubbard's Approximations and their Extensions / 10.4.3：
Kanamori Limit / 10.4.4：
The t-J Model / 10.5：
Mean-Field Approximations / 10.6：
Test of Different Approximation Schemes / 10.6.1：
Metal-Insulator Transitions / 10.7：
Numerical Studies / 10.8：
Break-down of Fermi Liquid Description / 10.9：
Marginal Fermi Liquid Behavior / 10.9.1：
Charged and Neutral Quasiparticles / 10.9.2：
Hubbard Chains / 10.9.3：
Quantum Critical Point / 10.9.4：
Transition Metals / 11：
Ground-State Wavefunction / 11.1：
Satellite Structures / 11.2：
Temperature-Dependent Magnetism / 11.3：
Local Spin Fluctuations / 11.3.1：
Long-Wavelength Spin Fluctuations / 11.3.2：
Transition-Metal Oxides / 12：
Doped Charge-Transfer Systems: the Cuprates / 12.1：
Quasiparticle-like Excitations / 12.1.1：
Orbital Ordering / 12.2：
Manganites: LaMnO3 and related Compounds / 12.2.1：
Vanadates: LaVO3 / 12.2.2：
Ladder Systems: αÆ-NaV2O5 / 12.2.3：
Other Oxides / 12.2.4：
Heavy Quasiparticles / 13：
Kondo Lattice Systems / 13.1：
Renormalized Band Theory / 13.1.1：
Large Versus Small Fermi Surface / 13.1.2：
Mean-Field Treatment / 13.1.3：
Charge Ordering in Yb4As3: an Instructive Example / 13.2：
Partial Localization: Dual Role of 5f Electrons / 13.3：
Heavy d Electrons: LiV2O4 / 13.4：
Excitations with Fractional Charges / 14：
Trans-Polyacetylene / 14.1：
Fractional Quantum Hall Effect / 14.2：
Correlated Electrons on Frustrated Lattices / 14.3：
Loop Models / 14.3.1：
Dimer Models / 14.3.2：
Mapping to a U(1) Gauge Theory / 14.3.3：
Magnetic Monopoles / 14.3.4：
Superconductivity / 15：
The Superconducting State / 15.1：
Pair States / 15.1.1：
BCS Ground State / 15.1.2：
Cooper Pair Breaking / 15.2：
Ergodic vs. Nonergodic Perturbations / 15.2.1：
Pairing Electrons with Population Imbalance / 15.2.2：
Cooper Pairing without Phonons / 15.3：
Filled Skutterudite PrOs4Sb12 / 15.3.1：
UPd2Al3: Pairing and Time-Reversal Symmetry Breaking / 15.3.2：
Magnetic Resonances / 15.4：
High-Tc Superconductors / 15.5：
Suppression of Antiferromagnetic Order by Holes / 15.5.1：
Pseudogap Regime / 15.5.2：
Strange Metal / 15.5.3：
Optical Properties: Drude Peak / 15.5.4：
Pairing Interactions / 15.5.5：
Stripe Formation / 15.5.6：
Some Relations for Cumulants / A：
Scattering Matrix in Single-Centre and Two-Centre Approximation / B：
Intra-atomic Correlations in a C Atom / C：
Landau Parameter: Quasiparticle Mass / D：
Kondo Lattices: Quasiparticle Interactions / E：
Lanczos Method / F：
Density Matrix Renormalization Group / G：
Monte Carlo Methods / H：
Sampling Techniques / H.1：
Ground-State Energy / H.2：
Computing the Memory Function by Increments / I：
Kagome Lattice at 1/3 Filling / J：
References
Index
Ladder Systems: α'-NaV2O5
Charge Ordering in Yb4As3: an Instructive Example
Filled Skutterudite PrOs4Sb12
Strange-Metal
1 Sampling Techniques
2 Ground-State Energy
Introduction / 1：
Independent Electrons / 2：
Many-Electron Hamiltonian / 2.1：
49.

電子ブック
ＥＢ
49. Mixed Hodge structures (: electronic bk)
Chris A.M. Peters, Joseph H.M. Steenbrink
出版情報: [Berlin] : Springer, [20--]  1 online resource (xiii, 470 p.)
シリーズ名: Ergebnisse der Mathematik und ihrer Grenzgebiete ; 3. Folge, v. 52
所蔵情報: loading…
目次情報: 続きを見る
Introduction
Basic Hodge Theory / Part I：
Compact Kahler Manifolds / 1：
Classical Hodge Theory / 1.1：
Harmonic Theory / 1.1.1：
The Hodge Decomposition / 1.1.2：
Hodge Structures in Cohomology and Homology / 1.1.3：
The Lefschetz Decomposition / 1.2：
Representation Theory of SL(2, R) / 1.2.1：
Primitive Cohomology / 1.2.2：
Applications / 1.3：
Pure Hodge Structures / 2：
Hodge Structures / 2.1：
Basic Definitions / 2.1.1：
Polarized Hodge Structures / 2.1.2：
Mumford-Tate Groups of Hodge Structures / 2.2：
Hodge Filtration and Hodge Complexes / 2.3：
Hodge to De Rham Spectral Sequence / 2.3.1：
Strong Hodge Decompositions / 2.3.2：
Hodge Complexes and Hodge Complexes of Sheaves / 2.3.3：
Refined Fundamental Classes / 2.4：
Almost Kahler V-Manifolds / 2.5：
Abstract Aspects of Mixed Hodge Structures / 3：
Introduction to Mixed Hodge Structures: Formal Aspects / 3.1：
Comparison of Filtrations / 3.2：
Mixed Hodge Structures and Mixed Hodge Complexes / 3.3：
The Mixed Cone / 3.4：
Extensions of Mixed Hodge Structures / 3.5：
Mixed Hodge Extensions / 3.5.1：
Iterated Extensions and Absolute Hodge Cohomology / 3.5.2：
Mixed Hodge structures on Cohomology Groups / Part II：
Smooth Varieties / 4：
Main Result / 4.1：
Residue Maps / 4.2：
Associated Mixed Hodge Complexes of Sheaves / 4.3：
Logarithmic Structures / 4.4：
Independence of the Compactification and Further Complements / 4.5：
Invariance / 4.5.1：
Restrictions for the Hodge Numbers / 4.5.2：
Theorem of the Fixed Part and Applications / 4.5.3：
Application to Lefschetz Pencils / 4.5.4：
Singular Varieties / 5：
Simplicial and Cubical Sets / 5.1：
Sheaves on Semi-simplicial Spaces and Their Cohomology / 5.1.1：
Cohomological Descent and Resolutions / 5.1.3：
Construction of Cubical Hyperresolutions / 5.2：
Mixed Hodge Theory for Singular Varieties / 5.3：
The Basic Construction / 5.3.1：
Mixed Hodge Theory of Proper Modifications / 5.3.2：
Restriction on the Hodge Numbers / 5.3.3：
Cup Product and the Kunneth Formula / 5.4：
Relative Cohomology / 5.5：
Construction of the Mixed Hodge Structure / 5.5.1：
Cohomology with Compact Support / 5.5.2：
Singular Varieties: Complementary Results / 6：
The Leray Filtration / 6.1：
Deleted Neighbourhoods of Algebraic Sets / 6.2：
Mixed Hodge Complexes / 6.2.1：
Products and Deleted Neighbourhoods / 6.2.2：
Semi-purity of the Link / 6.2.3：
Cup and Cap Products, and Duality / 6.3：
Duality for Cohomology with Compact Supports / 6.3.1：
The Extra-Ordinary Cup Product / 6.3.2：
Applications to Algebraic Cycles and to Singularities / 7：
The Hodge Conjectures / 7.1：
Versions for Smooth Projective Varieties / 7.1.1：
The Hodge Conjecture and the Intermediate Jacobian / 7.1.2：
A Version for Singular Varieties / 7.1.3：
Deligne Cohomology / 7.2：
Basic Properties / 7.2.1：
Cycle Classes for Deligne Cohomology / 7.2.2：
The Filtered De Rham Complex And Applications / 7.3：
The Filtered De Rham Complex / 7.3.1：
Application to Vanishing Theorems / 7.3.2：
Applications to Du Bois Singularities / 7.3.3：
Mixed Hodge Structures on Homotopy Groups / Part III：
Hodge Theory and Iterated Integrals / 8：
Some Basic Results from Homotopy Theory / 8.1：
Formulation of the Main Results / 8.2：
Loop Space Cohomology and the Homotopy De Rham Theorem / 8.3：
Iterated Integrals / 8.3.1：
Chen's Version of the De Rham Theorem / 8.3.2：
The Bar Construction / 8.3.3：
Iterated Integrals of 1-Forms / 8.3.4：
The Homotopy De Rham Theorem for the Fundamental Group / 8.4：
Mixed Hodge Structure on the Fundamental Group / 8.5：
The Sullivan Construction / 8.6：
Mixed Hodge Structures on the Higher Homotopy Groups / 8.7：
Hodge Theory and Minimal Models / 9：
Minimal Models of Differential Graded Algebras / 9.1：
Postnikov Towers and Minimal Models; the Simply Connected Case / 9.2：
Mixed Hodge Structures on the Minimal Model / 9.3：
Formality of Compact Kahler Manifolds / 9.4：
The 1-Minimal Model / 9.4.1：
The De Rham Fundamental Group / 9.4.2：
Formality / 9.4.3：
Hodge Structures and Local Systems / Part IV：
Variations of Hodge Structure / 10：
Preliminaries: Local Systems over Complex Manifolds / 10.1：
Abstract Variations of Hodge Structure / 10.2：
Big Monodromy Groups, an Application / 10.3：
Variations of Hodge Structures Coming From Smooth Families / 10.4：
Degenerations of Hodge Structures / 11：
Local Systems Acquiring Singularities / 11.1：
Connections with Logarithmic Poles / 11.1.1：
The Riemann-Hilbert Correspondence (I) / 11.1.2：
The Limit Mixed Hodge Structure on Nearby Cycle Spaces / 11.2：
Asymptotics for Variations of Hodge Structure over a Punctured Disk / 11.2.1：
Geometric Set-Up and Preliminary Reductions / 11.2.2：
The Nearby and Vanishing Cycle Functor / 11.2.3：
The Relative Logarithmic de Rham Complex and Quasi-unipotency of the Monodromy / 11.2.4：
The Complex Monodromy Weight Filtration and the Hodge Filtration / 11.2.5：
The Rational Structure / 11.2.6：
The Mixed Hodge Structure on the Limit / 11.2.7：
Geometric Consequences for Degenerations / 11.3：
Monodromy, Specialization and Wang Sequence / 11.3.1：
The Monodromy and Local Invariant Cycle Theorems / 11.3.2：
Examples / 11.4：
Applications of Asymptotic Hodge theory / 12：
Applications to Singularities / 12.1：
Localizing Nearby Cycles / 12.1.1：
A Mixed Hodge Structure on the Cohomology of Milnor Fibres / 12.1.2：
The Spectrum of Singularities / 12.1.3：
An Application to Cycles: Grothendieck's Induction Principle / 12.2：
Perverse Sheaves and D-Modules / 13：
Verdier Duality / 13.1：
Dimension / 13.1.1：
The Dualizing Complex / 13.1.2：
Statement of Verdier Duality / 13.1.3：
Extraordinary Pull Back / 13.1.4：
Perverse Complexes / 13.2：
Intersection Homology and Cohomology / 13.2.1：
Constructible and Perverse Complexes / 13.2.2：
An Example: Nearby and Vanishing Cycles / 13.2.3：
Introduction to D-Modules / 13.3：
Integrable Connections and D-Modules / 13.3.1：
From Left to Right and Vice Versa / 13.3.2：
Derived Categories of D-modules / 13.3.3：
Inverse and Direct Images / 13.3.4：
An Example: the Gauss-Manin System / 13.3.5：
Coherent D-Modules / 13.4：
Good Filtrations and Characteristic Varieties / 13.4.1：
Behaviour under Direct and Inverse Images / 13.4.3：
Filtered D-modules / 13.5：
Derived Categories / 13.5.1：
Duality / 13.5.2：
Functoriality / 13.5.3：
Holonomic D-Modules / 13.6：
Symplectic Geometry / 13.6.1：
Basics on Holonomic D-Modules / 13.6.2：
The Riemann-Hilbert Correspondence (II) / 13.6.3：
Mixed Hodge Modules / 14：
An Axiomatic Introduction / 14.1：
The Axioms / 14.1.1：
First Consequences of the Axioms / 14.1.2：
Spectral Sequences / 14.1.3：
Intersection Cohomology / 14.1.4：
The Kashiwara-Malgrange Filtration / 14.1.5：
Motivation / 14.2.1：
The Rational V-Filtration / 14.2.2：
Polarizable Hodge Modules / 14.3：
Hodge Modules / 14.3.1：
Polarizations / 14.3.2：
Lefschetz Operators and the Decomposition Theorem / 14.3.3：
Variations of Mixed Hodge Structure / 14.4：
Defining Mixed Hodge Modules / 14.4.2：
About the Axioms / 14.4.3：
Application: Vanishing Theorems / 14.4.4：
The Motivic Hodge Character and Motivic Chern Classes / 14.4.5：
Appendices / Part V：
Homological Algebra / A：
Additive and Abelian Categories / A.1：
Pre-Abelian Categories / A.1.1：
Additive Categories / A.1.2：
The Homotopy Category / A.2：
The Derived Category / A.2.2：
Injective and Projective Resolutions / A.2.3：
Derived Functors / A.2.4：
Properties of the Ext-functor / A.2.5：
Yoneda Extensions / A.2.6：
Spectral Sequences and Filtrations / A.3：
Filtrations / A.3.1：
Spectral Sequences and Exact Couples / A.3.2：
Filtrations Induce Spectral Sequences / A.3.3：
Derived Functors and Spectral Sequences / A.3.4：
Algebraic and Differential Topology / B：
Singular (Co)homology and Borel-Moore Homology / B.1：
Basic Definitions and Tools / B.1.1：
Pairings and Products / B.1.2：
Sheaf Cohomology / B.2：
The Godement Resolution and Cohomology / B.2.1：
Cohomology and Supports / B.2.2：
Cech Cohomology / B.2.3：
De Rham Theorems / B.2.4：
Direct and Inverse Images / B.2.5：
Sheaf Cohomology and Closed Subspaces / B.2.6：
Mapping Cones and Cylinders / B.2.7：
Duality Theorems on Manifolds / B.2.8：
Orientations and Fundamental Classes / B.2.9：
Local Systems and Their Cohomology / B.3：
Local Systems and Locally Constant Sheaves / B.3.1：
Homology and Cohomology / B.3.2：
Local Systems and Flat Connections / B.3.3：
Stratified Spaces and Singularities / C：
Stratified Spaces / C.1：
Pseudomanifolds / C.1.1：
Whitney Stratifications / C.1.2：
Fibrations, and the Topology of Singularities / C.2：
The Milnor Fibration / C.2.1：
Topology of One-parameter Degenerations / C.2.2：
An Example: Lefschetz Pencils / C.2.3：
References
Index of Notations
Index
Introduction
Basic Hodge Theory / Part I：
Compact Kahler Manifolds / 1：
50.

電子ブック
ＥＢ
50. Handbook of in Vivo Chemistry in Mice : : From Lab to Living System (: electronic bk)
edited by Katsunori Tanaka, Kenward Vong
出版情報: Weinheim : Wiley-VCH, 2020  1 online resource (563 pages)
所蔵情報: loading…
目次情報: 続きを見る
Summary of Currently Available Mouse Models / Amilto and Namiko Ito and Kimie Niimi and Takashi Ami and Eiki Takahashi1：
Introduction / 1.1：
Origin and History of Laboratory Mice / 1.2：
Laboratory Mouse Strains / 1.3：
Wild-Derived Mice / 1.3.1：
Inbred Mice / 1.3.2：
Hybrid Mice / 1.3.3：
Outbred Stocks / 1.3.4：
Closed Colony / 1.3.5：
Congenic Mice / 1.3.6：
Mutant Mice / 1.4：
Spontaneous / 1.4.1：
Transgenesis / 1.4.2：
Targeted Mutagenesis / 1.4.3：
Inducible Mutagenesis / 1.4.4：
Cre-loxP System / 1.4.5：
CRISPR/Cas9 System / 1.4.6：
Resources of Laboratory Strains / 1.5：
Germ-Free Mice / 1.6：
Gnotobiotic Mice / 1.7：
Specific Pathogen-Free Mice / 1.8：
Immunocompetent and Immunodeficient Mice / 1.9：
Mouse Health Monitoring / 1.10：
Production and Maintenance of Mouse Colony / 1.11：
Production Planning / 1.11.1：
Breeding Systems and Mating Schemes / 1.11.2：
Mating / 1.12：
Gestation Period / 1.13：
Parturition / 1.14：
Parental Behavior and Rearing Pups / 1.15：
Growth of Pups / 1.16：
Reproductive Lifespan / 1.17：
Record Keeping and Colony Organization / 1.18：
Animal Identification / 1.19：
Animal Models in Preclinical Research / 1.20：
References
General Notes of Chemical Administration to Live Animals / Ami Ito and Nomiko Ito and Takashi Arai and Eiki Takahashi and Kimie Niimi2：
Restraint / 2.1：
One-Handed Restraint / 2.2.1：
Two-Handed Restraint / 2.2.2：
Substances / 2.3：
Substance Characteristics / 2.3.1：
Vehicle Characteristics / 2.3.2：
Frequency and Volume of Administration / 2.3.3：
Needle Size / 2.3.4：
Anesthesia / 2.4：
Inhaled Agents / 2.4.1：
Injectable Agents / 2.4.2：
Euthanasia / 2.5：
Administration / 2.6：
Enteral Administration / 2.6.1：
Oral Administration / 2.6.1.1：
Intragastric Administration / 2.6.1.2：
Parenteral Administration / 2.6.2：
Subcutaneous Administration / 2.6.2.1：
Intraperitoneal Administration / 2.6.2.2：
Intravenous Administration / 2.6.2.3：
Intramuscular Administration / 2.6.2.4：
Intranasal Administration / 2.6.2.5：
Intradermal Administration / 2.6.2.6：
Epicutaneous Administration / 2.6.2.7：
Intratracheal Administration / 2.6.2.8：
Inhalational Administration / 2.6.2.9：
Retro-orbital Administration / 2.6.2.10：
Optical-Based Detection in Live Animals / Mikako Ogawa and Hideo Takakura3：
Basics of Luminescence / 3.1：
Appropriate Wavelengths for Live Animal Imaging / 3.1.2：
Advantages and Disadvantages of In Vivo Optical Imaging / 3.1.3：
Fluorescence Imaging in Live Animals / 3.2：
Fluorescent Molecules for Live Animal Imaging / 3.2.1：
How to Detect Fluorescence in Live Animals? / 3.2.2：
Activatable Probes / 3.2.3：
Microscope / 3.2.4：
Application of Fluorescence Imaging to Drug Development / 3.2.5：
Luminescence Imaging in Live Animals / 3.3：
Luminescence Systems for Live Animal Imaging / 3.3.1：
Firefly/Beetle Luciferin-Luciferase System / 3.3.1.1：
Coelenterazine-Dependent Luciferase System / 3.3.1.2：
Chemiluminescence System / 3.3.1.3：
How to Detect Luminescence in Live Animals? / 3.3.2：
Luciferase-Based Bioluminescence Probes for In Vivo Imaging / 3.3.3：
Summary / 3.4：
Ultrasound Imaging in Live Animals / Francesco Faita4：
High-Frequency Ultrasound Imaging / 4.1：
Ultrasound Contrast Agents / 4.3：
Photoacoustic Imaging / 4.4：
Preclinical Applications / 4.5：
Cardiovascular / 4.5.1：
Oncology / 4.5.2：
Developmental Biology / 4.5.3：
Positron Emission Tomography (PET) Imaging in Live Animals / Xiaowei Ma and Zhen Cheng5：
Brief History of PET / 5.1：
Principles of PET / 5.3：
Small-Animal PET Scanners / 5.4：
PET Imaging Tracers / 5.5：
Metabolic Probe / 5.5.1：
Specific Receptor Targeting Probe / 5.5.2：
Gene Expression / 5.5.3：
Specific Enzyme Substrate / 5.5.4：
Microenvironment Probe / 5.5.5：
Biological Processes / 5.5.6：
Perfusion Probes / 5.5.7：
Nanoparticles / 5.5.8：
PET in Animal Imaging / 5.6：
PET in Oncology Model / 5.6.1：
Cancer Diagnosis / 5.6.1.1：
Personal Treatment Screening / 5.6.1.2：
Therapeutic Effect Monitoring / 5.6.1.3：
Radiotherapy Planning / 5.6.1.4：
Drug Discovery / 5.6.1.5：
PET in Cardiology Model / 5.6.2：
PET in Neurology Model / 5.6.3：
PET Imaging in Other Disease Models / 5.6.4：
PET Image Analysis / 5.7：
Outlook for the Future / 5.8：
Reference
Single-Photon Emission Computed Tomographic Imaging in Live Animals / Yusuke Yagi and Hidekazu Kawashima and Kenji Arimitsu and Koki Hasegawa and Hiroyuki Kimura6：
SPECT Devices Used in Small Animals / 6.1：
Innovative Preclinical Full-Body SPECT Imager for Rats and Mice: ¿-CUBE / 6.2.1：
Innovative Preclinical Full-Body PET Imager for Rats and Mice: ß-CUBE / 6.2.2：
Innovative Preclinical Full-Body CT Imager for Rats and Mice: X-CUBE / 6.2.3：
Animal Monitoring: Its Importance and Overview of MOLECUBES's Integrated Solution to Advance Physiological Monitoring / 6.2.4：
Selected Applications Acquired on the CUBES / 6.2.5：
SPECT Imaging with ¿-CUBE / 6.2.5.1：
PET Imaging with ß-CUBE / 6.2.5.2：
CT Imaging with X-CUBE / 6.2.5.3：
Characteristics of SPECT Radionuclides and SPECT Imaging Probes / 6.3：
Characteristics of SPECT Radionuclides / 6.3.1：
Characteristics of SPECT Imaging Probes / 6.3.2：
Radiolabeling / 6.4：
Characteristic of Radiolabeling / 6.4.1：
Radiolabeling with Technetium-99m / 6.4.2：
Radiolabeling with Iodine-123 and Iodine-131 / 6.4.3：
Radioactive Iodine Labeling for Small Molecular Compounds / 6.4.4：
Aromatic Electrophilic Substitution Reaction / 6.4.5：
In Vivo Imaging of Disease Models / 6.5：
Imaging of Central Nervous System Disease / 6.5.1：
Alzheimer's Disease / 6.5.1.1：
Parkinson's Disease / 6.5.1.2：
Cerebral Ischemia / 6.5.1.3：
Imaging of Cardiovascular Disease / 6.5.2：
Atherosclerotic Plaque / 6.5.2.1：
Myocardial Ischemia / 6.5.2.2：
Imaging of Cancer / 6.5.2.3：
Conclusions / 6.6：
Radiotherapeutic Applications / Koki Hasegawa and Hidekazu Kawashima and Yusuke Yagi and Hiroyuki Kimura7：
Radionuclide Therapy in Tumor-Bearing Mice / 7.1：
Radiotherapy with ß-Emitting Nuclides / 7.2.1：
Radiotherapy Using ¿-Emitting Nuclides / 7.2.2：
Radiolabeling Strategy / 7.3：
Labeled Target Compounds / 7.3.1：
211At-Labeled Compounds / 7.3.2：
Chelating Agents for 90Y, 177Lu, 225Ac, 213Bi / 7.3.3：
Peptides for Radionuclide Therapy / 7.3.4：
Octreotate (TATE) and [Tyr3]-Octreotide (TOC) / 7.3.4.1：
NeoBOMB1 / 7.3.4.2：
Pentixather / 7.3.4.3：
PSMA-617 / 7.3.4.4：
Minigastrin / 7.3.4.5：
Antibodies for Radionuclide Therapy / 7.3.5：
Lintuzumab / 7.3.5.1：
Rituximab / 7.3.5.2：
Trastuzumab / 7.3.5.3：
Examples of Radiotherapeutic Agents and Target Diseases / 7.3.6：
Radiotheranostics / 7.4：
Radiotheranostics Probe / 7.4.1：
Our Approach to Radiotheranostic Probe Development / 7.4.2：
Expectations and Challenges in Radiotheranostics / 7.4.3：
Boron Neutron Capture Therapy (BNCT) / 7.4.4：
Current Status of BNCT Drugs / 7.4.5：
4-Borono-L-Phenylalanine (BPA) / 7.4.5.1：
Sodium Borocaptate (BSH) / 7.4.5.2：
Conclusion / 7.5：
Metabolic Glycan Engineering in Live Animals: Using Bio-orthogonal Chemistry to Alter Cell Surface Glycans / Danielle H. Dube and Daniel A. Williams8：
Overview of Metabolic Glycan Engineering / 8.1：
Origin of Metabolic Glycan Engineering / 8.2.1：
Expansion of the Methodology to Include Unnatural Functional Groups and Bio-orthogonal Elaboration / 8.2.2：
Bio-orthogonal Chemistries that Alter Cell Surface Glycans / 8.3：
Bio-orthogonal Chemistries Amenable to Deployment in Live Animals / 8.3.1：
Bio-orthogonal Chemistries Amenable to Deployment on Cells / 8.3.2：
Permissive Carbohydrate Biosynthetic Pathways / 8.4：
Deployment of Unnatural Monosaccharides in Mammalian Cells / 8.4.1：
Unnatural Sugars that Label Glycans on Bacterial Cells / 8.4.2：
Cell- and Tissue-Specific Delivery of Unnatural Sugars / 8.5：
Harness Inherent Differences in Carbohydrate Biosynthesis / 8.5.1：
Metabolically Label Cells Ex vivo Before Introducing Them In vivo / 8.5.2：
Label Tissues or Organs In vivo Before Analyzing them Ex vivo / 8.5.3：
Employ Tissue-Specific Enzymes to Release Monosaccharide Substrates / 8.5.4：
Deliver Monosaccharide Substrates via Liposomes / 8.5.5：
Use Tissue-Specific Transporters to Induce Monosaccharide Uptake / 8.5.6：
Applications of Metabolic Glycan Labeling in Mice / 8.6：
Imaging Glycans in Mice / 8.6.1：
Covalent Delivery of Therapeutics in Mice / 8.6.2：
Beyond Mice: Metabolic Glycan Engineering in Diverse Animals / 8.7：
Zebra Fish / 8.7.1：
Worms / 8.7.2：
Plants / 8.7.3：
Conclusions and Future Outlook / 8.8：
Metabolic Glycan Engineering Offers a Test Bed for Bio-orthogonal Chemistries / 8.8.1：
New Bio-orthogonal Reactions Could Transform the Field / 8.8.2：
Basic Questions About Glycans Within Living Systems Remain Unanswered / 8.8.3：
Acknowledgments
In Vivo Bioconjugation Using Bio-orthogonal Chemistry / Maksim Royzen and Nathan Yee and Jose M. Mejia Oneto9：
IEDDA Chemistry Between trans-Cyclooctene and Tetrazine / 9.1：
Synthesis of New Tetrazines and Characterization of Their Reactivity / 9.1.2：
Second Generation of IEDDA Reagents / 9.1.3：
Bond-cleaving Bio-orthogonal "Click-to-Release" Chemistry / 9.1.4：
In Vivo Applications of IEDDA Chemistry / 9.2：
Pretargeting Approach for Cell Imaging / 9.2.1：
Pretargeting Approach for In Vivo Imaging / 9.2.2：
Application of the Pretargeting Strategy for In Vivo Radio Imaging / 9.2.3：
In Vivo Drug Activation Using Bond-cleaving Bio-orthogonal Chemistry / 9.2.4：
Reloadable Materials Allow Local Prodrug Activation / 9.2.5：
Reloadable Materials Allow Local Prodrug Activation Using IEDDA Chemistry / 9.2.6：
Controlled Activation of siRNA Using IEDDA Chemistry / 9.2.7：
Future Outlook / 9.3：
In Vivo Targeting of Endogenous Proteins with Reactive Small Molecules / Naoyo Shindo and Akio Ojida10：
Ligand-Directed Chemical Ligation / 10.1：
Ligand-Directed Tosyl Chemistry / 10.2.1：
Ligand-Directed Acyl Imidazole Chemistry / 10.2.2：
Other Chemical Reactions for Endogenous Protein Labeling / 10.2.3：
Labeling Chemistry of Targeted Covalent Inhibitors / 10.3：
Michael Acceptors / 10.3.1：
Haloacetamides / 10.3.2：
Activated Esters, Amides, Carbamates, and Ureas / 10.3.3：
Sulfur(VI) Fluorides / 10.3.4：
Other Warheads and Reactions / 10.3.5：
In Vivo Metal Catalysis in Living Biological Systems / Kenward Vong and Katsunori Tanaka10.4：
Metal Complex Catalysts / 11.1：
Protein Decaging / 11.2.1：
Protein Bioconjugation / 11.2.2：
Small Molecule - Bond Formation / 11.2.3：
Small Molecule - Bond Cleavage / 11.2.4：
Artificial Metalloenzymes / 11.3：
ArMs Utilizing Naturally Occurring Metals / 11.3.1：
ArMs Utilizing Abiotic Transition Metals / 11.3.2：
Concluding Remarks / 11.4：
Chemical Catalyst-Mediated Selective Photo-oxygenation of Pathogenic Amyloids / Youhei Sohma and Motomu Kanai12：
Catalytic Photo-oxygenation of Aß Using a Flavin-Peptide Conjugate / 12.1：
On-Off Switchable Photo-oxygenation Catalysts that Sense Higher Order Amyloid Structures / 12.3：
Near-Infrared Photoactivatable Oxygenation Catalysts: Application to Amyloid Disease Model Mice / 12.4：
Closing Remarks / 12.5：
Nanomedicine Therapies / Patrícia Figueiredo and Flavia Fontana and Hélder A. Santos13：
Engineering Nanoparticles for Therapeutic Applications / 13.1：
Physicochemical Properties of NPs / 13.2.1：
Surface Functionalization / 13.2.2：
Stimuli-Responsive Nanomaterials / 13.2.3：
Route of Administration / 13.2.4：
Nanomedicine Platforms / 13.3：
Lipidic Nanoplatforms / 13.3.1：
Polymer-Based Nanoplatforms / 13.3.2：
Inorganic Nanoplatforms / 13.3.3：
Biomimetic Cell-Derived Nanoplatforms / 13.3.4：
Photoactivatable Targeting Methods / Xiangzhao Ai and Ming Hu and Bengang Xing13.4：
UV Light-Responsive Theranostics / 14.1：
UV Light-Triggered Photocaged Strategy / 14.2.1：
UV Light-Mediated Photoisomerization Strategy / 14.2.2：
Visible Light-Responsive Theranostics / 14.3：
Near-Infrared (NIR) Light-Responsive Theranostics / 14.4：
NIR Light-Mediated Drug Delivery Approach / 14.4.1：
NIR Light-Mediated Photodynamic Therapy (PDT) Approach / 14.4.2：
NIR Light-Mediated Photothermal Therapy (PTT) Approach / 14.4.3：
Conclusion and Prospects / 14.5：
Acknowledgment
Photoactivatable Drug Release Methods from Liposomes / Hailey I. Kilian and Dyego Miranda and Jonathan F. Lovell15：
Light-Sensitive Liposomes / 15.1：
Mechanisms of Light-Triggered Release from Liposomes / 15.2：
Light-Induced Oxidation / 15.2.1：
Photocrosslinking / 15.2.2：
Photoisomerization / 15.2.3：
Photocleavage / 15.2.4：
Photothermal Release / 15.2.5：
Peptide Targeting Methods / Ruei-Min Lu and Chien-Hsun Wu and Ajay V. Patil and Han-Chung Wu16：
Identification of Targeting Peptides / 16.1：
Natural Ligands and Biomimetics / 16.2.1：
Phage Display Peptide Library Screening / 16.2.2：
Synthetic Peptide Library Screening / 16.2.3：
Therapeutic Applications of Targeting Peptides / 16.3：
Therapeutic Peptides / 16.3.1：
Naturally Occurring Peptides / 16.3.1.1：
Peptide Conjugates / 16.3.1.2：
Drug Delivery / 16.3.2：
Peptide-Drug Conjugates / 16.3.2.1：
Peptide-Targeted Nanoparticles / 16.3.2.2：
Molecular Imaging Mediated by Targeting Peptides / 16.4：
Optical Imaging / 16.4.1：
Targeting Peptides for Tumor Imaging / 16.4.1.1：
Integrin ¿vß3 - RGD Tripeptide Targeting Probes: / 16.4.1.2：
Near-Infrared Imaging / 16.4.1.3：
Positron Emission Tomography / 16.4.2：
Magnetic Resonance Imaging / 16.4.3：
Summary and Future Perspectives / 16.5：
Glycan-Mediated Targeting Methods / Kenward Vong and Katsunori Tanaka and Koichi Fukase17：
Liver and Liver-Based Disease Targeting / 17.1：
Parenchymal Cell Targeting / 17.2.1：
Nonparenchymal Cell Targeting / 17.2.2：
Immune System Targeting / 17.3：
Alveolar Macrophage Targeting / 17.3.1：
Peritoneal Macrophage Targeting / 17.3.2：
Dendritic Cell Targeting / 17.3.3：
Brain Macrophage Targeting / 17.3.4：
Bacterial Cell Targeting / 17.4：
Cancer Targeting / 17.5：
Natural Monosaccharide-Based Methods / 17.5.1：
Synthetic Sugars / 17.5.2：
Complex Glycan Scaffold / 17.5.3：
Index / 17.6：
Summary of Currently Available Mouse Models / Amilto and Namiko Ito and Kimie Niimi and Takashi Ami and Eiki Takahashi1：
Introduction / 1.1：
Origin and History of Laboratory Mice / 1.2：
文献の複写および貸借の依頼を行う
 文献複写・貸借依頼